HOLIDAYS WITH 100% FINANCIAL PROTECTION The natural choice for wildlife holidays Welcome

After spending considerable time and effort reflecting, questioning what we do and how we do it, and scrutinising the processes within our office and the systems we use for support, I am delighted to say that we are imbued with a new vigour, undiminished enthusiasm, and greater optimism than ever. My own determination to continue building on the solid foundation of twenty years of experience in wildlife tourism, since we started from very humble beginnings – to offer what is simply the finest selection of high quality, good value, tailor-made wildlife holidays – remains undaunted, and is very much at the core of all we do. A physical move to high-tech office premises in the attractive city of Winchester leaves us much better connected to, and more closely integrated with, the outside world, and thus better able to receive visitors. Our team is leaner, tighter, more widely travelled and more knowledgeable than ever before, allowing us to focus on terrestrial, marine and – along with Dive Worldwide – submarine life without distraction. In planning this brochure we deliberately set out to whet the appetite, and make no mention of either dates or prices. As the vast majority of trips are tailored to our clients’ exact requirements – whether in terms of itinerary, duration, standard of accommodation or price – the itineraries herein serve merely as indications of what is possible. Thereafter, you can refine these suggestions in discussion with one of our experienced consultants to pin down your precise needs and wants, so we can together create the wildlife holiday of your dreams. However this is only a beginning. As the travel industry – let alone the world! – changes, and new channels of communication come on stream, we plan to make increasing use of our website and of course social media to develop and present new ideas and opportunities. We sincerely hope you enjoy looking through this brochure, and trust that it will inspire you to travel to see some of the world’s remarkable wildlife. Truly exciting times lie ahead…! Chris Breen Founder, Wildlife Worldwide Contents

Introduction 4-7

Europe 8-9

Africa 10-55

Asia 56-71

The Americas 72-113

Expedition Voyages 114-125

Your Financial Security

We are an ATOL-bonded tour operator, authorised by the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA). Every holiday we sell that includes a flight element is protected under our Air Tour Organisers Licence. In the unlikely event of our insolvency, the CAA will ensure that you are not stranded abroad, and will arrange to refund any money you have paid to us for an advance booking

We are a member of the Association of Bonded Travel Organisers Trust (ABTOT), an approved body authorised by the UK Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (BERR). Membership signifies that we provide financial protection through a bond for the monies we take in advance bookings. The bond covers the reimbursement of prepayments, the cost of repatriation to the UK from abroad, any refunds due which are agreed but not paid before failure, and any reasonable additional costs of returning to the UK which may be incurred as a result of our failure during the holiday.

I have travelled with “ Wildlife Worldwide, Contact Us been to great places, met great people and Wildlife Worldwide seen great beasts – and Capitol House, 12-13 Bridge Street, Winchester, Hampshire SO23 0HL always, I know it’s going to be done right. That’s 0845 130 6982 because they do ethics as [email protected] ” www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Simon Barnes. Conservationist & author Tailor-made wildlife holidays A unique journey of wildlife and discovery designed just for you...

At Wildlife Worldwide we specialise in tailor-making holidays. This is what we How it works started doing in 1992, and it is what we do now – it has been our philosophy right from the start, when the very first Wildlife Worldwide brochure was produced. A 1. Read through our brochure and decide where it is you wish tailor-made holiday gives you the freedom and flexibility to travel how, when and to travel to – the chances are that you already have a pretty where you want to. You are unconstrained by the wishes of a group, and we will good idea! design your holiday together so that you are doing what you want, when you want. 2. If you like the look of one of suggested itineraries then you To make this process a little easier, our brochure shows a whole series of trips, each can book it ‘straight from the page’ either by telephoning with names, and each with a specified length. These are all ‘tailor-made’ and they one of our consultants or by visiting our website operate without minimum numbers. They are our ideas for your holidays. We have ‘been (www.wildlifeworldwide.com). Of course, you’re also very there and done it’ and we know what works on a trip and what doesn’t. As a result, welcome to come and visit us at our offices in Winchester. many of our travellers choose to ‘book their holidays off the page’. 3. If an itinerary doesn’t quite fit the bill (perhaps you want Guide prices for our suggested itineraries can be found on our website. However, all to stay in different lodges, or extend your stay, or even of the trips that we show can be adapted to suit your requirements. We can make visit completely different locations) then contact one of our highly experienced consultants who will discuss your them longer or shorter. We can chop bits out of one itinerary and into another. We can ideas, and design a holiday for you. combine countries. And in all the countries that we operate, we can design completely different itineraries from scratch. 4. Once you have made your booking we will confirm your holiday and send you your ‘Personal Travel Plan’ with advice In a few select locations we offer small group departures. These are clearly marked on climate, clothing, the best field guides and thoughts on either on the following pages or on our website. photographic equipment. All you need to do is look forward to going away on holiday! What is a tailor-made holiday? 5. Once away you will be exceptionally well looked after. Local The joy of a tailor-made itinerary is that your holiday is designed around your guides will accompany you on any pre-arranged requirements and you are not restricted to the set itinerary of a group departure. sightseeing and game-viewing to ensure you get the most out of your holiday.  Do you like the look of one of our suggested itineraries but would like to stay at alternative accommodation or include a few extra days and extend your holiday?

 Are you going on holiday to relax rather than spend your time packing and unpacking, moving from one place to the next?

 Are you celebrating a special occasion – perhaps your honeymoon, a special birthday or an anniversary? Why not enjoy each others company in privacy without being part of a larger group?

 Are you travelling abroad to stay with friends or family and wishing to add-on a safari, a cruise, or even some self-drive exploration?

 Maybe you only want to be away for a long weekend, or perhaps you have an extended amount of time to enjoy travelling and would like us to help with part of it?

 If you have a limited amount of time, group departure dates often don’t fit. You may well want a private vehicle, or the very best naturalist the region has to offer.

If the answer is YES to any of the above, a tailor-made holiday is the perfect solution!

4 South American Experience The world is Following a visit to the Amazon and the Pantanal in Brazil, your oyster... enjoy the Iguazu Falls from the Argentinian side before continuing to the Valdes Peninsula, home to elephant Our knowledge of worldwide seals, penguins and whales. Revel in the magnificent destinations enables us to not only glacial scenery of Torres del Paine in Chile before experiencing a total contrast in the Atacama Desert. combine areas within a country and Round off your holiday with a cruise around the countries within a continent, but also Galápagos Islands. to put together trans-continental and round-the-world itineraries. Tailor- Eastern Promise making holidays is what we specialise in View Tigers in India before travelling to Nepal to and the options are only limited by your spot the elusive and endangered Indian rhinoceros imagination and of course your budget! in Chitwan National Park. Continue to Borneo to see orang-utans and fabulous rainforest birdlife Here are a few ideas to whet your appetite. These before flying to Australia to enjoy a visit to the combinations do work, we have organised them Great Barrier Reef and the Daintree Rainforest. before… Worldwide airline schedules and flight routings now make these combinations easier and A Round-the-World as trans-continental flight costs continue to fall, they Wildlife Dream become more and more attractive! Enjoy an African safari before flying to Australia and driving Classic Southern Africa along the Great Ocean Road to Combine Cape Town with a visit to the magnificent Melbourne. Continue to New sand dunes of Sossusvlei in Namibia. Continue to Zealand to go whale-watching the Okavango Delta in Botswana for some fantastic before embarking on an expedition game-viewing, before relaxing for a few days voyage to Antarctica. Disembark in Livingstone, Zambia where you also have the in Argentina and explore the opportunity to view the splendid Victoria Falls. magnificent scenery of Patagonia.

5 Sustainable Travel

Our goal is to promote responsible travel, support sustainable development, and assist our clients and the organisations we work with around the world to protect fragile environments and sensitive cultures. Rather than imposing a rigid policy on our overseas partners, as part of our selection process we endeavour to ensure that they already conform to, or at the very least are working towards, a set of appropriate standards. By aligning their practices within a local context to our own, we can collaborate to make an active and demonstrable commitment to sustainable travel. Many of our partners are already leaders in this field, and although the specifics of their individual policies may vary considerably, each contains the following key components that are either already in place or in the process of being implemented, and involves actively adopting plans to address the following areas.

Environment Local Communities Reduce energy use in general; increase the use of ‘clean’ energy; implement Develop mutually beneficial relationships with local communities; employ local staff carbon reduction measures; reduce water consumption; minimise wastage; recycle where possible; support sustainable development projects and initiatives; create wherever possible; dispose of waste responsibly; source all materials and produce opportunities for local communities to supply/produce items; inform visitors about locally wherever possible. social and cultural issues, and advise appropriate conduct.

Wildlife & Conservation Staff Support and contribute to conservation efforts and initiatives; use fully qualified and Pay a fair wage; issue contracts of employment, and provide fair working conditions professionally trained wildlife guides; assess performance regularly; provide on- and other benefits; adopt a fair and equitable employment policy that does not going training; enforce strict policies of no contact, no feeding and no disturbance discriminate on the basis of gender, ethnicity, colour, race or creed; provide to wildlife; advise clients regarding appropriate conduct. training and develop opportunities for career progression; respect elected staff representatives; adhere to clear processes in cases of grievance.

6 With proper planning and management tourism can be a powerful force in achieving sustainable development. We attempt to achieve this through our approach to the following issues:

Itinerary Local services While planning a trip, we try to take environmental considerations into account, and We work closely with local suppliers, and – where possible – choose locally-owned actively seek opportunities to create positive and sustainable impacts. accommodation. We encourage local enterprise and do our best to ensure that the revenues generated by our stay remain in country. Environment We assess all trips with regard to their environmental impact, and attempt to Partnerships reduce this by minimising wastage, recycling and using environmentally friendly We actively seek to develop links with local projects and charities, and endeavour sources of energy and water wherever possible. We issue guidelines designed to to support these. raise awareness of how to protect, rather than damage, fragile environments. In our UK office, we: Information  Monitor energy consumption and actively seek ways of reducing this. In our travel plans we provide information about responsible wildlife watching.  Attempt to reduce paper usage by using digital communication wherever The local guides we employ provide an insight into a country’s culture and belief possible, and developing our website and electronic literature. systems.  Source all paper and consumables from sustainable supplies.  Recycle paper, printer and toner cartridges, and offer training on waste Local staff reduction. The vast majority of our trips use local guides and support staff, thereby providing employment and generating incomes in local communities. We develop long-term Our office practices are under constant review. We monitor all initiatives and meet relationships with local suppliers and work together to develop new products. regularly to discuss current practices and new ideas. We recognise that we can do even more, and welcome suggestions as to how we can achieve this aim.

7 Europe

If you don’t feel like venturing too far afield, there are some great opportunities to enjoy wildlife and nature right on your doorstep in the UK and Europe. Here are a few small group trips to whet your appetite... but keep an eye on our website as we are introducing new ideas all the time.

The Azores and striped dolphins, sperm and pilot Scotland On the north shore of the firth, beside The Portuguese mid-Atlantic whales, plus Cuvier’s and Sowerby’s The deep indentation of the Moray the Black Isle town of Fortrose, archipelago of the Azores is a haven of beaked whales. Sightings of false Firth, on the east coast of Scotland Chanonry Point is renowned as the calm. These nine lush volcanic islands killer whales, blue, minke, fin and sei between the Highland capital of best place in northern Europe to watch are still untouched by mass tourism, whales are somewhat more rare. Faial, Inverness and the peninsula of the dolphins hunting from the shore, due and the surrounding ocean is home to in the central group of islands, makes so-called Black Isle, is famed for its to the deepwater channel that runs an exceptional variety of whales and an excellent base for boat trips, and population of bottlenose dolphins. Due close to the headland. Whales such dolphins. In recent years, no fewer than is worth exploring to see fantastic to the extreme coldness of the North as minke are occasionally sighted on 26 species have been seen around geological formations caused by Sea, these dolphins are the largest of boat trips. the islands – these commonly include volcanic eruption. their kind in the world. bottlenose, Risso’s, common, spotted

SMALLSMALL GROUP GROUP SMALLSMALL GROUP GROUP Whales and dolphins in the Azores Dolphins of the Moray Firth

From your base in a comfortable hotel in Horta, Faial’s capital, you head Staying in a charmingly converted old brewery in the historic village of out to sea most days in the company of a cetacean researcher. Your boat, Cromarty, at the tip of the Black Isle, this short weekend break includes the catamaran ‘Physeter’, is the perfect stable platform for watching two boat trips to see bottlenose dolphins. Other highlights include an whales and dolphins. In the evenings your naturalist guide will talk about entertaining presentation from the WDCS field officer and expert wildlife these cetaceans and explain how your presence contributes to scientific photographer, plus a full day trip to the WDCS Wildlife Centre at Spey Bay research. On any one tour six to eight species are usually seen, and two on the estuary’s south shore. There are also opportunities for dolphin free days on land offer opportunities to explore Faial and nearby Pico. watching from Chanonry Point and an optional walk to the South Sutor.

Itinerary Itinerary Day 1 Fly to Horta on Faial Island, 9-nights hotel. Welcome dinner Day 2 Day 1 Midday pick-up at Inverness airport/station and drive to Cromarty, Six days (weather permitting) at sea watching whales and dolphins, plus 3-nights hotel. Afternoon boat trip in Moray Firth, evening presentation two free shore days to explore Faial and neighbouring Pico Day 10 Depart Day 2 Drive to Spey Bay to visit WDCS Wildlife Centre, nature walk Day 3 for UK Morning boat trip in Moray Firth plus shore-based dolphin watching at Chanonry Point Day 4 Drop-off at Inverness airport/station around midday Departures Regular fixed dates from May to September Transport within the UK to and from Inverness is not included. Group Size Maximum 12 Departures Regular fixed dates in May, June and September

This trip is endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit Group Size Maximum 9 goes directly to support WDCS conservation projects This trip is endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit See our website for dates and prices goes directly to support WDCS conservation projects

8 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip EUROPE

Scotland Coastal inlets are home to otters Finland explains the presence of some 430 The Shetland Islands are a paradise as well as common and grey seals, One of Europe’s last remaining bird species, more than 100,000 for birdwatchers, and the surrounding and dolphins, harbour porpoises and wildernesses – a mosaic of taiga moose, and large carnivores that seas are one of the best places in the whales are regularly seen. If lucky, forest, crystalline lakes and ponds, include 200 wolves and around 900 British Isles to see marine mammals. you may even see orcas hunting rivers, bog, pine heath and gravel brown bears. There is no better In the UK’s largest seabird colonies, close inshore, a school of white-sided ridges – stretches from northern place in Europe to see bears, and a raucous cacophony of the calls of dolphins chasing a shoal of fish or Finland across the border into former border guard stations have tens of thousands of gannets, puffins, perhaps a minke whale. Russia. This vast expanse of virtually been converted into comfortable guillemots, razorbills, kittiwakes, undisturbed, pristine countryside is accommodation with dedicated fulmars and skuas fills the air. a perfect refuge for wildlife, which photographic hides.

SMALLSMALL GROUP GROUP SMALLSMALL GROUP GROUP The shetland islands BROWN BEAR EXPLORER

The rugged islands of the Shetlands offer fantastic seascapes and an During a one week stay in the height of summer, the long evenings and astounding diversity of fauna, flora and marine life. Travelling by minibus early dawns allow incomparable opportunities to watch and photograph with an expert naturalist guide you’ll explore from two bases: Sumburgh in the wildlife of the forest. You’ll stay at two carefully selected locations the south and Baltasound on Unst – the most northerly populated island of equipped with purpose-built hides, where you keep a night vigil with a the British Isles. Boat trips and daily wildlife walks reveal the best of RSPB naturalist guide to see bears, wolverines and wolves lured by carrion. Reserves such as Sumburgh Head and Fetlar, and Hermaness and the In the day there are nature walks in the vicinity or optional trips further Keen of Hamar National Nature Reserves on Unst. afield. Dedicated smaller hides are available at extra cost for professional photographers. Itinerary Although this is a small group trip, we can also tailor an itinerary to your Day 1 Pick-up at Sumburgh airport, 3-nights hotel. Evening boat trip to individual requirements. Mousa Day 2 Visit Sumburgh Head, Tingwall Valley and boat trip around Noss Day 4 Continue via Yell and Fetlar to Baltasound on Unst, 3-nights Itinerary hotel. Explore Unst Day 7 Drive via Yell back to Sumburgh, 1-night hotel Day 1 Fly to Kajaani and transfer to Pirttivaara, 4-nights Martinselkonen Day 8 Drop-off at Sumburgh airport Wildlife Centre Day 2 Spend two nights at a forest hide to see brown bears Transport within the UK to and from Sumburgh is not included. and birdlife Day 5 Transfer to Viiksimo, 3-nights Boreal Wildlife Centre. Spend two nights at a hide to see wolverines and bears Day 8 Transfer to Departures Regular fixed dates in May, June and July Kajaani and fly to UK

Group Size Maximum 12 NB: on some dates the itinerary may operate in reverse. Departures Regular fixed dates in June July and August This trip is endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit goes directly to support WDCS conservation projects Group Size Maximum 12

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 9 Africa

A Typical Day on Safari is most alive. The birds begin to wake game-viewing becomes harder, with early evening half light confuses prey One of the most magical moments in as the first rays of sun hit the tops of the animals resting up under stands and aids the predators’ keen senses. the African bush is that moment before the acacia trees, the browsers and of trees, scrub and rocks. Safari-goers Most parks do not permit night drives, dawn, when the air is still cool, the grazers are lively before the heat of return to camp to do the same – eat, but many camps and lodges are birds and monkeys quiet and the primal the day causes them to seek shade, snooze and relax by the pool. located in their own private concession calls of the night predators suggest and the predators are still active. It is areas where you can experience the that they have had a successful now that you are most likely to round a Setting out again you notice the thrill of the bush at night, hunting for night’s hunt. You awake eager with corner to find a pride of lions feasting change in the animals as sunset eyes with spotlights and greatly raising anticipation of the day ahead! Although on a carcass, or vultures and hyenas approaches. Cooler air wakes the the chances of viewing nocturnal some lodges and camps now cater to squabbling over the scraps. Leopards predators who, hungry once again, hunters. Return to drinks around the those who wish to make a later start, and many other nocturnal animals begin to prowl, and their prey becomes campfire where tall tales are told and serious wildlife enthusiasts are aware are often still about, later seeking increasingly anxious as dusk falls. the day’s adventures shared before a that on safari the early bird catches shade and sleep as the sun rises. By Once again, it is the twilight hours that hearty meal. the worm! For it is now that the bush mid-morning the heat has risen and promise great game-viewing as the

10 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip i n tro du ctio

:: AFRICA

Tented Camp, Lodge or Hotel? of the parks. But remember a shorter Boat and horseback are also excellent reserves in order to take advantage of Your choice of accommodation depends experience in a top lodge can easily ways to view animals. For some local knowledge and experience. on what sort of safari experience surpass a much longer experience in a reason animals are less intimidated you wish to have. Do you dream of larger establishment. by humans on horseback. It enables Safaris tailor-made for you breakfasting under acacia trees with some magnificent encounters, riding Everyone has their own expectations crisp white table linen and silver-service Guides and Vehicles through herds of wildlife and the and requirements which is why we and sleeping under luxurious canvas in The single most important aspect of speed of the horse makes it slightly work with you to tailor-make your own true ‘Out of Africa’ style? If so, then a your trip will be the quality of your less intimidating than being on foot. personal safaris. For some, this will be luxury tented camp is the answer and guide as they will be interpreting the Kenya and Botswana offer exceptional a once-in-a-lifetime experience, others they are found all over Africa. This level wildlife for you. A good guide should riding safaris. will ‘catch the bug’ and return again of service comes at a price, but the also be able to answer any questions and again. Some will want exclusivity small scale of these camps and superb about each animal’s habits and life- Boating is often overlooked, but and privacy, some will prefer to share levels of attention make this a truly cycle. The best camps and lodges train enables you to approach animals their adventures with others. Safaris personal, once-in-a-lifetime experience. up their own guides – with the camps along the riverbank at close quarters, come in all shapes and sizes! in southern Africa producing some of which is of particular advantage to If the thought of tents (no matter the world’s finest wildlife guides. photographers. Highlights include The following pages outline some of how luxurious) makes you nervous, traditional mokoros in the Okavango Africa’s top wildlife destinations and then consider a lodge with private Most commonly game-viewing is Delta, and wildlife cruises on the a handful of the top lodges and tented cottages. Some of the more enjoyed by 4-wheel drive vehicle, Zambezi and Chobe Rivers. camps to get you started, but there are commercial reserves offer hotel-style but walking safaris are becoming many more and if you want something accommodation – notably in Kenya increasingly popular. To walk in the Self-drive safaris are possible in different just ask. and Tanzania which is often more bush is a wonderful experience as southern Africa, notably in Namibia suitable for families and those on a you are able to enjoy the wildlife at where the infrastructure is good, but budget. Namibia also provides budget eye level. It can of course also be an most visitors will choose to combine See our website for dates and prices self-catering accommodation in many adrenalin inducing experience… this with guided safaris in the parks or

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 11 Southern Africa

Southern Africa offers a huge diversity It makes a great destination if you are Hwange is one of the continent’s largest including the desert elephant and of landscapes and some of the best looking for something different. and most prolific national parks. gemsbok, survive in an environment wildlife viewing in the world. with virtually no rainfall. In Botswana, private concessions Along its course from the Caprivi Strip Zambia’s Luangwa Valley, where intimate offer exclusive safaris into the world- in Namibia to Zambia, on its way to the Offshore, the enormous island of luxury camps are one of the continent’s famous Okavango Delta and Savuti. Indian Ocean, the mighty Zambezi and Madagascar is in a league of its best-kept secrets, offers the best walking By mixing ‘wet’ and ‘dry’ camps you its tributaries provide fantastic wildlife own. Separated from the mainland safaris in Africa. Along with plentiful can experience the full diversity of the sightings – especially in the dry season. for millennia, its flora and fauna has plains game, sightings of leopard and region, and a fly-in safari enables you to Riverside camps offer boat rides and developed in isolation. Its unique wild dog are particularly good. make the most of your time. canoeing in addition to vehicle and wildlife continues to fascinate visitors. walking safaris. Malawi, with its beautiful lake and Zimbabwe, now in the throes of No wildlife enthusiast should miss the upland areas, is often overlooked, recovery, overflows with natural By contrast, Namibia’s dramatic opportunity to open the treasure trove but its peaceful national parks offer splendour, from the iconic Victoria Falls desert landscapes present a unique of Southern Africa, and get to know its excellent birding and wildlife-viewing. to the ancient ruins of Great Zimbabwe. perspective in which many species, remarkable wildlife.

12 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip SO U THER N africa

::

Nyika NP AFRICA North Luangwa NP Vwaza Marsh Bangweulu Swamps Kasanka NP Lake Malawi Mfuwe ZAMBIA South Luangwa NP Lilongwe Liuwa Kafue NP Liwonde NP Plains Lusaka Lower Zambezi NP Lake MALAWI Lochinvar NP Cabora Lake Kariba Bassa Caprivi Livingstone Skeleton National Park Coast Park Victoria Falls ZIMBABWE Okavango Delta Chobe NP Etosha NP MOZAMBIQUE Moremi Maun

NAMIBIA Nxai Pan NP Vilanculos Windhoek Central Swakopmund Kalahari MADAGASCAR Namib Naukluft NP Kruger NP (See insert below) BOTSWANA Sossusvlei Kgalagadi Pretoria Maputo Transfrontier Park Johannesburg SWAZILAND Fish River Canyon

ATLANTIC Durban INDIAN OCEAN LESOTHO OCEAN SOUTH AFRICA

Montagne d’Ambre NP Cape Town Antsiranana Port Elizabeth (Diego Suarez) Nosy Be

Marojejy NP Anjajavy

Nosy Mangabe

Île Sainte Marie Climate MADAGASCAR (Nosy Boraha) Antananarivo South of the equator the climate is mainly tropical, with summer Andasibe rains falling between November and March. Heat and humidity Mantadia NP build throughout the dry season, peaking in late October. The onset Kirindy Reserve of the rains brings relief, and during the ensuing ‘green’ season it is still possible to view wildlife despite the occasional downpour that Ranomafana NP clears the air. At this time food is abundant – many young are born, INDIAN OCEAN and the birdlife is excellent. In the highlands, temperatures are Isalo NP more moderate than in the low-lying grassland areas. In the desert region along the west coast and in the Kalahari it is hot during the Toliara day, but in winter (June to August) temperatures plummet at night Berenty Reserve Tolagnaro and the early mornings are surprisingly chilly.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 13 Zambia

Zambia is the place we know best. It is where ‘we grew up’, and the place Zambia’s staggering diversity that makes it our number one destination. that draws us back time and time again. Wildlife Worldwide’s Founder, Chris From the verdant plains and first class trails of Luangwa, to Kafue’s tree- Breen, lived and worked here, and ran walking safaris from two beautiful climbing lions and canoeing on the Lower Zambezi, this is ‘safari par bush camps in the heart of the Luangwa Valley. It is against the standards excellence’. And in some places, you won’t see another tourist. It’s the way of accommodation and guiding in Zambia that we compare everything else they safari in Zambia that makes it so special. we offer around the world. Try it, the next few pages have lots of interesting suggestions, the result of Zambia is a country with warm, welcoming people and smiling faces. It our years of experience. In fact, we know that if you travel to Zambia, you’ll also has fantastic accommodation and good transport links. However it is want to return again and again, as so many of our safari-goers do.

Key species tanzania Diary notes democratic republic  Four-toed elephant shrew of the congo  May: Best time to see shoebills in Bangweulu Wetlands  Blue monkey Bangweulu Shiwa Ng’andu  May-Nov: Dry season – the Swamps  Pangolin easiest time to travel N. Luangwa NP  Leopard angola Kasanka NP  Jun-Aug: Coolest time of year Mfuwe  African wild dog zambia for walking in Luangwa  Sep-Oct: Carmine bee-eaters  Burchell’s zebra S. Luangwa NP malawi Liuwa Plains NP nest in the banks of the Kafue NP Lower  Thornicroft’s giraffe Zambezi NP Luangwa River Lusaka  Lichtenstein’s hartebeest mozambique  Nov: Blue wildebeest gather in Lochinvar NP Liuwa Plain  Yellow-backed duiker Sioma Ngwezi NP Livingstone zimbabwe  Nov-Dec: Straw coloured Lake Kariba fruitbats congregate in Some geography namibia Victoria Falls Kasanka in their millions Zambia’s principal national parks,  Dec-Mar: The green season – South Luangwa and its more remote the best time for birding! partner, North Luangwa, stand at the the Bangweulu Wetlands and Kasanka; In Central Zambia the main attraction is eastern end of the country, along the both offer excellent birdwatching, the largest national park, Kafue, which northern end. Here too is Lusaka, the low-lying valley of the Luangwa River. while Kasanka’s major spectacle is occupies an elevated area along the country’s capital, conveniently served North-west of the Luangwa lie two the annual arrival of huge numbers of Kafue river. It is excellent for wildlife, by British Airways, Southern African interesting but less accessible areas, fruitbats in November. particularly on the Busanga Plains at its Airways, Kenya Airways and KLM.

14 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ZAMBIA :: AFRICA

Of a clutch of several smaller national Getting around TAILOR-MADE parks, Liuwa Plain on the western Zambia’s parks are quite widely Rivers & Rainbows border with Namibia is of particular spread, and the roads between them note, being remote, rarely visited and are often poor, so many of our trips The ultimate green season safari begins once the rains have freshened outstanding for the safari connossieur. involve flying from one area to another everything up! It’s rarely possible to travel by boat along the Luangwa by light aircraft. Some of these flights River as it is invariably full of crocodiles, hippos and fallen trees. The southern border along the Zambezi are scheduled, but the further you get However, between February and April the water is high enough to permit River is a magnet to wildlife in the dry off the beaten track, the more likely boat safaris – which provide a totally different view of this wildlife season. The area is dominated by the you are to need a chartered flight. paradise. The vibrancy of the vegetation and the colours of the birdlife mecca of Victoria Falls and nearby has to be seen to be believed! And the lower prices that apply at this Livingstone, Africa’s adventure activity See our time of year make it a very attractive option! capital and further east the wonderful website for Lower Zambezi National Park lies dates and prices Suggested Itinerary facing Mana Pools in Zimbabwe. Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Mfuwe and transfer to South Luangwa National Park, 7-nights split between two or three tented camps/lodges Day 3 Vehicle, boat and foot safaris in South Luangwa National Park Day 9 Depart Mfuwe Day 10 Arrive UK

Departures Daily, from late January to mid-April only

TAILOR-MADE Leopards of Luangwa

This is our single most popular safari – we’ve been selling it for years and it’s just as popular now as when we first introduced it! In the Luangwa Valley, you’ll take early morning, afternoon and night drives with an expert naturalist guide and magnificent walking safaris for which the valley is justifiably famous. We combine a lodge with a stay in a selection of superb satellite camps, set along dry river beds and in perfectly wild locations. Each camp is uniquely situated, with excellent game-viewing and stunning views of the valley.

Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK via Lusaka Day 2 Arrive Mfuwe. Transfer to South Luangwa National Park, 8-nights. No two days are the same! Day 9 Fly to Lusaka, 1-night Day 10 Depart for UK (arrive same day)

Departures Daily, May to November

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 15 Once in camp, you can take advantage facilities, superb guides, great food and wildebeest and eland which are all substantial wildlife population, with of organised activities including wonderful views; most offer game- common, and Luangwa has probably good numbers of lion, leopard and game drives, night drives, walking drives in four-wheel drive vehicles, both the world’s highest naturally occurring elephant. It combines really well safaris, and boat safaris on the day and night, and walking safaris. population of leopard. with South Luangwa (it’s generally Kafue and Lower Zambezi rivers – Read through our descriptions and call accessed by light aircraft from the accompanied by some of Africa’s us to chat through the options... For birdwatchers, Luangwa could south), and the emphasis here is on most knowledgeable and experienced hardly be better: the sun-scorched vehicle-free walking safaris. The guides. There is generally an early South Luangwa National Park riverbanks play host to vast tranquility is overwhelming... morning and a late afternoon outing, This is the jewel of Zambia’s national colonies of carmine bee-eaters with ample time to relax in between. parks and consists of 9,050 square which, together with lovebirds and Lower Zambezi Walking with a guide and armed ranger kilometres of unspoilt African kingfishers, lend a splash of vivid For many years this was a forgotten is an exhilarating experience, you don’t wilderness. Its eastern boundary colour to this beautiful destination. wilderness. It covers an exceptionally cover great distances, so you don’t is the meandering Luangwa River, beautiful 4,000 square kilometres need to be particularly fit – it’s all whose regular changes of course North Luangwa National Park with a backdrop of the steeply about seeing wildlife in the bush. create scenic oxbow lagoons. Set Separated from its southern cousin rising Zambezi Escarpment, its most amongst beautiful riverine vegetation by the Munyamadzi Corridor, North characteristic feature being the The Luangwa Valley of evergreen mahogany and ebony Luangwa is a virtually unexplored eponymous Zambezi River. Elephant, Luangwa is one of the finest places in trees, the lagoons and grazing lawns wilderness with no permanent lion, cheetah, leopard and huge herds Africa to enjoy a safari. The Luangwa that surround them are a magnet lodges – just two or three seasonally of Cape buffalo all reside here and it is has two key national parks, each of to wildlife. Expect to encounter operated bush camps. Its 6,000 well known for wild dog. which is described below. There are numerous large animals including square kilometres support a many excellent properties in the valley, elephant, buffalo, hippo, Thornicroft’s we hand pick the camps we work with giraffe, lion, crocodile, warthog, Classic Luangwa Walking TAILOR-MADE and know them well. All have en-suite puku, Crawshay’s zebra, Cookson’s Highlights TAILOR-MADE Luangwa Valley and Zambia is famous for its walking safaris – and this is where they began. Lower Zambezi This classic, small group safari along the Mupamadzi river, a tributary of the Luangwa, offers the quintessential bush experience. Walk-in tents Another of our highly popular safaris to the Luangwa Valley, this time in with beds and bed linen, a shared bush shower and two bush toilets are combination with the delights of the Lower Zambezi – which makes an set up by experienced staff who cater for your every need. Each of the excellent contrast. The Luangwa Valley is all about walking and driving three sites is unique, and there’s plenty of time to relax and enjoy the to see the region’s varied animal and birdlife, whereas boat trips on the surroundings. If you’re daunted by the prospect of walking, try it just once Lower Zambezi add yet another dimension to watching wildlife, with – the distances are short, the pace relaxed, the stops frequent, and the elephant and huge herds of buffalo along the riverbank. Experienced wildlife simply unforgettable. You will never want to travel any other way! and knowledgeable guides enrich the experience by pointing out minute details and interpreting the complex world of the African bush. Suggested Itinerary Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Lusaka and fly to Mfuwe. Transfer to South Luangwa National Park, 2-nights, Nkwali. Vehicle safaris Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Lusaka and fly to Mfuwe. Transfer to South Day 4 Walking in South Luangwa National Park, 5-nights mobile camping Luangwa National Park, 5-nights split between two or three tented camps. Day 9 Transfer to Tena Tena or Nsefu camp, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris Vehicle and foot safaris Day 7 Fly to Lower Zambezi, 4-nights tented Day 12 Depart Mfuwe Day 13 Arrive UK camp. Vehicle, boat and foot safaris Day 11 Depart Lower Zambezi Day 12 Arrive UK Departures Late June to September

Departures Daily, June to September Group Size 6

16 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip zambia

:: AFRICA

However the Zambezi is best known for If you drive between Kasanka TAILOR-MADE its boating safaris. Tranquil yet exciting, and Bangweulu, you’ll pass Chief Shoebills, Lechwe & Luangwa these trips through waters such as the Chitambo’s village. David Livingstone’s Chifungulu Channel are an excellent heart was buried here, and you can visit If you are a connoisseur who yearns for untouched wilderness, this is way to appreciate the river. You can go the beautifully-preserved memorial to the safari! The Bangweulu wetland holds a spectacular wildlife secret: out on motorboats and birdwatch or one of our greatest explorers. over 30,000 black lechwe and the most visible, highly endangered, fish, or head out in a canoe! shoebill. On your quest to spot this remarkable bird, you may also Shiwa Ng’andu see elephant, lion, giraffe and many other species. Kasanka famously Kasanka In 1911, a young British officer, Stewart has over 400 bird species, as well as both tsessebe and sitatunga. One of the smallest parks in Zambia, Gore-Brown, was sent to determine Concluding in the magnificent Luangwa Valley creates a memorable Kasanka is unique by being privately the border between Northern Rhodesia wildlife experience – with a chance to see wild dog and explore the lush run. The habitat is a varied mix of and the Belgian Congo. He fell in love valley landscape. miombo woodland, riverine forest, with the area and in 1914 returned evergreen swamp forest and papyrus to purchase a vast 4,500 hectare Suggested Itinerary swamps. It also has lakes, lagoons, estate near a lake which he named Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Lusaka and fly to Mfuwe, 1-night Nkwali. plains, dambos and marshes. The Shiwa Ng’andu. Here is Kapishya, wildlife concentrations aren’t high, an exquisite hot spring surrounded Vehicle safari Day 3 Fly to Bangweulu Swamp, 2-nights Shoebill Camp. but the specialist species here by tropical vegetation and tall raffia Vehicle, boat and foot safaris Day 5 Fly to Kasanka, 2-nights Wasa Camp. include sitatunga, Lichtenstein’s palms. Chiusa Falls are nearby, and Vehicle, boat and foot safaris Day 7 Fly to Mfuwe and transfer to South hartebeest, sable, grysbok, yellow- a 3-hour walk leads to Nachipala Luangwa National Park, 3 nights Nkwali. Vehicle and foot safaris backed duiker and blue monkey. Bareback Hill, whose summit offers a Day 10 Depart Mfuwe Day 11 Arrive UK The birdlife is exceptional, nearly magnificent view of the lake. A 2-night 400 species have been recorded, stay here makes a perfect combination Departures Early to late May only including the rare Pel’s fishing owl, with Kasanka or Bangweulu. wattled crane and Ross’ lourie.

Kasanka is a particularly good place to visit between March and June when the rains will have stopped but the towering cumulo-nimbus clouds, lush greenery and fairly high water level make for superb photographic opportunities.

Bangweulu This vast, watery wilderness about 55 kilometres north-east of Kasanka is a destination for the connoisseur. Endemic black lechwe congregate here in herds of up to 10,000 strong. Elephant, tsessebe, reedbuck, oribi and sitatunga have also adapted to this area, and can be found in large numbers. The area’s birdlife is prolific particularly at the end of the rains. One of the best rewards for visitors is the possibility of sighting the increasingly rare shoebill between March and August.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 17 Lochinvar National Park consists of woodland, opening out at and offers traditional game-viewing is a pristine wilderness. Although it This wetland, located between Lusaka intervals onto wide, grassy dambos reminiscent of the times of the great is not easy to reach, your reward is and Livingstone, is worth a visit if you grazed by Defassa waterbuck, sable, African explorers. The emphasis is on a chance to watch Africa’s second want to experience a different aspect hartebeest, blue wildebeest, Cape the wilderness experience, so all camps largest wildebeest migration (of many of Zambia. Home to some 30,000 Kafue buffalo and Burchell’s zebra. The blend into their surroundings and offer thousands of animals), which mingled lechwe, it is one of the few places to northern section is dominated by the both day and night drives (some offer with zebra, arrive from across the see Chaplin’s barbet – Zambia’s only vast, rolling Busanga Plain, fed by the walks too), while those on the river also border with the onset of the rains at endemic bird. Over 400 species have Lufupa River system, which recedes in offer boat and canoe trips, and fishing. the end of October. Other antelope been recorded here, so it is a paradise the dry season, stranding large herds of Kafue makes a great first-time safari include oribi, red lechwe, steinbok, for birdwatchers. It also contains some hippo in shallow pools. Kafue’s richest because of the huge range of animals, tsessebe, duiker and roan, and their 2,000 blue wildebeest, 700 Burchell’s wildlife area attracts a diverse range while experienced safari-goers will main predators are jackal, serval, zebra, greater kudu, bushbuck, oribi, of antelope including red lechwe. This appreciate the absence of crowds in wildcat, wild dog and lion. Wooded reedbuck, common waterbuck, hippo and profusion of game attracts numerous this virtually untouched area. areas make for excellent birding, side-striped jackal. You can explore the lion, leopard and cheetah. especially during the rains when huge wetland with its endless vistas on foot, by Liuwa Plain National Park flocks of birds migrate south and in vehicle and, at certain times of year, boat. Several airstrips now make Kafue Lying in the far west, close to the May and June the plains are a carpet more accessible, and thus an attractive Angolan border, this remote grassland of wildflowers. Kafue National Park add-on to the Luangwa Valley, Lower Covering some 22,500 square Zambezi or Victoria Falls. Although kilometres, Kafue is one of the world’s various camps and lodges have opened, Liuwa Plain Adventure SMALL GROUP largest national parks. Much of it Kafue is still far from commercial This flat wilderness with vast skies in Zambia’s far west is remote, and SMALL GROUP travel is tough but rewarding! Wildebeest migrate in herds of up to a Kafue’s Rivers and Plains thousand at a time, mixed with zebra and sometimes tsessebe, between This safari uses a four-wheel-drive vehicle with top guides to explore a the western edge and the centre. Birdlife is spectacular: large groups of real wildlife haven. Kafue’s major arteries – the Kafue and Lufupa Rivers crowned crane mingle with wattled crane, Denham’s and white-bellied – present diverse habitats of riverine forest, miombo woodland, acacia bustard are common, and secretary birds stalk the plain. The diversity and and palm-strewn floodplain, dambos and, ultimately, the Busanga plains. number of waders and water birds is staggering, and in December many These harbour a huge diversity of species: from leopard and wild dog in migrant birds join the residents on their way through. Abundant plains the woodland to lion and cheetah on the plain, Defassa waterbuck and game attracts predators such as hyena, large packs of wild dog, cheetah yellow baboon in the riverine forest to lechwe and oribi on the grasslands. and the occasional lion. Game drives and nature walks depict the best of Kafue in an adventure Itinerary reminiscent of the times of the great African explorers. Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Lusaka, 1-night Day 3 Fly to Kalabo Itinerary airstrip, Liuwa Plain National Park, 4 or 5-nights (depending on departure Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Lusaka and fly by light aircraft to central date) tented Camp. Explore Liuwa Plain National Park by vehicle and on Kafue National Park, 3-nights Lufupa Bush Camp. Vehicle and foot foot Day 7 Boat to Mongu and fly to Lusaka, or fly from Kalabo to Lusaka. safaris Day 5 Drive to north-western Kafue, 2-nights Musanza Bush Depart Lusaka Day 8 Arrive UK Camp. Vehicle and foot safaris Days 7 Drive to Busanga Plains, 2-nights Alternatively, why not extend your safari by flying to the Luangwa Valley, Busanga Bush Camp. Vehicle and foot safaris Day 9 Fly to Busanga Livingstone or the Lower Zambezi in Zambia, or perhaps heading into airstrip, then on to Lusaka and home Zimbabwe, Botswana or Namibia.

Departures Early June to late October Departures Early May to early June and late Nov to early Dec

Group Size 8 Group Size 6

18 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip zambia

:: AFRICA

Livingstone, Victoria Falls The Zambian side was always considered to be the ‘poorer cousin’ by comparison with the views of the river and the falls from Zimbabwe. No longer however. In recent years the Zambian authorities have made enormous efforts to develop the trails and walkways around the falls, and the various viewpoints. These are now every bit as good as those on the Zimbabwe side, indeed many people consider them to be considerably better. The private sector has also engaged in developing a wide variety of accommodation on the Zambian side and along the Zambezi River, ranging from the luxurious to the rustic. A huge range of activities is on offer from Livingstone. See pages 20-21 for further details about Victoria Falls.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Mchenja Bush Camp, Tena Tena, Chiawa, Busanga Bush Camp, South Luangwa National Park South Luangwa National Park Lower Zambezi National Park Kafue National Park Set in a stand of ebony trees, this One of the most stunning sites in the This luxurious, family-owned camp in Nestling in an island of fig trees in the stylish and luxurious camp overlooks Luangwa Valley, this remote, small camp a grove of mahogany trees beside the middle of an extensive plain, this classic the Luangwa River in an impossibly stands in a grove of mahogany trees on Zambezi blends effortlessly with its camp consists of four comfortable tented picturesque location. Each of the five a wide sweep of river. Five impeccably surroundings. A thatched lounge/bar rooms that accommodate eight people. spacious tents stands on a polished designed safari tents, with either a double area with an upstairs deck has exquisite The lounge area is under canvas, looking wooden deck under a thatched roof, and or twin beds, are richly furnished with river views, and meals are taken al out at the plains with views of wildlife has an en-suite bathroom and outside rugs and hand-carved furniture; each has fresco. Nine roomy tents with thatched all around. Most meals are taken in the shower. The thatched central building has a small dressing room and an open-air roof, wooden floor and verandah offer open air, with dinner under the shady the dining area, comfortable seating, a en-suite bathroom with a hot shower, unexpected comfort, indoor and outdoor canopy of a majestic tree. Sunrise and small bar, and a plunge pool. A stay here toilet and washbasin. The central area showers and a bath. While setting sunset are spectacular here, particularly can be combined with its sister camps has a lovely open-sided dining room and the highest standard in bush-luxury, in winter when the mist, created as the (Luwi, Nsolo and Kakuli) to create a varied bar. Morning, evening and night drives the camp still manages to retain a floodplain dries up, burns off in the heat circuit in an area rich in wildlife. Activities and walking safaris are all on offer, and rustic and unpretentious feel. With a of the morning sun. Activities include day consist of day and night drives and the this camp can easily be combined with motorised pontoon and Canadian canoes and night drives, walks and specialist speciality – walking safaris. its sister camps Nkwali, Luangwa Bush the photographic opportunities are birdwatching. Camp and Nsefu. exceptional.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 19 Victoria Falls

Victoria Falls – Crossroads of Africa Victoria Falls hardly needs an introduction. Frequently named as one of the world’s top ZAMBIA The Zambezi Sun three waterfalls, this is where the Zambezi The Royal River tumbles over the edge of a geological Livingstone Hotel fault in a terrifying torrent of water and Islands of Waterberry spray, sweeping away everything in its path. Siankaba Lodge Livingstone Tongabezi Town The views of Mosi-oa-Tunya (The Smoke that Thunders) are equally spectacular from Kasane River Club Zambia or Zimbabwe, but are perhaps best Sindabezi seen from the air! Around the falls, walkways Toka Leya lead to various viewpoints where rainbows VICTORIA FALLS TOWN gleam through gaps in the dripping rainforest Ilala Lodge and occasional torrents of water are blown BOTSWANA Victoria Falls across the path. ZIMBABWE Safari Lodge

20 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip falls victoria

:: AFRICA

In the dry season from June to October, This wildlife is active all year round, incorporate highlights such as the falls are linked by a spectacular iron the flow of water shrinks to one and the birdlife is also superb with Okavango Delta, Victoria Falls, Chobe bridge suspended 100 metres above section of the towering rock face, and over 450 recorded species – including National Park and the Kalahari Desert. the raging waters. Two national parks you can walk across the rocks on the rarities such as Pel’s fishing owl, Some of Africa’s top lodges are located protect the area’s wildlife, on the Zambian side to marvel at the roaring Bradfield’s hornbill, African finfoot, here, in what is fast becoming one of Zambian side (and upstream from the spectacle. During the green season Schalow’s turaco, half-collared its best areas to see wildlife. falls) is Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park, from November to May, the water level kingfisher and the seasonally a small park with a chequered history is increasing, and in March and April, numerous African skimmer and rock In addition to the attractions of the but a good range of wildlife. On the the water is at its highest and you are pratincole. From December to March surrounding area, Victoria Falls is Zimbabwean side, Zambezi National guaranteed a soaking! large numbers of migrant birds are perfectly placed at the crossroads Park also has excellent wildlife. present, and many resident species of southern Africa and is easy to add Upstream, the river and its many ‘morph’ from their dry season colours as a pre- or post-tour extension to On this page you will see some of our tributaries provide life-giving water to into the stunning yellows, reds, oranges many other African destinations. Why favourite lodges and itineraries in the create a wildlife haven. This attracts and blacks of their breeding plumage. not consider combining it with Kafue Victoria Falls area. All the properties vast numbers of elephant which take National Park in western Zambia, the listed offer visits to the falls, river trips advantage of the permanent water, This huge area cuts across man-made lower Zambezi or the Luangwa Valley – and excursions. The area is a centre joined by huge herds of Cape buffalo boundaries and encompasses the the options are virtually endless. for outdoor activities – everything from and other grazers, plus hungry lion that Zimbabwe side of the falls, Livingstone game drives to extreme adventure have developed a taste – and a talent – in Zambia, and the Caprivi Strip in The towns of Victoria Falls in sports and of course, flight-seeing over for catching them. Hippo wallow in the north-eastern Namibia, as well as parts Zimbabwe, and Livingstone in Zambia, the falls by light aircraft, helicopter and inlets and shallows, forming an uneasy of northern Botswana and southern are located on either side of the falls. even microlight! truce with lurking crocodiles. Angola. Safari circuits can easily The two countries which ‘share’ the

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Tongabezi, Sindabezi, Waterberry Lodge, Islands of Siankaba, Victoria Falls Victoria Falls Victoria Falls Victoria Falls A luxury riverside lodge with a swimming If you want total seclusion, try Tongabezi’s Standing on the Zambian bank of This classy lodge consists of two forested pool in a romantic location on a sweeping sister property a short boat ride away. the Zambezi, just 30 minutes from islands connected by a bridge. One has bend in the Zambezi. Five cottages and five This stylish and intimate bush lodge Livingstone, this lodge has wonderful seven tented chalets with deck and spacious, open-fronted houses are located consists of just five individual, open- views across to Zimbabwe on the river view, while the neighbouring island next to the water with private views across fronted, thatched cottages on a private opposite bank. Thatched cottages are has all the central facilities: bar, lounge, the Zambezi. Each is unique in its design island in the middle of the Zambezi. The set around lovely lawns, and the large dining area and small pool – there’s even and eclectic furnishings, and comes with a island is surrounded by Victoria Falls terrace, floating sundeck, swimming pool a massage suite. Although it’s some 30 personal valet. Game drives, boat trips and National Park with its abundant wildlife: and bar make it an ideal place to relax. kilometres upstream from Victoria Falls, walks are all possible. large herds of elephant, a variety of The lodge has its own nature trail. This is there’s enough going on here to keep you antelope and magnificent birdlife. one of our best value options. occupied.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 21 Malawi

Nestling at the southern extremity of the Great Rift Valley, landlocked The country’s predominant natural feature is the huge Lake Malawi, Malawi is a green, fertile, densely populated country – one of Africa’s home to numerous gaily-coloured cichlid fish. The lake covers much of most beautiful. Known as the Warm Heart of Africa, it is a green, fertile, the country and its white sandy beaches, clear waters and remote island populated place, whose people are renowned for their friendliness. Its hideaways rival any in the Indian Ocean. Various resorts offer a full range mountains and plains, forests and rivers, conceal remote lodges and an of water sports, and can be combined with Malawi’s national parks, or the exceptional array of birds – many of which are rarely found elsewhere. nearby Luangwa Valley in Zambia, to make an unbeatable holiday.

Key species Some geography bar-tailed trogon in the upland forest,  Yellow-spotted rock hyrax Although one of Africa’s smallest tanzania while black-backed barbets and red-  African bush elephant countries, Malawi has a huge variety zambia Nyika NP and-blue sunbirds move through the of topography and scenery. It is miombo woodland canopy.  Serval divided into three regions: the northern  Speckle-throated otter province contains the Nyika Plateau Vwaza Marsh Vwaza Marsh Game Reserve  Black rhinocerous Likoma Island and Vwaza Marsh; Lilongwe, the This tiny, underrated reserve at the foot  Hippopotamus Malawi capital, and Liwonde lie in the central Lake Malawi of Nyika Plateau makes an interesting  Lichtenstein’s hartebeest region, while Majete, Mount Mulanje Nikhotakota contrast. Much of it is flat mopane  Nyala and the Zomba Plateau are in the Kasungu NP Reserve and miombo woodland, although  Eland south. The lakeshore is dotted with lilongwe the eastern side is hilly. Its wetlands  Roan antelope resorts – you can choose between are a haven for more than 250 bird mozambique Liwonde NP easy-to-reach but inevitably busier, or Zomba species. Raptors such as osprey, fish remote and more intimate. Plateau eagle, palmnut vulture and martial Diary notes Majete Blantyre Reserve eagle are all present in good numbers,  Jun-Oct: dry season; good Getting around Lengwe Mulanje while barred, giant eagle, scops and Reserve (3,002m) black rhino sightings in Majete It is easy to get around the central pearl-spotted owls are seen and heard  Aug-Dec: rock pratincole area by vehicle with a driver/guide regularly. Elephant, buffalo, greater breed in Majete and along – the roads are relatively good, the Nyika Plateau National Park kudu, impala and bushpig move freely Shire River distances short and there’s always This highland plateau in the north, between here and the Luangwa Valley  Oct-Jan: miombo woodland something to see. Further afield road at around 2,500 metres altitude, is a in neighbouring Zambia. birds breed all over Malawi! conditions are variable and travel wild area of open spaces and copious  Nov: Denham’s bustard mating is generally slow. As a result, it is wildlife. Burchell’s zebra, eland, roan, Lake Malawi on Viphya and Nyika Plateaux common to use light aircraft to get reedbuck, blue duiker, klipspringer Some 600 kilometres long by 85 wide  Nov-Apr – hot and wet; good to and from more out of the way and bushpig all roam here, preyed and covering nearly one quarter of for palearctic and intra-African locations – which saves a great deal on by leopard. Over 400 bird species the country, the lake is fringed by migrant birds of time. If you’re coming from Zambia have been recorded in the varied sandy beaches. Some 2,000 species  Dec-Feb: orchids bloom on to the lake you are more than likely habitats: wattled crane, Denham’s of colourful ciclid fish, many of them Viphya and Nyika Plateaux to fly. bustard and red-winged francolin endemic, live in its clear waters – so in the grassland, cinnamon dove, there’s good snorkelling. The northern

22 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip M alawi

:: AFRICA

shore combines well with Nyika Plateau and buffalo, and black rhino are thriving TAILOR-MADE and feels relatively untouched. The again. Among the resident antelopes Best of Malawi southern shore is more developed, is Africa’s northern-most population of This combination of three contrasting elements brings together the best albeit in a low-key way, while the most nyala. Rock pratincole are seen beside that this welcoming country has to offer. Although not renowned for its exclusive lodges are located on the the Shire River, and Pel’s fishing owl Mozambique side. A few days relaxing in the riparian forest, while sightings wildlife, Malawi nevertheless has a lot to offer. From fascinating Majete here makes a fine addition to a safari in of Arnot’s chat, white-breasted Game Reserve, finally restored to its former glory after years of destructive Zambia or Malawi. cuckooshrike and racket-tailed rollers poaching to Liwonde National Park as the country’s foremost wildlife will excite birders. The final phase of attraction. Finally, the beaches of the ‘Lake of Stars’, Lake Malawi, are an Liwonde National Park staggered reintroduction will ensure ideal spot to enjoy some restorative relaxation. All three offer more than This national park at the southern end that Majete is once again a Big Five enough species diversity to keep avid birders fully occupied. of the lake, is a place of quiet lagoons, reserve by the end of 2012. open savannah and wooded hills. Its Suggested Itinerary focal point is the Shire River, where Mount Mulanje Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Blantyre (or Arrive Lilongwe. Fly to Nchalo large herds of elephant, buffalo and Reaching 3,000 metres, this is one of airstrip) and transfer to Majete Wildlife Reserve, 3-nights, Mkulumadzi hippo are common – along with sable, Central Africa’s highest mountains. Lodge. Vehicle, boat and foot safaris in Majete Day 5 Drive to Liwonde, roan, greater kudu, and Nile crocodiles. It rises sheer out of the plain in an 3-nights Mvuu Wilderness Lodge. Vehicle, boat and foot safaris Black rhino have been re-introduced. impressive array of lofty peaks, Day 8 Transfer to Lake Malawi, 3-nights Pumulani Lodge. Relax at lake Predators include lion and leopard. The plateaux, rolling grassland, montane Fly to Lilongwe. Depart Lilongwe Arrive UK astonishing diversity of birdlife includes forest and rushing streams. It’s a great Day 11 Day 12 white-backed night heron, Pel’s fishing area for hiking, staying in simple cabins Departures Daily, throughout the year owl, Böhm’s bee-eater, brown-breasted with good food and experienced guides. barbet and Livingstone’s fly-catcher. The vegetation changes dramatically as Game drives, boat trips and walking you climb, and its wildlife includes tiny Zomba Plateau lakes, Zomba has a unique micro- safaris are all possible. klipspringer and birds such as black Malawi’s most accessible mountain, climate. Its wildlife includes leopard, eagle and white-necked raven. Around lies near the former colonial capital of baboon, giant butterflies, and birds such Majete Game Reserve its base, near the former capital of Zomba and the southern tea estates. as long-crested eagle and augur buzzard. Malawi’s newest reserve is an Blantyre, are the tea estates that were Consisting of a 1,800 metre high The views from the top, which can be atmospheric place with few visitors as planted in the 1870s. mountain, whose forested slopes are reached by road, were once described as yet. It has large numbers of elephant laced with streams, waterfalls and ‘the best in the British Empire’.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Mvuu Wilderness Lodge & Camp, Mkulumadzi Lodge, Pumulani, Kaya Mawa Lodge, Liwonde Majete Reserve Lake Malawi Lake Malawi This upmarket lodge has a lounge, bar and The perfect combination of luxury and This exclusive beach property stands Close to the Mozambique shore, tiny dining area plus eight luxury Hemingway- isolation, eight spacious chalets, each with on a hillside on a peninsula overlooking Likoma Island is reached by a short flight style tents with en-suite bathroom and a deck, sunken bath and outside shower the southern end of the lake. Ten stylish, or by boat. The setting is impossibly private deck, discreetly concealed in thick are shaded by giant leadwood and mango grass-roofed villas blend with their romantic: ten thatched cottages are undergrowth bordering a lagoon just off trees. This isolated spot on a private surroundings and incorporate a spacious scattered around a rocky promontory the Shire River. A short distance away, the concession beside the Shire River offers living area, with sliding doors opening onto beside a crescent of white sand, somewhat simpler Mvuu Camp has 12 game drives, walking and boat safaris, plus a private deck with lake views. You can surrounded by mango and ancient baobab chalets with river views. Both offer game an opportunity to visit a village to learn relax on the private sandy beach or beside trees. Each has a four-poster bed, en-suite drives, walking safaris and boat trips. A about local culture. A comfortable hide the infinity pool, snorkel, dive, sail, kayak, bathroom and terrace with views out over well-sited hide overlooks the river so you overlooking a waterhole provides excellent water-ski or fish. A sundowner dhow trip the lake. Most water-sports are on offer can see animals as they come to drink in photographic opportunities. You’ll also hear makes a perfect conclusion to any day. here, and mountain bikes and quad bikes the heat of the day. The immediate vicinity the fascinating tale of Majete’s revival as a Birdwatchers will enjoy their stay as over are available, but relaxing is the order of offers excellent birding. wildlife reserve. 300 species have been recorded here. the day in these tranquil surroundings.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 23 Botswana

This huge landlocked country, immortalised in numerous wildlife Although much of Botswana is wilderness, it boasts some of the world’s top documentaries, offers some of the world’s finest game viewing. In the midst safari lodges, so you can see the wildlife moving around unrestricted without of parched desert and semi-arid lands lies the Okavango Delta, a verdant compromising on comfort or service. As a result, it almost certainly won’t be oasis of sparkling waterways and clear lagoons that teems with life. cheap, but can nevertheless be good value. A visit to Botswana will almost certainly be the trip of a lifetime, but be warned – one visit is rarely enough!

ANGOLA Livingstone Key species Caprivi Strip Kasane Diary notes Victoria Falls  African bush elephant Savuti-Linyanti Chobe NP  Dec-Mar: Wildlife heads to the Kalahari Desert which is  Cheetah Moremi Reserve in bloom!  Lion Okavango Nxai Pan NP  Feb-Apr: Many birds in Delta Maun ZIMBABWE  Leopard NAMIBIA breeding plumage  African wild dog  Mar-Jul: Water rises in Makgadikgadi  Black rhinocerous Pans Reserve Okavango Delta  Apr-Oct: Dry season in  Hippopotamus Central Kalahari GR Kalahari Okavango Delta – animals move  Topi (tsessebe) Desert back to permanent water. Prime  Sitatunga season for game viewing  Puku BOTSWANA  Jul-Oct: Best time to visit Chobe GABARONE riverfront, as herds of elephant An Overview Kgalagadi and buffalo from the interior Transfrontier Park gather around scarce water Botswana’s major asset is the South africa Okavango Delta, in the north of the  Sep-Nov: Carmine bee-eaters country, whose perimeter is fringed nest by private concessions. On its eastern  Nov-May: best time to visit the side the oldest protected area, Moremi Further north, Chobe National Park the only way to explore was by mobile interior of Chobe NP Game Reserve, is also surrounded by extends up to the Zambezi, where camping safari, but a sprinkling of concessions. Here you face a choice Kasane border crossing is the gateway permanent lodges inside the reserve, minimises the travelling time and you between boat trips in wet areas – to Livingstone in Zambia and Victoria and even more outside its boundary, reap the reward of marvellous aerial motorboats in deep water, or dug-out Falls in Zimbabwe – on opposite sides have changed that. Just north of this views. Some areas are suitable for canoes (mokoro) on shallow floodplain of the river. North-west of Chobe, after reserve, the salt pans of Nxai and mobile camping safaris, where you (a great way to relax and watch birds!) years without water, Savuti Channel and Makgadikadi are both national parks. drive between campsites carrying all – and exploring dry areas by 4-wheel Linyanti Swamp have been transformed equipment. Nowadays, most mobile drive vehicle, or possibly on foot. To by rising water levels, and the area is Getting around safaris offer spacious tents with a enjoy the widest variety of wildlife and once again a mecca for wildlife. Central Although distances are not great, surprising level of comfort, often with birds it is essential to mix wet and Botswana contains the arid Central flying is often the only practical way to private facilities and fine cuisine, and dry areas. Kalahari Game Reserve. At one time move between remote camps. Flying staff set up camp.

24 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N A BOTSWA :: AFRICA

reedbuck, sable, roan, tsessebe and provided, which may be either What to expect on safari in Botswana impala, blue wildebeest, hippo and Nile water-based or land-based, or – more A typical day starts with an early morning snack followed by a wildlife crocodile. The many camps and lodges usually – a mix of both. The highest activity; on return, after brunch there is time for a siesta in the hottest that are widely scattered across the water levels occur between April and part of the day, with another activity in the afternoon and/or evening. Delta and its surrounding private September. To experience the full range Activities vary from place to place – depending on location, ecosystem concessions each offer exclusivity. of activities we recommend that you and water level – but may include walks, drives, night drives, and river stay at a combination of camps in Most camps and lodges are located in different areas. This allows you to do trips by traditional dug-out canoe (or its modern equivalent) poled by a wetland areas that are known for their day and night drives around wooded native guide, or a conventional motor boat. Transfers between camps are concentrations of wildlife. The water areas on wooded islands and open generally by light aircraft after brunch, in the middle of the day, so you level of the Delta varies throughout the plains, as well as walks and water trips arrive at your destination in time for an afternoon activity. year. This is reflected in the activities in mekoros. Private guides and vehicles The standard of guiding in Botswana is exceptionally high – particularly Wings Over Botswana TAILOR-MADE in the camps and lodges we use. We are often asked if we can arrange a private vehicle and guide – which, of course, we can. However this is not Flying from camp to camp is one of the most exciting ways to experience cheap (the cost varies from camp to camp) and must be reserved well northern Botswana’s stunning wilderness. There is rarely time to reach in advance. However having a private service can transform an already any great altitude, so as you fly you invariably get fantastic aerial views wonderful trip into something extra special, and is a real bonus if you are of the maze of waterways and great herds of lechwe, sitatunga and a keen photographer – because of the flexibility it allows. elephant, and can photograph them from above. This is one of our Private aircraft perennially popular safaris, and depending on the level of accommodation Most transfers between camps are done by a light aircraft making a you require – from the opulent and exclusive to the modest but adequate series of hops – the distances are usually quite short. If requested, we – we can arrange a similar itinerary at different levels of price. can arrange private air transfers – these work particularly well for a Suggested Itinerary small group of people travelling together, or if you wish greater flexibility and privacy, but are expensive. Day 1 Depart UK via Jo’burg Day 2 Arrive Maun. Fly by light aircraft to Linyanti-Savuti 2-nights. Day and night vehicle safaris Day 4 Fly to Sleep-outs Moremi Game Reserve, 3-nights. Mokoro and walking safaris Day 7 Fly Some camps offer opportunities to sleep out in the bush. Sleeping out to Okavango Delta, 3-nights. Vehicle and boat safaris Day 10 Fly to Maun under the stars on an elevated hide is a fabulous way to experience the and depart via Jo’burg Day 11 Arrive UK wilderness. Nothing quite compares to the thrill of hearing the roar of a lion as the glow of the campfire dies, or waking to the African dawn chorus… Departures Daily, throughout the year

Okavango Delta result is a vast tapestry of crystal Extension This wildlife paradise consists of clear channels, lagoons and small 1.6 million hectares of glistening islands that attract a myriad of birds Why not extend your stay by a few days to fly to the Central Kalahari waterways in the middle of the and large concentrations of wildlife. to see something of Bushman life and the total contrast of this dry Kalahari Desert. Instead of flowing region – particularly from February to April, which is migration time. into the ocean, the Okavango River Almost any outing yields fantastic Alternatively, you could fly to Livingstone for a couple of days relaxing ends at a natural fault line, where sightings of birds and wildlife that beside Victoria Falls… it spills onto the Kalahari sand. The includes red lechwe, sitatunga,

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 25 Moremi Game Reserve Chobe National Park The Savuti-Linyanti area on the continent. The rich grasslands, Considered to be one of Africa’s Chobe borders the upper reaches The Savuti Marshes, Savuti Channel papyrus marshlands, lagoons and finest wildlife sanctuaries, Moremi of the Zambezi River where four and Linyanti Concession are often forests sustain large elephant herds. covers a 3,000 square kilometre area countries meet at its confluence with described as one of Africa’s best The life-giving perennial waters that of the north-eastern Okavango. Its the Chobe River. The unique mosaic game-viewing areas, with perhaps began to flow again in 2008 attract varied habitats include woodland, of bush, waterway, floodplain and the densest concentration of wildlife great herds of animals including floodplain, reedbed and the woodland offers exceptional wildlife permanent waters of the Okavango viewing. The park is home to Africa’s Delta. Wildlife viewing in this unspoilt largest concentration of elephant, and stunningly beautiful reserve is and in the dry season huge herds of by mokoro and on foot, and close buffalo congregate along the fertile encounters are possible with both floodplain – a phenomenon the lion sitatunga and red lechwe. There population is not unaware of! Other are high concentrations of all major species commonly sighted include plains game and their predators and wild dog, puku, red lechwe, sable and the excellent birdlife includes Pel’s roan antelope, plus huge numbers of fishing owl. hippo, while over 450 bird species have been recorded.

Kalahari in Bloom TAILOR-MADE

When the rains reach the Kalahari, the red sands of the parched desert SMALL GROUP undergo a remarkable transformation as a carpet of wild flowers, Highlights of

grasses and shrubs emerges in a riot of colour. Rising floodwaters in Northern Botswana the vast saltpans of the Makgadigkadi signal the arrival of herds of This exciting small group trip explores northern Botswana to see its blue wildebeest and Burchell’s zebra to browse on the abundant fresh wildlife, which is continually on the move. The contrasts you encounter pasture, along with accompanying predators, flocks of flamingos and range from the open vistas of the Linyanti ecosystem with its deciduous migratory birds. Finally in the emerald jewel of the Okavango, the world’s forests – where you visit the resurgent Savute Channel – through largest inland delta, life goes on as always. the crystal-clear waterways and fertile islands of the Okavango Delta Suggested Itinerary surrounded by the arid Kalahari Desert, to the thundering cascade of Victoria Falls – one of the Seven Wonders of the World. This encompasses Day 1 Depart UK via Jo’burg Day 2 Arrive Maun; fly to Kalahari Game northern Botswana’s prime wildlife areas, so the photographic Reserve, 3-nights. Vehicle and foot safaris Day 5 Fly to Magkadikgadi opportunities are excellent! The guides are excellent, the vehicles first- Pans, 3-nights. Vehicle and foot safaris Day 8 Fly into Okavango Delta, rate, and the accommodation is extremely comfortable. 3-nights. Boat and foot safaris Day 11 Fly to Maun and depart via Jo’burg Day 12 Arrive UK Itinerary

Departures Daily from December to April Day 1 Depart London Day 2 Arrive Livingstone, 1-night. Visit Victoria Falls Day 3 Transfer to Kasane; boat trip on Chobe River in Chobe National Park. Drive to Savute, 3-nights mobile tented camp. Vehicle safaris in Linyanti Day 6 Drive to Khwai Concession Area in north-east Okavango Delta, 3-nights mobile tented camp. Vehicle, mokoro and foot safaris Day 9 Drive to Xanakaxa, Moremi Game Reserve, 3-nights mobile tented camp. Vehicle, safaris Day 12 Fly to Maun and head home Day 13 Arrive UK

Departures March to early December

Group Size Maximum 9

26 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N A BOTSWA :: AFRICA

buffalo, zebra, giraffe and greater paintings. Although their way of life is TAILOR-MADE kudu that walk well-trodden paths to under serious threat, they cling to it Return of the Rivers quench their thirst in the dry season. precariously in a few places. Cheetah and lion follow in their Water levels in the Okavango Delta are at their highest level for some footsteps, but the area’s speciality is Makgadikgadi Pans twenty years. This seemingly cyclic natural phenomenon means that undoubtedly wild dog. The Makgadikgadi, along with after a decade or so without water, the Savuti Channel and the Boteti nearby Tau Pan, is one of Africa’s River are miraculously flowing once again. Waterways that have lain dry Kalahari Desert most important wetland sites. The for a long period are now providing access to areas that were previously This giant arid region is scored with the extensive salt pans remain dry and unreachable. And – as ever – wildlife is attracted to the life-giving water beds of dried up rivers and vast salt empty for much of the year, but and can be seen with ease by both man and predators. pans. However, this harsh environment during the rains are transformed into also provides the setting for some of great sheets of water, which attract Suggested Itinerary Africa’s finest game-viewing. Wildlife vast flocks of flamingos and other Day 1 Depart UK via Jo’burg Day 2 Arrive Maun, 1-night Day 3 Fly to here includes gemsbok, springbok, migratory birds. This is also the Magadikgadi Pans, 3-nights Leroo Le Tau Camp, Boteti River Day 6 Fly to blue wildebeest, red hartebeest, only area in Southern Africa where Savuti region of Chobe National Park, 3-nights lodge. Mokoro, motorboat eland, ostrich and cheetah and some you can see a migration of tens of and foot safaris Day 9 Fly to Maun. Depart Day 10 Arrive UK 200 species of bird. The Kalahari is thousands of blue wildebeest and best known for the San bushmen, Burchell’s zebra. Mammal specials Departures Daily, throughout the year hunter-gatherers whose long history here include gemsbok, brown hyena is told in the area’s ancient rock and springbok.

Extension Just to let you know that our trip to Botswana was a wonderful experience with memories that will stay with us forever – and At the end of any safari in Botswana, why not extend your trip by if not, my 3,000 photographs will take care of that! transferring to Victoria Falls for a relaxing two (or more) night stay on the – AM (London) river beside one of the world’s greatest natural wonders?

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Duba Plains Camp, Muchenje Lodge, Jack’s Camp, Lebala, Okavango Delta Chobe National Park Kalahari Desert Kwando Concession One of the delta’s most remote properties, Situated in a quiet area at the western Located deep in the Kalahari beside the This camp, whose name means ‘wide this small, intimate camp stands on edge of the park, this intimate lodge is world’s largest saltpan, the Magadikgadi open spaces’ in Setswana, stands on a a wooded island on a large private two hours drive from Victoria Falls and Pans, this classic safari camp consists vast plain dotted with palm trees close to concession. It consists of six roomy tents Livingstone, and only 40 minutes from of 10 spacious, stylishly furnished, the Linyanti Marshes along the boundary each with an en suite bathroom, outside Kasane border crossing. Accommodation 1940s-style walk-in tents on private between Botswana and Namibia. The shower and verandah with panoramic consists of 11 comfortable, pleasantly decks in a grove of palm trees. Each tent untamed location contrasts with the views of the floodplain. The thatched furnished rooms with en suite facilities has a private bathroom with flushing casual, understated elegance and luxury lounge, dining and bar areas, and pool on an escarpment with fine views over toilet and shower. Activities focus on of the accommodation. Eight spacious, are also raised on wooden platforms. the Chobe River floodplain. Activities the desert habitat, and include walking custom-built tents have unique mosquito Activities include day and night drives to include day and night drives, walking safaris with Bushman trackers. The area netting walls that allow cooling breezes see the area’s herds of buffalo and lion safaris and boat cruises with superb is famed for encounters with families of to flow. Each tent has a private deck with predators, nature walks and – depending guides. The pleasant pool makes a good meerkats, and sightings of elusive brown stunning views, an en suite bathroom on water levels – boat trips. spot to relax in the heat of the day. hyena are almost guaranteed. and luxurious double outside showers.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 27 Zimbabwe

For several years we stopped offering Zimbabwe, but the country is as We are being highly selective about what we offer in Zimbabwe since, beautiful as ever, the wildlife almost as rich and the people as welcoming, in our view, it is essential that those facilities we use provide benefits although they have seen few visitors in recent years. Many camps and to the local economy and impoverished communities, and help generate lodges have a distinctly ‘new’ feel. For anyone who knows Africa, the employment at a grass-roots level. At present for obvious reasons, names Matusadona, Mana Pools and Matobo Hills conjure up images of Zimbabwe feels like a brand new destination and has prices to match, but fantastic wildlife, but which have become over the past few years both it’s unlikely to remain like that for long. remote and little visited.

Key species MOZAMBIQUE Diary notes ZAMBIA  African elephant Mana Pools NP  Dec-Mar – hot summer rains

 Lion Mavuradonna  Mar-Apr – Victoria Falls at their  Leopard Matusadona NP Wilderness most impressive with high  Black rhinocerous Livingstone water Harare  Hippopotamus Chizarira NP  Apr-May – best time to travel as Victoria Falls Hwange Nyanga NP warm and dry, and the land is  Topi (tsessebe) ZIMBABWE fresh and green  Suni (antelope) Hwange NP Vumba  Jun-Oct – dry winter; wildlife  Sharpe’s grysbok Gardens Chimanimani NP easy to see as it gathers  African buffalo Bulawayo Masvingo around waterholes; low water  Klipspringer Great Chirinda FR in Vic Falls Matobo NP Zimbabwe  Aug-Dec – best months for Gonarezhou NP white water rafting as water is BOTSWANA Mashato GR low and rapids fast Some geography Many of the country’s major wildlife MOZAMBIQUE  Sep – springtime; flowers attractions lie along, or close to, south africa coming into bloom the Zambezi River which forms the north-west border with Zambia. These Getting around wildebeest, impala and even gemsbok the Zambezi Valley to create a huge include Victoria Falls, the adjacent Most of the parks along the Zambezi are all present. Of the apex predators, man-made lake. Elephant, buffalo, Zambezi National Park, and some way are within driving distance of one lion, leopard, wild dog and cheetah and healthy populations of antelope further south, right on the border with another, so transfers between them are regularly seen, along with African guarantee the presence of predators Botswana, Hwange National Park. are often done by road, however many wildcat, serval, honey badger, civet and such as lion, leopard and cheetah, remote camps and lodges have their hyena. The diverse landscapes of teak which are all plentiful, and although Further along the valley are the own, or a shared, airstrip so you can forests, sandveld, ilala palm islands, increasingly rare, black rhino is a national parks of Matusadona and save time by flying in. savannah and acacia woodland make speciality. The birdlife is exceptional due Mana Pools. Zimbabwe’s second city, for a rewarding and interesting safari. to the varied habitats, and more than Bulawayo, and the ancient site of Hwange National Park 400 species have been recorded here. Great Zimbabwe lie a long way south, Lying along the border with Botswana, Matusadona National Park while the country’s eastern border is, Zimbabwe’s largest park is a haven for This relatively unknown wilderness Mana Pools National Park marked by a set of high mountains over 100 mammal and 400 bird species. bordering Lake Kariba, dates from This UNESCO World Heritage Site known as the eastern highlands. Elephant, buffalo, sable, roan, giraffe, 1958, when the Kariba Dam flooded beside the languid Zambezi has

28 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip zimbabwe

:: AFRICA

TAILOR-MADE TAILOR-MADE Wings over Zimbabwe Wild Zimbabwe

On this trip around Zimbabwe you make the most of your time by flying This safari provides an opportunity to explore Zimbabwe’s two principal from place to place, staying in comfortable safari lodges and tented assets in terms of wildlife, and enjoy game drives, walks and canoe camps. From the imposing spectacle of Victoria Falls, you head to the safaris. Your first base is a luxury tented camp at the heart of Hwange country’s most famous national park, Hwange, renowned for its herds National Park – often referred as “the Land of the Giants” due to the of elephant and buffalo. Continuing with spectacular aerial views of extraordinary number of elephants. In Mana Pools National Park you get Lake Kariba, you explore the watery wilderness of Matudsadona, before a totally different perspective as you spend three days exploring silently continuing to Mana Pools in the Lower Zambezi. along the river by canoe, with water-level views of birds and wildlife, returning each night to a comfortable tented camp. Finally you see another Suggested Itinerary contrasting aspect of Mana Pools as you explore remote Kanga Pan by Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Victoria Falls, 2-nights. Explore Victoria Falls, vehicle and on foot. with time for optional activities Day 4 Fly to Hwange, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Vehicle safaris Day 6 Fly to Matusadona, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Suggested Itinerary Vehicle and boat safaris Day 8 Fly to Mana Pools, 2-nights lodge/tented Day 1 Depart UK on overnight flight via Jo’burg Day 2 Arrive Victoria Falls, camp. Vehicle, walking and boat safaris Day 10 Fly to Harare and depart 1-night Day 3 Drive to Hwange National Park, 3-nights Somalisa Camp. Day 11 Arrive UK Vehicle and foot safaris, night drives, game watching Day 6 Fly by light aircraft to Mana Pools National Park, 3-nights Zambezi Life Styles Camp. Daily, throughout the year Departures Canoeing on Zambezi River Day 9 Drive to Kanga Pan, 2-nights Kanga Camp. Vehicle and foot safaris in Mana Pools National Park Day 11 Fly by fine views towards Zambia’s Lower canoe safaris, and offers a secluded light aircraft to Victoria Falls and depart for UK Day 12 Arrive London Zambezi National Park and the experience with spectacular views, Departures Daily, June to October Rift Valley escarpment. Its riverine particularly at sunset, of the river and woodland and open plains contain a its wide floodplain. great variety of wildlife, including large terrain is littered with huge granite common here, and black eagles thrive on numbers of elephant that relish the Matobo National Park boulders piled on top of one another – a diet of rock hyrax. One highly protected numerous winterthorn trees. The area Established in 1953, this park just south striking rock formations that permeated area is used to safeguard endangered is famed as one of southern Africa’s of Bulawayo was awarded UNESCO the beliefs of the tribes who settled black and white rhinos, and the grave of best destinations for walking and World Heritage status in 2003. The here. Klipspringer, zebra and giraffe are Cecil Rhodes is an obvious attraction.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Ruckomechi Camp, The Hide, Camp Amalinda, Bumi Hills Safari Lodge, Mana Pools Hwange Matobo Lake Kariba This camp nestles in a grove of acacia Situated on a private concession beside This charming, exclusive camp, located Standing on a hilltop with a commanding and mahogany trees on the western the national park, the eight standard within Matobo National Park just outside vista of Lake Kariba, this elegant lodge boundary of Mana Pools, a hundred and two deluxe tented suites of this Bulawayo, consists of nine thatched makes a wonderful R&R stop. 20 kilometres below Lake Kariba and has established, family-owned safari camp all rooms tucked away among massive revamped air-conditioned rooms (ten wonderful views across the Zambezi overlook a waterhole. Its hub is a thatched, granite boulders at an ancient Bushman standard and ten premium) all have a to the mountainous escarpment of the two-storey A-frame with the dining and site. Its large swimming pool and bar lake view and balcony or verandah. The Great Rift Valley in Zambia. The ten tented lounge area, and facilities include a plunge overlook a waterhole. The granite domes infinity pool is breathtaking, the food chalets all have en-suite bathrooms. The pool plus two comfortable hides for wildlife and castle kopjes of the surrounding excellent, and the welcome warm and area is excellent for wildlife, and activities viewing. You may want to experience Matobo Hills create a tranquil and relaxing friendly. Animals graze along the shore, include day and night drives, boat safaris sleeping out at The Dove’s Nest treehouse, atmosphere that is enhanced by the spa and activities include game-viewing and and canoeing. but you’ll need to book in advance. treatments on offer. watching the legendary Kariba sunset.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 29 Namibia

This huge country is known for its towering sand dunes and wild, deserted Canyon, the red rocky landscapes of Damaraland, the Himba people and the coast. It may lack the abundance of animals found elsewhere, but nevertheless water bird haven of Walvis Bay. For the ultimate wilderness, the Skeleton offers some wonderful wildlife hotspots: the gigantic white salt pan of Etosha, Coast offers some of Africa’s most remote and exclusive luxury camps, and a and the lush Caprivi Strip for starters. Other highlights include Fish River chance to see the rare desert adapted elephant.

Key species angola zambia Diary notes

 Dassie rat Caprivi GP  Apr-May: Fresh, green and clear air  Desert elephant Skeleton Coast NP Kaudom GR  Heaviside’s dolphin Etosha NP  May-Sep: Fish River Canyon open for hiking  Meerkat Damaraland Waterberg Plateau NP  Brown hyena  Jun-Aug: Dry but cold at Okonjima Bushmanland  African wild dog night; wildlife around the Omaruru waterholes!  Cape fur seal  Hartmann’s mountain zebra Swakopmund windhoek  Sep-Oct: Best game viewing  Damara (Kirk’s) dik-dik Walvis Bay Kalahari BOTSWANA  Nov-Dec: The first rains break Desert  Gemsbok (oryx ) Namib-Naukluft NP NAMIBIA Sossusvlei Some geography The jewel in Namibia’s crown is the renowned Etosha National Park, in the Fish River pacific Canyon central north of the country. Also up in SOUTH AFRICA ocean the north is the lush panhandle of the Caprivi Strip, which leads along the Okavango river to Botswana, Zambia and Zimbabwe – but this is a long way from the rest of Namibia unless you’re in the coastal hinterland between worth a visit but is best seen from combining it with another country. Along the towns of Swakopmund and the air, while inland mountainous the north-east border with Botswana, Lüderitz. This holds some of Africa’s Damaraland is a desert environment Khaudum National Park is once again off most memorable scenery – ranging with elephant, giraffe and other the beaten track. from mountains, to the famous sand specially adapted species. dunes (said to be the highest in the The heartland for most visitors is the world). To the north, along the Atlantic In the very south lies the legendary fascinating Namib-Nauklauft Desert seaboard, the Skeleton Coast is well Fish River Canyon, close to the border

30 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N AMIBIA :: AFRICA

with South Africa. Namibia’s capital, You can even do a combination of Damaraland and water dictate the movement of Windhoek is a pleasant, modern city, fly/drive. The final option is joining This remote mountainous area of stark the endangered desert elephant, black but generally holds little interest for an organised small group trip – the arid plains, deep chasms and dramatic rhino, gemsbok, greater kudu and wildlife enthusiasts and is usually no level of comfort and price depend red, rocky peaks is dominated by springbok. Lion and cheetah move in more than an overnight stop at the on whether this is based on lodge the massive bulk of the Brandberg and out of the area and birders will start or end of your trip. accommodation or involves camping. Mountains. Early morning sea mists be keen to have a chance to spot the that drift inland from the ocean provide endemic Monteiro’s hornbill, Ruppell’s Getting around Namib-Naukluft Park & sustenance to various desert life parrot, white-tailed shrike, rockrunner Namibia has good roads, and you can Sossusvlei forms, and the natural laws of food and Herero chat. reach most places of interest with The Namib Desert is the oldest in the relative ease. Even if the distances are world and, due to the need to adapt sometimes daunting, most roads are to the harsh environment, its wildlife straight and traffic-free. As a result, is often unique. Among the larger many visitors enjoy the flexibility and animals seen here are springbok, value of self-drive. Although many roads gemsbok and ostrich, while aardvark are unsurfaced, most can be driven in is occasionally sighted at night, along a regular vehicle; however if you want with Cape fox, polecat and aardwolf. to reach remote regions, you’ll need With no light pollution and clear night 4-wheel drive. skies virtually guaranteed all year round, the Namib Desert is one of Alternatively, if you don’t want to southern Africa’s finest areas for star- drive or have limited time, flying gazing. However the most remarkable is a great way to travel as you sight in the region is at Sossusvlei, maximise your time and benefit from where the world’s highest sand huge Wings Over Namibia TAILOR-MADE astonishing aerial views that give dunes tower more than 300 metres you a totally different perspective. above the surrounding plain. This is one of the best flying safaris Namibia has to offer, with the finest lodges, a complete ‘north and south’ experience, superb game-viewing and the best guides everywhere you go. Add to this great food and exceptional photographic opportunities, and this trip is simply unbeatable!

Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Windhoek. Fly to NamibRand Nature Reserve, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Vehicle and foot safaris, optional balloon flight Day 4 Fly to Swakopmund, 2-nights hotel. Vehicle safari to fur seal colony at Walvis Bay Day 6 Fly to Damaraland, 2-nights lodge/ tented camp. Vehicle and foot safaris Day 8 Fly to Western Etosha, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Vehicle safaris Day 10 Fly to Windhoek and depart Day 11 Arrive UK Note: The Skeleton Coast makes a wonderful contrast to this itinerary. See our Skeleton Coast extension on page 32.

Departures Daily, throughout the year

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 31 The Skeleton Coast Due to its isolation, the only way to plus large numbers of elephant, lion freely across the area, makes this The Atlantic coast north of visit is by flying in by light aircraft, and black rhino. The birdlife is also region a hidden gem. It is as rich Swakopmund is one of the most which can be added as an extension excellent, with more than 300 species. in wildlife as more popular areas remote and hauntingly beautiful to any trip in Namibia. Flying at low Beside Etosha, Ongava Private Game such as Chobe National Park and the places on earth. It has everything altitude provides magnificent aerial Reserve offers the attraction of Okavango Delta in Botswana. from soaring dunes and plains to deep views of the dramatic coastline and tracking rhino on foot, which is not canyons, mountains, saltpans, seal other natural features that give an permitted inside the park. Fish River Canyon colonies and numerous shipwrecks. entirely new and stunning perspective The magnificent canyon of the Fish Freshwater springs permeate the of the country. The Caprivi Strip River is one of nature’s great dramatic barren sands to create life-sustaining Namibia’s north-eastern panhandle spectacles – second only in size to the oases. Hartmann’s mountain zebra, Etosha NP & Ongava Reserve is a long, narrow strip of land that Grand Canyon, yet it receives only a gemsbok, desert-adapted elephant, Etosha is considered by many to be stretches along the Okavango almost fraction of the visitors. The enormous Cape fur seals, brown hyena, one of the finest game sanctuaries in as far as Victoria Falls. The distance river gorge meanders for 161 giraffe and occasionally cheetah southern Africa. This enormous park is from Windhoek means it’s easier kilometres through the surrounding are all found in the wild and rugged famous for its vast, dazzling saltpan. to combine a stay here with nearby desert plains, at times reaching landscape. There’s so much to see, The permanent waterholes attract Botswana or Zambia than with other depths of over 550 metres. There’s that the traditional regime of morning a multitude of wildlife, particularly parts of Namibia. Here the Zambezi’s great birdwatching here, and short and afternoon activities is usually during the dry winter, including black- tributaries form a complex system scenic hikes are possible from the abandoned in favour of full day outings faced impala, red hartebeest, Damara of waterways, islands and riverine smaller nature park, although serious to explore the distinctive landscape. dik-dik, eland, and greater kudu, forests – protected by parks and hikers may want to contemplate the wilderness areas. The trans-frontier 86 kilometre trail which takes five SMALL GROUP Faces of Namibia park, which allows wildlife to move days to complete!

This active adventure features all the key areas of this vast country Skeleton Coast extension TAILOR-MADE – dunes, desert and plains – plus its iconic wildlife. Staying largely in exclusive accommodation in private reserves, you visit Sossusvlei’s Namibia’s varied topography and wealth of astonishing natural features soaring dunes, take a boat trip at Swakopmund, explore the desert make it a prime candidate for seeing it from the air. This unique short in Damaraland, and marvel at Etosha’s prolific wildlife. Activities flying trip, which can be done as an extension to any trip in Namibia, include walking, mountain biking, seeing ancient rock engravings at offers breathtaking views of the country from an entirely different Twyfelfontein, and rhino tracking – along with optional hot air ballooning perspective while flying at low altitude. Flying also allows you to reach and horse-riding. All in all, this is the complete Namibian adventure! areas in the far north that are too difficult or time-consuming to get to by any other means. Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK via Jo’burg Day 2 Arrive Windhoek; transfer to Suggested Itinerary Sossusvlei, 2-nights. Day and night vehicle and foot safaris; optional Day 1 Depart Windhoek, fly to Swakopmund and Deception Bay, then ballooning, quad biking and horse riding Day 4 Transfer to Swakopmund, north along the desolate Skeleton Coast to the Huab Valley, 1-night Day 2 2-nights. Boat trip Day 6 Transfer to Damaraland, 3-nights. Day and night Explore by vehicle and on foot, then fly north to the Hoarusib Valley in the vehicle and foot safaris, mountain biking, Twyfelfontein rock art Day 9 Kunene region, 1-night Day 3 Visit a Himba tribal settlement and search Transfer to Ongava Reserve, 2-nights. Day and night vehicle and foot for desert elephant, then fly further north to the Kunene River on the safaris in Ongava Reserve and Etosha National Park Day 11 Transfer to Angola border, 1-night Day 4 Boat trip on the Kunene River then fly south Windhoek and depart via Jo’burg Day 12 Arrive UK to Windhoek, arriving in the afternoon

Departures Regular dates all year round Departures Daily, throughout the year

32 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N AMIBIA :: AFRICA

Swakopmund The Africat Foundation, TAILOR-MADE Game Trails Self-Drive This charming seaside town with Okonjima its cooler coastal climate comes as Some four hour’s drive north of This is classic self-drive on what has become known as the ‘northern a welcome relief after the desert. A Windhoek, Okonjima is a great place circuit’. It offers fantastic game-viewing and photographic opportunities bizarre relic from German colonial to stop if you don’t want to spend staying in good quality (but not over the top!) accommodation. times, the town is full of traditional time in the capital. We recommend cake shops. Local attractions include a two night stay here to give an Suggested Itinerary ancient welwitschias, the oldest opportunity to visit the fascinating Depart UK Arrive Windhoek, 1-night guesthouse plants in the world, in the excellent cheetah project, where you will Day 1 Day 2 desert park. The nearby lagoon of not only learn about the welfare Day 3 Drive to Okonjima, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Vehicle safaris Walvis Bay is home to huge colonies work done here, but also have an Day 5 Drive to Eastern Etosha, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. Vehicle of Cape fur seals, a world-renowned opportunity to track cheetahs on foot, safaris Day 7 Drive to Western Etosha, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. sanctuary for 160,000 resident birds, and see leopards from game drive Vehicle safaris Day 9 Drive to Damaraland, 2-nights lodge/tented camp. and a twice-yearly feeding station vehicles. The surrounding woodland See ancient rock engravings Day 11 Drive to Erongo, 2-nights lodge/ for around 200,000 waders and terns is a birdwatcher’s paradise with over tented camp. Vehicle safaris Day 13 Drive to Windhoek and depart on their migration routes north and 200 species, including rare endemics Day 14 Arrive UK south. You can take a boat trip to see such as Monteiro’s hornbill, Hartlaub’s the birdlife, the seals and the locally francolin and rockrunner. Departures Daily, throughout the year common Heaviside’s dolphins.

See our website for dates and prices

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Wolwedans Dune Camp, Ongava Lodge, Okonjima Main Camp, Serra Cafema, NamibRand Nature Reserve Etosha National Park Otjiwarongo Skeleton Coast, Kunene region Nestled in the dunes against a backdrop This luxurious property is on one of the Okonjima is home to the AfriCat This is perhaps the most remote camp of extraordinary natural beauty this largest private reserves in Namibia, Foundation, one of the world’s largest in southern Africa, in the extreme camp makes a perfect base for exploring on the southern boundary of Etosha. cheetah and leopard rescue-and-release north-west of Namibia – reachable the awe-inspiring desert. It offers rustic It consists of twelve air-conditioned, programmes. Sited around the original only by light aircraft (three hours but unique comfort in six tented chalets, brick and thatch chalets with en-suite farmhouse, Main Camp has ten luxury flying time from Windhoek). Eight each on a wooden deck with a private bathroom, plus a thatched lounge/dining rooms with bush views, and six around comfortable and spacious tents with a bathroom. The central lapa comprises area and a deck for open-air dining the garden, all with en-suite facilities. thatched roof and en-suite bathroom a lounge, dining area and open-plan overlooking a floodlit waterhole. Its Nearby Bush Camp has eight chalets, are on wooden decks, and look over kitchen, while a deck with a fireplace is sister camp, Little Ongava, has just three and a fabulous private villa has four the rapids of the Kunene River. There is a great place for a sundowner. suites, each with a plunge pool – perfect rooms – including two private suites, a dining room, bar and swimming pool, for a group of friends. There is also a whose king-size beds can be wheeled and activities focus on vehicle and tented camp with eight comfortable outside under the stars. foot safaris, boat trips on the river, and tents and a small pool. visits to a nearby Himba village.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 33 Madagascar

Madagascar is a country quite unlike any other. The world’s fourth- Essentially, Madagascar is nothing short of intoxicating – a destination largest island is nothing short of ‘unique’ and ‘bizarre’. Along with all that brimming with intrigue and excitement. Its strange and incongruous makes it unusual, Madagascar displays great diversity of habitat, with mix of wildlife and culture combine to produce a fascinatingly different distinct areas of rainforest, deciduous forest, high mountain and desert. experience. Memories of gentle, friendly people, unusual habitats and But it is the extraordinary array of wildlife that these different habitats curious wildlife will linger long after you leave, and the overriding memory support, the majority of which is found nowhere else in the world, that is will be one of an island lost in time. Madagascar’s principal attraction.

Key species Montagne d’Ambre NP Antsiranana Diary notes Ankarana NR  Jul-Aug: Humpback whales  Indri Nosy Be calve in Antongil Bay  Sifaka Nosy Komba Daraina NR mozambique channel Sambava  Woolly lemur Marojejy NP  Apr-Nov: Best time to travel Anjajavy  Ring-tailed lemur Maroantsetra  Jul-Sep: Most likely time to  Bamboo lemur Mahajanga Nosy Mangabe NP see aye-aye on Nosy Mangabe Ankarafantsika NP Tampolo  Mouse lemur  Sep-Nov: Driest time Nosy Boraha throughout the island  Sportive lemur madagascar  Aye-aye  N ov-Apr: Red fody dance on Anjozorobe Toamasina the savannah during breeding  Fosa Tsingy de Bemaraha NR Antananarivo Akanin’ny Nofy NR season Andasibe  Humpback whale Mantadia NR  D ec: Start of the wet season Kirindy NR Antsirabe Morondava Some geography Kirindy Forest Reserve are located on Ranomafana NP Topography and climate divide Fianarantsoa this side of the island. Madagascar into distinct zones Andringitra NP and define its varied habitats. A Isalo NP INDIAN OCEAN The mountainous north around Ifaty mountainous spine runs the length Zombitse NP Antsiranana includes Montagne Toliara of the island from north to south. The tropic of capricorn d’Ambre National Park and a clutch capital Antananarivo (generally known of paradise islands. In contrast the Ifotaka as Tana), and the national parks of arid south-west of the island consists Berenty NR Tolagnaro Ranomafana and Andringitra lie within largely of desert-like spiny forest. this central highland zone. This area includes the national parks of Isalo and Zombitse, plus Berenty Its steep eastern slopes drop abruptly Mantadia, Masoala and Marojejy To the west a wide dry plain descends Private Reserve and Ifotaka Forest to a narrow coastal strip and are National Parks are all found, along gently towards the Mozambique Community Reserve. clad with vestiges of an immense with the islands of Nosy Mangabe, Channel, covered with savannah rainforest that once covered them and further south Nosy Boraha (Île and deciduous trees. The limestone entirely. This is where Andasibe- Sainte Marie). pinnacles of the two tsingy areas and

34 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip MA D AGASCAR :: AFRICA

Getting around to explore, particularly as crowned leaf chameleon. Rare birds such as safe refuge for aye-ayes that were Travel by road is rewarding, but can be lemurs and Sanford’s brown lemurs helmet vanga, Bernier’s vanga and the released there in the 1960s, and have tough. From the capital in the centre are frequently seen. Its reptiles include Madagascar serpent eagle, are seen subsequently thrived; however as they of the island ‘Route Nationale 7’ leads a wonderful array of chameleons, and here, while nocturnal forays reveal are largely a nocturnal species and the south to Toliara, linking many places numerous leaf-tailed geckos. mouse lemurs, woolly lemurs and island has no accommodation its very of interest – highland paddy fields, possibly even aye-aye! difficult to see them. Far easier to see Ranomafana, Andringitra’s impressive Marojejy National Park are the large leaf-tailed geckos, black- granite mountains and Isalo. If you Towards the northern end of the Nosy Mangabe and-white ruffed lemurs and white- want a road trip, this is the road – but rainforest belt, Marojejy contains This idyllic island in the Bay of fronted brown lemurs. The island is don’t expect easy travelling! East of remote and unexplored areas. It is the Antongil has excellent wildlife, as well easily reached by a short boat ride from Tana, Andasibe-Mantadia is easily best place to look for rare silky sifaka, as fine beaches of golden sand. Its Maroantsetra or en-route to or from reached in a few hours by road. and no fewer than nine other lemur steep forested slopes have proved a Masoala, and makes a great day out! Given the distances involved, and the species are found here. Other notable condition of many roads, the domestic species include ring-tailed mongoose, TAILOR-MADE air network is useful for longer helmet vanga, and countless reptiles Southern Highlights journeys, although the timings and and frogs. Marojejy is the only place As the name suggests, this road trip takes in the must-see, must-do frequency of flights often necessitate left in the country where you can locations in the southern half of Madagascar, by following Route Nationale 7 overnighting in the hub of Tana en- walk from sea level to a mountain south from the capital through the mountainous central highlands to the dry route to elsewhere. summit through unbroken forest. The view from Marojejy peak (2,132m) is spiny forest. This cross section reveals some of the many different aspects For ease of reference, in this section spectacular, but not for the faint- of the island: its unique wildlife and birds, its culture and varied topography. we have divided the island into hearted. To get here, you need to fly to Staying at comfortable accommodation throughout, you also visit Andasibe- regions that reflect the predominant Sambava, drive to Manantenina, then Mantadia National Park to see more lemurs and the iconic indri. type of vegetation or topography. walk for two hours! Suggested Itinerary Rainforest: Masoala National Park Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Antananarivo and drive to Andasibe- The Masoala Peninsula supports the Mantadia, 3-nights hotel. Forest walks to see indri Day 5 Drive to Montagne d’Ambre largest remaining area of lowland Antsirabe, 1-night. Visit the capital Day 6 Drive to Ranomafana, 2-nights. National Park rainforest in Madagascar, and the Lemur spotting Day 8 Drive to Fianarantsoa, 1-night. Visit the Betisleo Located close to the island’s northern greatest number of species. The capital Day 9 Drive to Isalo, 2-nights. Walks to look for lemurs and birds tip, Madagascar’s first national park national park occupies 2,300 square Day 11 Drive to Ifaty, 2-nights. Visit the spiny forest Day 13 Drive to takes its name from the amber- kilometres of mountain and valley Toliara and fly to Antananarivo, 1-night Day 14 Depart, arrive UK same day coloured resin produced by some of its cloaked in primary forest, which in trees. It lies less than an hour by road many places drops down to glorious Note: you can extend this trip by flying from Toliara to Fort Dauphin from Antsiranana (Diego Suarez), the sandy beaches that fringe the Bay of to visit Berenty Private Reserve or Ifotaka Community Forest before main city of the north. Once there, you’ll Antongil, on the western side of the returning to Antananarivo. find a cool green mountain oasis in an peninsula. This is the last refuge of otherwise parched landscape, with a the red-ruffed lemur and among its Departures well-maintained trail system. Facilities numerous reptiles are the panther Throughout the year. (Domestic flights do not operate daily.) are few, but it’s a rewarding place chameleon and tiny stump-tailed

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 35 Andasibe-Mantadia Anjozorobe Daraina is matched by the diversity and National Park Part of a natural corridor that is A mosaic of rolling hills covered abundance of wildlife in the forest – With its easy access and excellent amongst the last vestiges of forest with patches of deciduous and with troupes of white Decken’s sifakas, wildlife, this is arguably Madagascar’s on the high plateau. It is only about semi-evergreen forest, this is one red-fronted brown lemurs, many premier rainforest reserve. It three hours drive from Antananarivo of the richest and most ecologically chameleons and other reptiles. Along combines the small Analamazaotra and provides a quieter and easily sensitive areas in the north, and is the southern boundary, where the Reserve, close to Andasibe village, accessible alternative to Andasibe for due to become a national park at Manambole Rover cuts an impressive with the larger Mantadia to the north. those wishing to look for Indris and some stage. The principal reason gorge, boat trips are an ideal way to Close views of indri are virtually Diademed Sifakas as well as Brown for its importance is the presence of see wildlife. assured here, where groups of Lemurs and numerous chameleons. the golden-crowned sifaka, one of these spectacular lemurs have been the world’s rarest primates, which is Kirindy Forest habituated. There are also regular found here and nowhere else. Other A couple of hours drive north of sightings of brown lemurs. Mantadia’s species seen regularly include crowned Morondava on the east coast, via superb forests have an extensive lemur, Sanford’s brown lemur, and the famed Avenue of Baobabs, this network of trails which reward occasionally even aye-aye. The only area of dry forest is rich in wildlife. explorers with sightings of diademed accommodation is a simple campsite. It is the best place to see curious sifakas, indris, black-and-white ruffed endemics such as the giant jumping lemurs and grey bamboo lemurs. Ankaranafantsika rat, narrow-striped mongoose and the Frequently seen birds include red- National Park fosa, Madagascar’s largest carnivore. fronted coua, tyla, nuthatch, and blue The island’s best area of remaining It is also good for lemurs. Verreaux’s vanga, and pitta-like ground roller. deciduous forest lies a couple of hours sifakas and red-fronted brown lemurs drive inland from Mahajanga. Centred are often seen, while at night you may Ranomafana National Park on Lac Ravelobe, a network of level see Madame Berthe’s mouse lemur Established in 1991 to protect the paths makes seeing wildlife easy. You – the world’s smallest primate! In the then newly-discovered golden can see many habituated groups of summer months reptiles are numerous bamboo lemur, Ranomafana is one of lemurs, including beautiful Coquerel’s – Labord’s chameleon, which has the island’s most important wildlife Deciduous Forest: sifakas and elusive mongoose spectacular rainbow colours, is sites and amongst its best rainforest lemurs. Rewarding night walks reveal regularly seen. reserves. Its pleasant climate, misty Ankarana Reserve mouse, woolly and sportive lemurs, forest slopes, spectacular views, This lost world in the far north, and birdlife includes white-breasted picturesque rushing river and huge three hours drive from Antsirana, mesite, Schlegel’s asity, rufous vanga species diversity make it a deserved is protected by a natural fortress of and Madagascar fish eagle. A covered, favourite. It is one of the best places razor-sharp rocks. The limestone has flat-bottomed boat makes an ideal to see Milne-Edward’s sifaka, greater been sculpted by wind and rain into way to watch water birds around the bamboo lemur and red-bellied lemur. dramatic pinnacles, with isolated margins of the lake. Birdwatching is also good, as many patches of forest in between. Wildlife rainforest endemics such as pitta- flourishes nevertheless: crowned lemur, Tsingy de Bemaraha like ground rollers are often seen. Sanford’s brown lemur, and the elusive National Park Reptiles, frogs and invertebrates are fosa. Peculiar birds such as white- This largely unexplored area contains also abundant – including the bizarre breasted mesite, sickle-billed vanga and huge tracts of limestone that have giraffe-necked weevil. cuckoo-roller live in the dry forest, as been eroded into the island’s largest do panther chameleons and exquisitely and most impressive karst landscape. camouflaged leaf-tailed geckos. At the park’s southern end, walkways See our website There is no accommodation, but two have been constructed to make access for dates and prices campsites serve as bases for exploring. easy. The awe-inspiring scenery

36 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip MA D AGASCAR :: AFRICA

Best of Both Worlds TAILOR-MADE Zombitse National Park Isalo National Park Lying between Isalo and the town Isalo is quite unlike anywhere else in If you yearn for a short but memorable getaway, this trip combines two of Toliara, this park is a remnant Madagascar. Its particular appeal is of the best and most idiosyncratic locations that Madagascar can offer – of transitional forest between the in its remarkable landscape of eroded one in the north and one in the south. Both offer extremely comfortable western and southern regions. Despite sandstone outcrops, canyons and its accommodation, and strike the perfect balance between activity its isolation and small size, the forest is rare plants. There are spectacular and relaxation, with excellent guides who will help you decipher the of particular interest to birdwatchers, vistas at every turn – it is a wonderful complexities of life on the island. as it is home to one of Madagascar’s place for photographers. The valleys rarest endemics, Appert’s greenbul, are ribbons of green where delicate Suggested Itinerary as well as other species such as giant feather palms and screw pines grow, Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Antananarivo, 1-night Day 3 Fly to coua, crested ibis and cuckoo roller. while endemic succulents such as the Maroansetra and boat transfer to Masoala, 3-nights Masoala Forest Verreaux’s sifakas, red-fronted brown bizarre elephant’s foot plant flourish on Lodge. Walks, canoe trip to explore Masoala National Park Day 6 Transfer lemurs and sportive lemurs are also the cliffs and rocks. The deep gorges, to Maroansetra, fly to Antananarivo, 1-night Day 7 Fly to Fort Dauphin. seen here. There’s no accommodation, where patches of forest thrive, are Drive to Ifotaka, 3-nights Mandrare River Camp. Walks to explore Ifotaka so it’s best to visit early in the morning, home to troupes of Verreaux’s sifakas, Community Forest in search of lemurs and birds Day 10 Transfer to Fort en-route to either Isalo or Toliara. red-fronted brown lemurs and ring- Dauphin and fly to Antananarivo. Depart Day 11 Arrive UK tailed lemurs. Departures Southern Spiny Forest: From late March to end of December. NB: domestic flights do not operate every day Ifotaka Community Forest This remote tract of community-owned Anjajavy Extension TA I LOR-MADE forest is an admirable illustration of an initiative that encourages local For the ultimate combination of beach and bush, this romantic island offers communities to manage their natural French flair and panache in splendid isolation. Against a backdrop of sandy resources sustainably. The native beaches and deciduous forest, each morning you wake to the soothing Tandroy people harvest certain areas lapping of waves, while lemurs feed in the trees nearby. The adjacent private of the forest, but leave the rest intact rainforest has over 1,800 plant species, many of which are endemic, plus Southern Interior: to preserve it for ecotourism, which Coquerel’s sifaka, Cuvier’s oplure (a type of iguana), chameleons and birds generates a major source of revenue. of paradise, while the coral reef sports a array of colourful fish. You can Andringitra National Park The preserved gallery and spiny see rare Madagascar fish eagle, marvel at coastal baobab forest, swim in Centred around Madagascar’s second forest are home to the wildlife that is remote and idyllic bays, visit fishing picturesque villages, or simply relax – highest peak, Pic d’Imarivolanitra synonymous with Madagascar’s deep the choice is yours… You can add this to any trip in Madagascar. (which means ‘close to the sky’), south: ring-tailed lemurs, endearing L’Hôtel Anjajavy, Anjajavy Andringitra is a unique region of granite Verreaux’s sifakas, and a wide variety and gneiss formations, high altitude of birdlife. No stay would be complete Standing on a remote peninsula on the north-west coast, 25 spacious and beautifully appointed, thatched villas built of local rosewood have a lovely vegetation, forest and waterfalls, and without a visit to Ifotaka village to learn bathroom and wide terrace facing the sea. offers some of the most scenic and about the complex beliefs and customs spectacular trekking opportunities of the proud and engaging Tandroy. Suggested Itinerary in Madagascar. There are impressive Day 1 Fly by light aircraft from Antananarivo to Anjajavy, 3-nights wild flower meadows, rare succulent Berenty Private Reserve (minimum stay) L’Hotel Anjajavy. Day 4 Light aircraft flight back to plants and a good chance of seeing Featured in numerous television Antananarivo Ring-tailed Lemurs as well. The park is documentaries, this is perhaps about one-and-a-half hours drive from Madagascar’s best known reserve. Departures Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday only from Antananarivo the town of Ambalavao. Adjacent to the Mandrare River, this

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 37 TAILOR-MADE small island of forest surrounded by diversity of birdlife, and some of the Endangered Sifakas sisal plantations is privately-owned most bizarre flora imaginable – the of the North and run. On early morning walks large crazy, waving branches of devilishly- troupes of ring-tailed lemurs are often spined octopus trees contrast sharply This unique safari takes in two of the best, but least visited, areas of encountered while Verreaux’s sifakas with the squat, bulbous forms of northern Madagascar. Although accommodation here is more rustic than leap effortlessly through the canopy. ancient baobab trees. in the south, the reward is getting off the beaten track to see a variety of Giant couas peck through the leaf-litter less common species. These include crowned lemur and Sanford’s brown and there are numerous chameleons Beaches and Islands: lemur in the green mountains of Montagne d’Ambre, and the silky sifaka of – if you’re good enough to spot them! the Marojejy rainforest. The final highlight is a visit to Andasibe-Mantadia After dark, nocturnal mouse, and Although Madagascar’s wildlife is its to see the iconic indri. sportive lemurs scurry along the main draw, the island also boasts a branches and are readily seen, as are lovely coastline and idyllic offshore Suggested Itinerary very approachable white-browed and islands that offer a chance to relax in Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Antananarivo, 1-night Day 3 Fly to Madagascar scops owls. seclusion and style, while continuing Antsiranana and transfer to Montagne d’Ambre, 2-nights. Forest walks to enjoy the island’s biological Day 5 Drive to Sambava, 1-night Day 6 Marojejy National Park, 3-nights Ifaty Spiny Forest richness. The pace of life is slower Although as yet unprotected, the spiny here, and you can experience the camping. Look for lemurs, reptiles, amphibians and birds Day 9 Drive forests near Ifaty, north of Toliara, friendly, laid-back atmosphere for to Sambava and fly to Antananarivo, 1-night Day 10 Drive to Andasibe- are nevertheless of great interest to which Madagascar is renowned. Mantadia, 3-nights. Forest walks to see indri Day 13 Drive to Antananarivo birdwatchers and botanists alike. This and depart Day 14 Arrive UK is the best place to look for two of the Nosy Be Departures island’s most threatened birds – the Off the north-west coast, Nosy Be is long-tailed ground roller and sub- renowned for the production of ylang- From mid-April to end of December. NB: domestic flights do not operate desert mesite. There is plenty more ylang and the heady scent of the every day of interest too, including an wide blossom fills the air. More developed

38 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip MA D AGASCAR :: AFRICA

for coastal tourism than other areas beaches for nesting hawksbill turtles Nosy Boraha (Île Sainte-Marie) Nosy Mitsio in Madagascar, the island offers and work is in progress to safeguard Close to Madagascar’s north-east Lying 70 kilometres north of Nosy Be, quiet and secluded beaches, lively and monitor their populations. coast, Nosy Boraha epitomizes all this archipelago can only be reached night life, good wildlife, comfortable that is good about a tropical island, by boat. The main island of La Grande accommodation and wonderful Anjajavy Private Reserve while avoiding many of the pitfalls. Mitsio is surrounded by nine smaller cuisine. It’s also a major centre for Located on a peninsula on the remote Its miles of beaches are lined with ones – Tsara Banjina, with a fringe deep-sea fishing and scuba diving. north-west coast, this private reserve waving palm trees and fringed by of white sand lapped by crystal blue is an oasis for both wildlife and turquoise lagoons with distant reefs waters, is particularly beautiful. The Nosy Iranja visitors. Many species of lemurs, that protect the shore. Sleepy coastal offshore reefs harbour turtles, manta Some 50 kilometres south-west birds and reptiles can be seen in its villages sit comfortably next to discreet rays and a myriad of colourful fish, of Nosy Be, off the Ampasindava deciduous forest, including the lovely beach hotels, and the air is full of the and there are colonies of frigatebirds, Peninsula, Nosy Iranja becomes two Coquerel’s sifaka, which is often seen, intoxicating scent of cloves. In addition tropicbirds and brown boobies. islands at high tide – Iranja Komba and while along the coast white sandy this is a centre for whale-watching Iranga Kely. At low tide the two are beaches are punctuated by dramatic between July and September as linked by a long white sandbank. These limestone outcrops and mangrove- female humpbacks congregate in the islands provide important breeding fringed estuaries. sheltered waters to give birth.

See our website for dates and prices

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Masoala Forest Lodge, Vakona Forest Lodge, Mandrare River Camp, Hotels Jardin du Roy & Relais de la Masoala Andasibe-Mantadia Ifotaka Community Forest Reine, Isalo National Park Set next to the beach, this up-market Located between the two parts of the African-style safari camping is a new Nestling sympathetically amongst rocky lodge brings comfortable African reserve, Vakona offers a high standard innovation in Madagascar, and Mandrare outcrops on the southern boundary of safari-style camping to Madagascar. of hospitality and accommodation. Set exemplifies all that is good about the the park, these French-owned hotels Large furnished tents are set on wooden in a natural amphitheatre that echoes experience. Six spacious and well- are amongst Madagascar’s finest. platforms with thatched roofs, en-suite with birdsong, its cottages are built appointed tents with private facilities Local stone has been used to construct toilets, and showers with hot water. In on a hillside overlooking a small lake and hot water are at the heart of this buildings that appear almost as addition to exploring the forest you can and a swimming pool; the restaurant intimate camp on the banks of the extensions of the natural rock. At the take out kayaks and even snorkel in the is renowned for its cuisine. A short Mandrare River. Excellent meals are Jardin du Roy 15 rooms have en suite nearby marine reserve. In July and August walk from the lodge, a private reserve served in the large mess tent in the heart facilities and a verandah looking over humpback whales come into shore to occupies a small island. Four or five of the bush. The camp employs expert the surrounding landscape, whereas the breed and calve – a spectacular sight to habituated lemur species live here, so local guides who take immense pride in Relais de la Reine has 30 rooms with see from a kayak! you’ll have good opportunities for close- showing local wildlife, and explaining similar facilities. Each hotel has a pool, up photos! their complex customs and way of life. and offers guided walks in the park.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 39 East Africa

East Africa conjures up images of safari-goers alike, yet despite this there Apart from the renowned Serengeti You can easily combine any safari endless grassy plains dotted with are still secrets to be discovered. in northern Tanzania, and adjoining in this region with a visit to the umbrella-like acacia trees and teeming Masai Mara in southern Kenya, the magnificent populations of mountain with wildlife – the classic ‘Out of Africa’ The timeless cycle of the wildebeest region has many other spectacular gorillas and chimpanzees, whose final experience. Easy flights from the UK, migration across the plains and national parks. The Selous, in southern strongholds are found along the borders fabulous national parks and reserves Tanzania’s famed Northern Circuit draw Tanzania, is Africa’s largest protected of Uganda with Rwanda. Many visitors with guaranteed animal sightings and many enthusiasts, but this should not area. The lakes of the Rift Valley choose to round off their safari by breathtaking scenery combine to make deter you from visiting other areas. At provide wonderful opportunities for relaxing on one of the beautiful palm- this one of the world’s top wildlife other times of the year animal sightings bird watching, while Uganda’s Queen fringed beaches along the coast of the viewing areas. It is consistently popular are still fantastic, and visitor numbers Elizabeth National Park also offers Indian ocean or an off-shore island. with first-time visitors and regular appreciably lower. excellent wildlife viewing.

40 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip South sudan ethiopia

Lake Turkana Kidepo EAST africa

:: Murchison Falls uganda Kenya AFRICA Kabarega Lake Albert

Democratic republic Laikipia Semliki Lake Baringo of the congo Fort Portal Kampala Samburu Kibale Forest Ruwenzori Lake Bogoria Lake George Entebbe Meru Lake Edward Lake Nakuru Lake Mburo Mt. Kenya QENP Lake Navaisha (5,199m) Bwindi Aberdare Mgahinga Masai Mara Lake Victoria Nairobi PN des Volcans Serengeti Kigali Tsavo East Lamu Amboseli rwanda Ngorongoro Mt. Kilimanjaro burundi (5,895m) Malindi Tsavo West Lake Manyara Arusha Tarangire Mombasa

Pemba Lake Tanganyika Island

Saadani Mahale Zanzibar Mountain Dar es Salaam Island

INDIAN OCEAN Ruaha Mikumi Katavi

Selous GR Great Rift Valley

= National Park tanzania Lake Nyasa

The Great Migration

The annual migration of millions of white-bearded wildebeest and hundreds of thousands of Burchell’s zebra is a wonderful sight to behold. As they follow the seasonal rains to fresh pastures, these animals circulate between Kenya’s Masai Mara and the Serengeti region in Tanzania. Visitors can observe this extraordinary natural phenomenon at various times of the year in different places along the way.

Zebra usually lead the way, with gazelles accompanying the herds for short distances. They move by instinct, as nature dictates when to move on. With grazing taking up to sixteen hours each day, the grass plains are stripped bare within a matter of days.

This is a hazardous journey, with lion, leopard, hyena, wild dog, jackal and countless birds of prey constantly on the look out for their next meal, and Nile crocodiles lying in wait at fast-flowing river crossings, such as the Grumeti and the Mara. Rutting occurs along the way, with most births occurring in January and February in the southern region of the Serengeti and the north-western region of the Ngorongoro Conservation Area. Although giving birth weakens the migrating animals, less than half a percent of the newborn calves are taken at this time. So, although many a life is lost, millions live on, creating what remains the greatest wildlife spectacle on the planet!

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 41 Kenya

Kenya is renowned as one of the best countries in Africa to see wildlife. blessed with beautiful beaches and rich marine life, the lesser-known Its diversity of habitat, endless beauty and world-class hotels, lodges and desert in the north of the country, and the temperate highlands around tented camps guarantee enduring popularity. The Masai Mara continually Mount Kenya. Its location at the heart of East Africa and excellent transport receives accolade as one of the world’s best wildlife areas, and the links make it easy to combine with other destinations, notably Rwanda, Great Rift Valley bisects the country, its floor lined with lakes populated Uganda, Tanzania, Mauritius, the Maldives and Madagascar. by flamingos and many other birds and animals. However Kenya is also

Key species Diary notes ethiopia  Eastern black-and-white colobus  All year: Big Cat Diary!  Bushbaby  Feb-Jun: The ‘green season’ Lake Turkana  Bat-eared fox (most rains fall Apr-May)  Grevy’s zebra  Jul: The Migration – wildebeest and zebra herds  Rothschild’s giraffe head into the Masai Mara  Grant’s gazelle uganda Kenya  Late Jul: Best time to see  Gerenuk flamingoes on Rift Valley lakes  Lesser kudu  Aug-Sep: Butterfly time!  Beisa oryx Laikipia Lake Baringo Samburu  Oct: Humpback whales off the  Bohor reedbuck Lake Bogoria coast Meru Lake Nakuru  Late Oct: The Migration – the Some geography Mt. Kenya Lake Navaisha (5,199m) herds head south into Tanzania South of Nairobi, the jewel in Kenya’s Aberdare crown is the Masai Mara, which Masai Mara Nairobi Getting around extends over the border to become Many of Kenya’s protected areas lie Serengeti Tsavo East Lamu the Serengeti in Tanzania. Amboseli is within a few hours’ drive of each other, Amboseli also on the Tanzania border, but further so minibus transfers are not too taxing. south-east, and to link the two you For longer distances, or to save time, Malindi have to return to Nairobi. Yet further Tsavo West scheduled and chartered flights are south-east is Mombasa on the Indian useful. In private conservancies, in Ocean coast. North of the capital the addition to game drives in 4-wheel Mombasa Rift Valley is occupied by a string of tanzania drive vehicles, you can do game walks lakes (Naivasha, Nakuru, Baringo and and night drives, neither of which are Bogoria) to the east of the Aberdares, INDIAN OCEAN permitted in national parks, and thus with the Laikipia Plateau to their north. have a more intimate experience.

42 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip KENYA

:: AFRICA

Nairobi are filled with migrating herds of TAILOR-MADE Kenya’s bustling capital needn’t just wildebeest and zebras, the wildlife Big Cat Weekend in the Mara be a place where you start or end your viewing is excellent all year round. This short, sharp intake of wildlife will leave you refreshed and safari. If you have time to spare, you reinvigorated, and with vivid memories of perhaps the world’s finest can visit the Karen Blixen Museum, Lake Nakuru National Park which preserves the bygone era of This national park and associated wildlife sanctuary! the colonial settlers who pioneered rhino sanctuary lies in the Great Rift Suggested Itinerary coffee production. Also well worth a Valley. The small, shallow, alkaline visit is the Giraffe Centre, for a close-up lake is known for one of the greatest Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Nairobi. Fly to the Masai Mara, 3-nights at experience of the rare Rothschild’s bird spectacles on earth – a multitude the lodge or tented camp of your choice Day 3 Safaris by vehicle and on giraffe, the colourful market and the of fuschia-coloured flamingos that foot Day 5 Fly to Nairobi and depart Day 6 Arrive UK National Museum. Elephant enthusiasts at times seems to turn the lake pink. should also ask us about visiting the Over 400 species of birds are resident Departures Daily, throughout the year Daphne Sheldrick Elephant Orphanage. here, and the surrounding park is famous for its sizeable population of TAILOR-MADE Masai Mara both black and white rhinos. The rare Kenya Adventure Camping Kenya’s finest wildlife sanctuary is Rothschild’s giraffe is present, and the a place of gently rolling grasslands park is also home to buffalo, wild dog, If the quality of wildlife is more important than luxury accommodation, studded with acacia trees. Wild zebra, eland, waterbuck and lion. this remarkable value, one-week safari is just for you. Staying at a private animals wander the ancestral camp in exclusive conservancies near two famous national parks, in a homelands of the Masai, who still tend Lake Naivasha dome tent with a mattress (rather than a bed) and a private bathroom, their livestock here, creating a curious The highest and purest of the Great you’ll enjoy many of the facilities of a much more expensive safari lodge: harmony between man and wildlife. Rift Valley’s lakes offers great top quality food, good 4-wheel drive vehicles with all window seats and birdwatching with more than 400 excellent guides for wildlife drives – at a fraction of the price! This natural paradise is home to species having been recorded along Although this itinerary is tailor made, it does also operate as a small elephant, black rhino and great herds of its shoreline – from pelican and fish group departure. plains game including Thompson’s and eagle to weavers and warblers. In Grant’s gazelle, zebra, eland and others, addition, the lush vegetation supports Suggested Itinerary which offer rich pickings to predators a variety of animals that include such as lion, leopard and cheetah, while buffalo, antelope, giraffe, warthog Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Nairobi and transfer to Amboseli’s the rivers contain hippos and countless and monkey. You will almost certainly Selenkay Conservancy, 3-nights adventure camping Day 3 Wildlife drives, Nile crocodiles. Some 450 bird species catch sight of hippos lazily watching walk with Masai guide in Selenkay Conservancy and visit Masai village have been recorded here, and you may proceedings from the cooling water. Day 4 Full day wildlife viewing in Amboseli Day 5 Transfer to Nairobi; be lucky enough to see rare mammal You can visit nearby Hell’s Gate afternoon flight to Masai Mara and drive to Ol Kinyei Conservancy, species such as bat-eared fox, zorilla National Park, with its spectacular 3-nights adventure camping Day 6 Wildlife drives and night drive in Ol and caracal. canyons, hot springs and wildlife, Kinyei Conservancy Day 7 Full day game viewing in Masai Mara Reserve or Joy Adamson’s house on the Day 8 Minibus transfer to Nairobi and depart Day 9 Arrive UK In short, the Mara remains one of lakeshore. our favourite destinations. Although Departures Daily, late Dec-late Mar and mid-Jul-end of Oct between July and October the plains

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 43 Laikipia Plateau Samburu National Reserve TAILOR-MADE This lovely, remote wilderness area This lovely, remote wilderness area Wings Over Kenya lies just north of the equator, some lies 325 kilometres north of Nairobi, From Amboseli National Park in the lee of Africa’s highest peak, snow- five hours drive (or a short flight) from on the arid fringe of Kenya’s extensive capped Mount Kilimanjaro, to the highlands of the Laikipia Plateau and Nairobi. It is home to greater kudu, desert region. This is the ancestral on to the wide plains of the Masai Mara, this is a fabulous mix of Kenya’s reticulated giraffe, impala, elephant, land of the colourful Samburu people, lion, leopard and numerous other close relatives of the Masai. The finest wildlife areas. Flying from location to location ensures you make the antelope and birds; it is also one of dramatic landscape harbours species absolute most of your time, and staying in top quality camps with highly the last refuges of the endangered rarely found elsewhere, including experienced guides guarantee the best wildlife sightings possible. black rhino. However the major draw Grevy’s zebra, reticulated giraffe, Beisa here is total immersion in the African oryx, Somali ostrich and vulturine Suggested Itinerary bush through walking or riding safaris, guineafowl. The long-necked gerenuk Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Nairobi. Fly to Amboseli, 2-nights Amboseli accompanied by naturalist guides and is also a common resident. The reserve National Park, 2-nights tented camp. Vehicle and foot safaris, and night local Masai. The intensity and solitude is bisected by the Ewaso Ng’iro River, drives Day 4 Fly to Laikipia Plateau, 2-nights tented camp. Vehicle and of this experience is something not which attracts large herds of elephant, foot safaris, and night drives Day 6 Fly to Masai Mara Reserve, 2-nights often found elsewhere. and a variety of spectacular birds. tented camp. Vehicle and foot safaris, and night drives Day 8 Fly to Nairobi and depart Day 9 Arrive UK TAILOR-MADE Ultimate Kenya SAFARI Departures Daily, throughout the year

A rich blend of outstanding scenery, memorable wildlife and award- winning properties. From a lovingly restored farmhouse beside Lake Migration Special TAILOR-MADE Naivasha you can drive, walk or ride among plains game by the lakes of the Rift Valley, then the remote Laikipia Plateau offers a chance to explore Each year in late June and July, when the rains in Tanzania’s Serengeti by vehicle, on foot or by camel, with stunning views of Mount Kenya. The are long over and the grassland there has turned to dust, huge herds of Masai Mara’s acacia-studded grassland provides the finest animal and zebra and wildebeest make the long trip northward into the Masai Mara bird watching, plus an overwhelming sense of space. A kaleidoscope of in search of fresh grazing. This journey is made more dangerous by the colour and drama all year round, between July and October it positively need to cross several rivers en route where hungry crocodiles lie in wait, teems with the Great Migration. To conclude, the deep blue waters and while the region’s big cats are ready to pick off the weak and lame. This verdant islands of Lake Victoria are rich in fish and birdlife, and an ideal astonishing natural phenomenon is a photographer’s dream! place to relax in a setting to match any Indian Ocean beach… Suggested Itinerary Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Nairobi, and fly by light aircraft to the Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Nairobi, drive (or fly) to Naivasha, 2-nights, Masai Mara, 3-nights tented camp beside a river crossing Day 3 Loldia House. Afternoon walk Day 3 Visit Lake Nakuru National Park Vehicle safaris to see the migration Day 5 Vehicle transfer to a private Day 4 Return to Nairobi, fly to Loisaba and transfer to Laikipia, 3-nights, concession adjacent to the Masai Mara, 4-nights tented camp Day 6 Sabuk Lodge. Explore the northern Laipkipia Plateau Day 7 Fly to Masai Explore by vehicle and on foot Day 9 Fly by light aircraft to Nairobi and Mara, 3-nights, Governors Camp. Morning and afternoon vehicle safaris, depart for UK Day 10 Arrive London plus optional early morning balloon safari Day 10 Fly to Lake Victoria, This itinerary can be based at any of several tented camps that are well 2-nights, Mafangano Island Camp Day 12 Fly to Nairobi and depart sited for the river crossing, but one thing is certain – they all fill a long Day 13 Arrive UK time in advance. So plan ahead and book early!

Departures Daily, year round except Apr-Jun Departures Daily, in migration season

44 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip KENYA

:: AFRICA

Meru National Park Amboseli National Park This vast, remote, lowland area of arid Just a few hours’ drive, or a short Indian Ocean Beach Extension plains in the north-east is famous as flight, south of Nairobi, the snow- A few days of relaxation while soaking up the sun and enjoying the warm the setting for Joy Adamson’s book capped peak of Mount Kilimanjaro waters on the glorious sandy beaches of the Indian Ocean coastline, ‘Born Free’. It boasts greater species rises above the clouds in neighbouring makes an ideal way to unwind at the end of any safari before you fly diversity than some other Kenyan Tanzania, creating an imposing home. Direct flights to the coast from the Masai Mara, as well as from parks, and regular sightings include backdrop for this small park. This Nairobi, now make it extremely easy to get there. All you have to do is Somali ostrich, Beisa oryx, gerenuk, highly scenic setting is the classic choose where to go and how long you want to stay… Grevy’s and common zebra, reticulated image of East Africa that many people giraffe and both greater and lesser have. Lion, leopard, cheetah, elephant, And if you enjoy scuba diving, why not add a Dive Worldwide short-stay kudu, while the predators include lion, buffalo, gerenuk, lesser kudu and a package? If you are a beginner, you can learn to dive in as little as four leopard and wild dog. Meru is also host of other plains game make this days, or if you are already a qualified diver you can simply book a stay for renowned for its birdlife. The northern one of Kenya’s most sought-after however long you like with two included dives per day. boundary of the adjacent smaller destinations. In addition to more than Shaba Reserve is the Ewaso Ng’iro 50 mammal species, some 400 bird Speak to one our experienced consultants to hear their up-to-date River, with doum palms lined banks. species have been recorded here. recommendation.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Rekero, Amboseli Porini, Kicheche Laipikia, Elsa’s Kopje, Masai Mara Amboseli Laipikia Meru One of the Mara’s premier properties, A small, award-winning safari camp This small tented camp nestles in a This multiple award-winning luxury lodge, this seasonal (June to March) eco-camp with just nine spacious tents and all lovely spot beside a forest at the heart consisting of nine cottages that artfully consists of nine tents overlooking the the charm and character of a traditional of Ol Pejeta Conservancy. Only 30 incorporate natural features and blend Talek River, in the Mara-Serengeti luxury camp of days gone by. The minutes’ drive from Nanyuki airstrip, it into the rocky landscape, stands where ecosystem. Ideally situated for the annual tastefully furnished tents have solar also has fine views of Mount Kenya. Six George Adamson’s camp once stood migration, when hundreds of thousands of powered electric lighting and en-suite luxurious tents with en-suite bathrooms – made famous by George and Joy’s wildebeest zebra move through the Mara bathrooms. Located in the Amboseli have verandahs with comfortable chairs autobiographical account and the film from the Serengeti. Each year the camp is eco-system in the exclusive Selenkay facing a waterhole. Meals are generally ‘Born Free’. There’s a central dining area, broken for a few months so the bush can Conservancy, an important dispersal area taken al fresco, though there is a well- bar and swimming pool, and activities return to its natural state. The spacious for wildlife moving out of the national furnished lounge and dining tent. A full include game drives, bush walks and dining area and tents are well-appointed, park, it is off the beaten track yet close range of activities includes day and night visits to the nearby rhino sanctuary. If without being over the top, the welcome to the park. Activities include day and drives, and walks. A portable satellite you seek exclusivity and privacy, the two- makes you feel instantly at home, and the night drives in specially-designed safari dish is used to locate lions collared for a bedroomed Elsa’s Private House is set guiding is second to none. vehicles, and walks with expert guides. Lion Tracking Programme. apart and has its own private pool.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 45 Tanzania

Lying just south of the equator, at the heart of East Africa, Tanzania is a safari Zanzibar, Mafia and Pemba offer idyllic beaches of dazzling white sand, destination without equal. Its world-class national parks and reserves offer stunning scuba-diving and mysterious ruins. And you can fly out of a safari some of the best game viewing in Africa. camp in the morning and be on the shores of the Indian Ocean in time for an afternoon dip. But there’s more to Tanzania than just safari... the snow-capped peaks of Kilimanjaro, the huge lakes of Victoria and Tanganyika and the beautiful All in all Tanzania is a winning combination – the perfect destination for a tropical coastline are all part of its attraction. The offshore islands of romantic honeymoon, an adventure holiday, or a fantastic safari experience!

Key species Diary notes Lake Victoria kenya  African bush elephant rwanda Masai Mara  Jan-Feb: Short dry season; Serengeti wildebeest and zebra give  Common chimpanzee Ngorongoro Mt. Kilimanjaro birth in the Serengeti  Zanzibar galago burundi Lake Manyara (5,895m)  Apr-May: The long rains Arusha  Zanzibar red colobus Tarangire  Jun: Start of dry season; Gombe Stream  Lion Pemba wildebeest start migrating Lake Tanganyika Island tanzania north into the Masai Mara  African wild dog Saadani Mahale Mountains Zanzibar  Aug-Oct: Best time to watch  Blue wildebeest (brindled gnu) Dar es Salaam Island wildlife. Humpback whales off  Topi (tsessebe) Mikumi Katavi Ruaha the coast  African Buffalo INDIAN  Sep-Mar: Best weather for OCEAN  Sable antelope Selous GR climbing Kili Great Rift Valley  N ov: Short rains break; all wildebeest return to the Where? Lake Nyasa Serengeti Tanzania is a big country, so we zambia  D ec: Christmas in the bush! recommend you focus on a single MOZAMBIQUE region. The north has two of the world’s most famous safari destinations, the wildebeest migration. A few airlines fly and have limited accommodation, but The west is even more remote, and Serengeti and adjacent Ngorongoro into Kilimanjaro International Airport, there’s a real sense of the wild, and very different. Katavi has excellent big Crater, plus lesser known Lake which makes a convenient gateway. you’re unlikely to meet other visitors. game, while the Mahale Mountains is Manyara, Tarangire and Arusha Closer to Dar es-Salaam, Mikumi is one of the best places to see chimps National Parks, which are close The south has excellent wildlife, ideal for a short getaway or a foray in the wild. However the remoteness together to combine in a single trip – which is more thinly spread and due into the Udzungwa Mountains to look of the few lodges is reflected in their the so-called ‘Northern Circuit.’ But, to terrain and vegetation, harder to for primates, while Saadani offers an prices. it can get busy, particularly for the see. The Selous and Ruaha are remote unusual mix of beach and bush.

46 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N ZA IA TA :: AFRICA

How to get around? ahead. However bear in mind that the – the tree-climbing lions. The lake is convenient start or end to any Northern You can visit the northern parks easily Serengeti makes a superb wildlife a magnet for birdlife, and the different Circuit. The nearby national park rises by private 4-wheel drive vehicle with destination at any time of year as species include sizeable flocks of to the icy summit of Mount Meru a driver/guide. The distances are there’s always much wildlife to see, pink flamingos. Often seen as just (3,820m), whose lower slopes are relatively short and there’s lots to see and outside the migration you’ll have a stopping off point on the popular covered with lush montane forest; the – wildlife, stunning scenery, and the vast areas of wilderness to yourself. Northern Circuit, this small park beautiful Momella Lakes are home to indigenous and colourful Masai people. warrants a visit in its own right. flamingos, ibises, spoonbills, ducks and Although more tiring than flying, driving Ngorongoro Crater various waders, while waterbuck and allows you to see, and understand, the Conservation Area Tarangire National Park Kirk’s dik dik loiter beside the pools. country. You can however, fly into some This huge volcanic crater is one of the Dominated by the Tarangire River, this From the rim of Ngurdoto Crater, you camps, or use a combination of flying most dramatic settings on the entire is one of Africa’s best-kept secrets. It can see warthog and buffalo feeding, and driving. In the remote south or continent. It encloses the largest has superb wildlife and combines well and monkeys in the forest. west, it’s more usual to fly into camps concentration of plains game in Africa with the other parks of the Northern and lodges by light aircraft. Each place some 30,000 animals and the balance Circuiti. The river attracts large herds Kilimanjaro National Park offers excursions with guides and between predator and prey is so of elephant and the landscape is a Africa’s highest mountain looms over transport – whether 4-wheel drive precise that animals seldom leave. rich mix of trees, plains, swamps and the town of Moshi. If the challenge vehicles, boats or on foot. Its swamps, forests and huge soda rocky outcrops. Elephants sightings of scaling it attracts you, there’s a lake attract thousands of flamingos are virtually guaranteed and predators choice of routes. We avoid the busy Serengeti National Park and other waterfowl. The crater’s including wild dog hunt herds of Marangu route, where climbers stay in The Serengeti is one of the world’s popularity and convenient location on buffalo, Grant’s and Thompson’s basic mountain huts, in preference for last great wildlife refuges. This vast the Northern Circuit mean you won’t gazelle, Burchell’s zebra, giraffe and camping on the lovely Rongai and Shira grassland supports Africa’s greatest be alone, but you can still escape the warthog. The area is excellent for birds routes, for which everything is carried concentration of plains game, on a crowds and the guaranteed sightings of prey and provides a superb habitat by porters. The best time to make scale unparalleled anywhere else in the far outweigh any negatives! for many other species. the tough climb to the summit (5,896 world. Equal in size to Northern Ireland, metres) is September to March. We can it contains an estimated three million Arusha National Park arrange whichever route you wish. large animals, mainly wildebeest Northern Tanzania’s principal town and zebra, most of which take part of Arusha lies close to Kilimanjaro See our website in a seasonal migration that is one of International Airport and makes a for dates and prices nature’s greatest wonders. Many of these fall prey to the predators, lion, TAILOR-MADE cheetah and leopard, that constantly SPIRIT OF THE NORTH follow the moving mass. This excellent value, classic safari takes in all the major highlights of The Serengeti’s vegetation ranges northern Tanzania, with opportunities to see wildlife in several contrasting from short and long grass plains in the south, to acacia savannah in locations. It makes a perfect introduction for a first-time visitor to Tanzania, the centre, and wooded grassland or even Africa, but not even the most experienced safari-goer can fail to around the tributaries of the Grumeti be excited by the sheer variety and quantity of animals, as well as the and Mara Rivers in the north. The exceptional beauty of the locations. western corridor of wooded highland Suggested Itinerary and extensive plains reaches right to the edge of Lake Victoria. The central Lake Manyara National Park Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Arusha and drive to Lake Manyara, 1-night. Seronera Valley is famed for an Mahogany and sausage trees are Vehicle safari Day 3 Drive to Serengeti, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris abundance of lion and leopard, both of alive with blue and vervet monkeys; Day 6 Drive to Ngorongoro Crater, 1-night. Vehicle safaris Day 7 Drive to which are easy to spot. elephants feed on fallen fruit, and Tarangire, 2-nights. Vehicle safaris Day 9 Drive to Arusha and depart bushbuck, baboons and leopard Day 10 Arrive UK Space in lodges and camps is at a make their homes in the forest. It is premium during the annual migration a sanctuary for hippo, giraffe, impala, Departures Daily, throughout the year and is often booked over a year zebra, plus its most famous residents

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 47 Mikumi National Park Udzungwa National Park Katavi National Park Gombe Stream National Park The closest park to Dar-es-Salaam This is a remnant of the rainforest that One of Tanzania’s up and coming Lying just north of Kigoma in western nestles between the Uluguru and stretched along the eastern side of the attractions is part of the new Western Tanzania, the country’s smallest park Rubeho mountains en-route west. An Rift Valley 165 million years ago, when Circuit, due to its unspoiled nature and occupies a mere 52 square kilometres. extension of the Selous ecosystem, Madagascar broke off the mainland – unique attractions. Katavi’s remoteness Despite its tiny size, the park is its wildlife includes elephant, giraffe, similarities exist even now. Six million results in low visitor numbers and is magnificent and was made world- buffalo, Burchell’s zebra, sable, eland, years ago it was isolated from West ideal if you like to watch wildlife in famous by British researcher Jane Liechtenstein’s hartebeest, lion, leopard, Africa’s rainforest, so demonstrates peace and solitude. This undiscovered Goodall for her work on its primates. In spotted hyena, and jackal. Despite its a high degree of endemism. 25% of wilderness is awash with plains game the absence of roads, all game-viewing proximity to Dar, you can spend a day Udzungwa’s plants are unique; of ten including elephant, giraffe, zebra, lion is done on foot. The main attraction is without seeing another tourist vehicle. primates, four are endemic – including and leopard, and connoisseurs will the habituated chimpanzees, which Families of yellow baboon live at the hehe red colobus and sanje crested enjoy seeing sable, roan antelope and number around 100, but there are large southern end, near Kiboga, hippos are mangabey. Other endemic species puku. The birdwatching is also excellent numbers of olive baboon, red colobus frequently joined by flocks of open- include two bushbabies and birds with more than 400 species. and blue monkeys, and more than 200 billed storks, and more than 300 species such as rufous-winged sunbird and bird species. of birds have been recorded. Udzungwa partridge. Mahale National Park Also in the west, on the shore of Lake Zanzibar, Mafia and Pemba Selous Game Reserve Ruaha National Park Tanganyika south of Kigoma, this Few people can resist the prospect of Named after famous 19th century Tanzania’s second largest park is one park takes its name from a range unwinding for a few days at the end hunter and explorer, Frederick Courtney of its wildest. Only the Ruaha River of mountains. With more than 700 of a safari. Zanzibar is just a short hop Selous, this is the largest wildlife area has been developed for tourism, chimpanzees, Mahale is one of the from the mainland by plane or ferry. sanctuary on the African continent. but due to its remote location it sees best places in Africa to see them. A Hotels range from the simple to the Its vast tracts of wilderness contain few visitors. Activities centre on the range of mammals inhabits the area, downright opulent, and there’s loads perhaps the greatest concentration river, which in the dry season is very including elephant, giraffe, Cape to do and see – historic Stone Town, of big game left on earth. Only in its low, its rock pools swarm with crocs buffalo and lion. This is also one of spice gardens, colonies of colobus northern extremity, in the forest around and hippos. The birdlife is amazing, Africa’s best beach locations – there is monkeys, and the dazzling white sand the Rufiji River, has the Selous suffered some 450 species have been recorded, superb swimming, snorkelling, sailing beaches of the Indian Ocean. The the incursion of man, and it is still and there are large herds of elephant, and fishing on the vast blue water lake. islands of Mafia and Pemba are more home to a bewildering array of birds Cape buffalo and kudu, plus sable and Charter flights operate to and from off the beaten track, and thus quieter and mammals. This is still the Africa roan antelope. Numerous predators Mahale regularly. and more laid back. experienced by early explorers – raw include lion, leopard, cheetah, and and untouched. increasingly rare wild dog. Tanzania’s Wild West TAILOR-MADE

TAILOR-MADE Explore two fantastic and contrasting national parks in the remote reaches Best of the South of Western Tanzania: Katavi, with its rich plains game and predators, and Mahale, possibly the best place in Africa to see chimps in the wild. There’s This is Tanzania at its wildest: rugged and remote parks crossed by wide also ample time to relax on the idyllic shores of Lake Tanganyika. rivers and inhabited by large numbers of predators, like lion, leopard and cheetah. Tanzania’s south provides spectacular game viewing, and is ideal Suggested Itinerary for a discerning wildlife enthusiast seeking a pioneering Africa trip. Day 1 Depart UK via Nairobi Day 2 Arrive Arusha 1-night Day 3 Fly to Suggested Itinerary Katavi National Park, 3-nights Katavi Chada, plus 1 night fly camping; vehicle and walking safaris Day 7 Fly to Mahale, 3-nights Greystoke Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Dar-es-Salaam and fly to Selous, 3-nights. Mahale; two morning chimp treks in Mahale forest and other activities on Vehicle, boat and foot safaris Day 5 Fly to Ruaha, 3-nights. Vehicle and Lake Tanganyika Day 11 Fly to Arusha and depart for UK via Nairobi foot safaris Day 8 Fly to Dar es-Salaam and depart Day 9 Arrive UK Day 12 Arrive London

Daily, throughout the year Departures Departures Twice weekly, June to end of February

48 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip N ZA IA TA :: AFRICA

Tanzania extension ideas At the end of your safari, why not extend your trip to make the most of your stay in East Africa? Whether you seek activity in the shape of snorkelling, scuba diving or mountain trekking, or simply want to relax with the sand between your toes, the opportunities are boundless. Choose between the following options:

Zanzibar – the spice island From the historic labyrinth of the island capital, Stone Town, to the palm-fringed beaches, warm waters and pristine coral reefs of the Indian Ocean, this tropical island offers a complete contrast to mainland Tanzania. Only a short flight from Arusha or Dar es-Salaam, it makes an ideal place to unwind for a few days.

Some 50 kilometres further north, the island of Pemba offers excellent diving to see iridescent tropical fish and laid-back ambience, but no beaches, while some 150 kilometres to the south the main attraction of low-key Mafia Island is its unspoilt underwater environment, now a national marine park.

Kenya and the Indian Ocean Coast Mount Kilimanjaro If you yearn for yet more wildlife, Kenya offers a wide choice of locations Turn your dream of scaling Africa’s highest mountain into a reality! If you have a ranging from the grassy plains of the Masai Mara (the northern continuation week to spare we can arrange everything you need – from guides, porters and of the Serengeti) to the lakes of the Great Rift Valley, and makes an excellent cooks to camping equipment and park fees. All you need do is choose your route combination with Tanzania. The coastline either side of Mombasa has long to the 5,896-metre high summit. Although no technical expertise or previous been renowned for its fine selection of beach properties, and makes another experience is required, you need to be in excellent physical condition to attempt agreeable place to languish for a while before returning home. the ascent.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Kirurumu Lodge, Olakira Camp, Selous Safari Camp, Greystoke Mahale, Manyara Serengeti Selous Mahale On the edge of the Rift Valley, with views This classic mobile safari camp consists Two camps, with six and seven Tucked into the forest at the foot of the over Lake Manyara and the valley floor, of eight spacious and comfortable tents, tents respectively, merge with their mountains, six open-fronted bandas this property has 27 tented rooms, each with a king size bed, en-suite surroundings in a palm grove on Lake look over a white sandy beach onto the two honeymoon suites and two family bathroom and private verandah with a Nzerakera beside the Rufiji River. Each turquoise waters of Lake Tanganyika. cottages, all with en-suite bathrooms and stunning view over the Serengeti. To is autonomous, with its own pool, bar, Each is built from sustainable materials electricity. Only a couple of hours drive ensure superb wildlife at all times, it dining area and kitchen, vehicles, boats, such as wood recovered from old dhows from Arusha, it is conveniently situated tracks the migration and changes location and walking guides. Luxurious, spacious and local palm thatch, and has an en- for exploring Lake Manyara, Tarangire twice a year: from June to November it tents have king-size beds, ceiling fan, en- suite bathroom with a powerful shower and the Ngorongoro Crater, and stands occupies a site on the bank of the Mara suite bathroom and open-air shower. To and flushing toilet. The main banda on at the gateway to Olduvai Gorge and the River in the northern Serengeti, then ensure privacy they are spaced along the the beach serves as the restaurant, Serengeti. Activities include ethno- between December and March it is found lakeshore on individual raised decks with and the bar is on a rocky headland. botanical walks with a Masai guide, and in a private area in Ndutu, just inside the a large verandah. There are no fences, so The focus is a perfect blend of tracking mountain biking (on request). Ngorongoro Crater Conservancy Area. the animals can wander freely. chimpanzees and relaxing.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 49 Uganda & Rwanda

Uganda and Rwanda differ from other safari destinations, in that each The link between both countries is gorillas – so we treat Rwanda and harbours a great variety of mammals and birds which are simply not found Uganda together here. While Rwanda is relatively undeveloped for tourism elsewhere in either East or Southern Africa. Major tracts of forest are easily as yet, and has little infrastructure, Uganda has plenty of conventional accessible here, providing unmatched opportunities to see forest animals, game-viewing, for example in Queen Elizabeth National Park and from chimpanzee and golden monkey to the most famous – the mountain Murchison Falls. These locations are home to many of the large mammals gorilla. Seeing gorillas in the wild is simply one of the greatest wildlife you would expect to see in East Africa’s more famous destinations, such experiences in the world! as Kenya and Tanzania.

Key species South sudan Diary notes Democratic Kidepo  Mountain gorilla  Jan: Short dry season republic of  Common chimpanzee the congo Murchison  Feb-May: The long rains, but a Falls great time to see animals with  Golden monkey uganda their young  L’Hoest’s monkey Kabarega Lake Albert Kenya  Mar-Apr: Wet, so gorilla  Grey-cheeked mangabey tracking is difficult Semliki Fort Portal  Rothschild’s giraffe Kampala Ruwenzori Kibale Forest  Apr-May: Gorillas descend to lower altitudes to feed on  Uganda kob Lake George Entebbe Lake Edward young bamboo shoots Lake Mburo  Defassa waterbuck QENP Bwindi  Jun-Aug: Dry season  Oribi Mgahinga Lake Victoria  Sep-Dec: The short rains PN des Volcans  Bohor reedbuck Kigali  Oct-Nov: Rainy, so gorilla rwanda tracking is more difficult tanzania burundi  Dec: Christmas in the bush

50 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ND A U GA ND A & RWA :: AFRICA

Some geography Rwanda to the park, which is part of the be viewed. The area also supports In Rwanda, the Parc National des Virunga Conservation Area. The main buffalo, elephant, leopard, serval and Volcans is northwest of the capital, Parc National des Volcans draw here was previously mountain around 180 species of birds, and it is Kigali, on the border with Uganda. This 120 square kilometre park is part gorilla, however the one habituated possible to track a habituated group of Mgahinga National Park lies just of the Virunga Conservation Area that group now moves between Uganda, golden monkeys. across the border, and several of straddles the borders of Uganda and Rwanda and the DRC, so can no longer Uganda’s parks and reserves are the Democratic Republic of Congo, located in a line that tracks the border and contains some 360 increasingly TAILOR-MADE with the Democratic Republic of the rare mountain gorillas – over half A Weekend with the Apes Congo northwards from here. In close the world’s population. Eight family Many people ask about taking a short overseas trip to see wildlife and succession these include Bwindi, groups are currently habituated. It this is the one we most often recommend. There’s nothing like a quick trip Queen Elizabeth, Kyambura and Kibale, was here that Dian Fossey carried up to Murchison Falls at the north end out pioneering studies of their to an utterly different environment to lift the soul and help you relax and of Lake Albert. behaviour over some 20 years. The unwind. What better way to do this than to immerse yourself in the forests park is home to 76 mammal species, of Rwanda for a weekend to meet a family of gorillas? Getting around and activities include nature walks, Driving from Kigali to Parc National climbing Visoke volcano, trekking to Suggested Itinerary des Volcans, or indeed Mgahinga and Karisoke Research Centre, visiting Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Kigali and transfer to Parc National Bwindi over the border is relatively easy. local communities, and observing des Volcans or Bwindi, 3 nights. Track gorillas, golden monkeys, and However the western side of Uganda habituated golden monkeys. photography Day 5 Transfer to Kigali and depart Day 6 Arrive UK is a long day’s drive from Entebbe/ Kampala, so we advise an overnight Uganda Departures Daily, throughout the year stop e.g. at Lake Mburo en route. If you want to avoid this journey, consider Mgahinga Gorilla National Park flying by light aircraft. Otherwise all This corner of Uganda is dominated Note: both our gorilla itinerary suggestions may be enjoyed as tailor-made travel is by 4-wheel drive vehicle, or on by three extinct volcanoes, the trips, or more economically as part of a small group on a regular scheduled foot if you are tracking gorillas. smallest of which gives its name departure. Contact one of our knowledgeable consultants for details.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 51 Bwindi Impenetrable Queen Elizabeth National Park Kibale Forest National Park Semliki Valley Reserve National Park Lying between Lakes Edward and Lying east of the snow-capped Uganda’s oldest protected area is a One of Africa’s most extensive belts George, south of the Ruwenzoris, QE Ruwenzori Mountains, this splendid 500 square kilometre reserve that of primary montane forest, Bwindi offers Uganda’s best open-country forest habitat is home to an incredible lies in the Rift Valley. Its diverse range has an exceptional range of altitude birds and wildlife. Habitats include 11 species of primate including of habitats includes riverine forest, (1,200-2,800 metres), which ensures rolling grassland, tropical forest, chimpanzee, black-and-white colobus, woodland and savannah, which a unique flora and fauna. The prime volcanic crater lake, papyrus swamp red colobus, L’ Hoest’s monkey and leads to chimpanzees co-existing attraction is its mountain gorillas – and lakeshore. Ugandan kob roam the grey-cheeked mangabey. The birdlife alongside elephant, Cape buffalo, lion over 300 live here, and four family plain, giant hogs inhabit the forest, and is also outstanding – crowned eagle, and leopard. The savannah is criss- groups have been habituated to allow tree-climbing lions prowl the Ishasha African grey parrot, black bee-eater, crossed by shining river valleys and human approach. L’Hoest’s monkey sector. Along the Kazinga Channel black-and-white flycatcher and the escarpment that forms the edge lives in the lower level forest, and the you can approach herds of elephant, yellow-mantled weaver are all found of the Western Rift Valley plunges into rare golden monkey is occasionally buffalo and hippo by launch, and see here. Tracking a noisy chimpanzee Lake Albert. The area is rich in birdlife encountered at higher altitudes. pelicans, herons, storks and African family as they move through the with some 400 recorded species that Among the bird species you may see skimmers. In nearby Kyambura Gorge, forest is a thrilling experience, and the include specialities such as shoebill, are African goshawk, augur buzzard, dense forest harbours chimpanzee, sheer wealth of wildlife will delight carmine bee-eater, scops and pearl- western bronze-naped pigeon and olive red-tailed and black-and-white colobus keen naturalists. We recommend an spotted owl. long-tailed cuckoo. monkey, and many forest birds, overnight stay, as activity is greatest in including black bee-eater. the early morning and late afternoon.

Gorillas, Wildlife & Chimps TAILOR-MADE

The ultimate highlight of this two week safari across the equator is gorilla tracking in Parc National des Volcans (PNV) in Rwanda and Bwindi National Park in Uganda – one permit is included in each location, but there may be an opportunity to purchase another locally. However there is no shortage of other activities such as: visiting Dian Fossey’s grave in PNV, doing nature walks in the forests, climbing volcanoes, taking a boat trip in the Kazinga Channel, doing game drives in Queen Elizabeth National Park. Amazing wildlife includes Ishasha’s tree-climbing lions, chimps in Kyamburu Gorge, plus the golden monkeys of Mgahinga and PNV.

Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK via Nairobi Day 2 Arrive Kigali, Rwanda and transfer to Parc National des Volcans, 3-nights lodge Day 3 Gorilla tracking (one day) and exploring the surrounding area Day 5 Drive to Mgahinga National Park, 2-nights lodge. Hiking and explore the forest with Batwa indigenous guides Day 7 Drive to Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park, 3-nights lodge. Gorilla tracking (one day) and exploring the surrounding area Day 10 Drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park, 3-nights lodge. Vehicle and boat safaris in QE2 National Park Day 11 Drive to Kampala/Entebbe 1-night Day 12 Depart for UK Day 13 Arrive London

Departures Departures monthly throughout the year

52 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ND A A ND RWA U GA ND A :: AFRICA

Murchison Falls National Park has big herds of zebra, impala, eland Renowned for its scenic beauty and and other ungulates. The park’s 68 abundant flora and fauna, this park is species of mammals also include oribi bisected by the meandering Victoria and Bohor reedbuck. There’s a good Nile. The highlight is the sight of the range of birds, and African finfoot and 50-metre wide river plummeting papyrus bushshrike are sighted on a through a narrow cleft in the rocks with regular basis. a thunderous roar. A memorable three hour launch trip to the foot of the falls Ngamba Island demonstrates the might of the river, This sanctuary in Lake Victoria, and the wildlife along its banks. Drives near Entebbe, is home to orphaned reveal buffalo, Rothschild’s giraffe and chimpanzees that have been rescued many antelope species. Chimpanzees from poachers and have no hope of are only one of the six species of returning to the wild. Here they enjoy primate, and the park’s most notable the run of the island, safe from harm. bird is the endangered shoebill. On a day visit you can watch the twice- daily feeding sessions and explore the Lake Mburo National Park island, which is also home to over 120 This a small but nevertheless species of birds and some 50,000 fruit attractive park consists of rolling hills, bats. If you want to learn more about grassland and a large papyrus-fringed the sanctuary’s aims and see more of lake which shoebills occupy, but are the chimps, you can stay overnight at seldom seen. Mburo is effectively an the tented camp. extension of the Tanzanian plains, so

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Virunga Lodge, Clouds Mountain Gorilla Lodge, Kyambura Gorge Lodge, Mihingo Lodge, PN des Volcans, Rwanda Bwindi National Park Kyambura Gorge Lake Mburo National Park Set on a remote hillside three hours In the south of the national park, just Situated on the edge of the Kyambura This exclusive retreat beside Lake Mburo drive from Kigali and one hour from the a short walk from the start point for Gorge and Queen Elizabeth National Park, National Park consists of ten spacious national park, with breathtaking views tracking the Nkuringo group of gorillas, the lodge has stunning views over the lush tented rooms on wooden platforms of the volcanoes of the Virunga massif this luxurious lodge consists of eight savannah of the park, with the peaks of with thatched roofs. All rooms have fine and shimmering Lakes Ruhondo and stone-built cottages with a living area, the Rwenzori Mountains in the distance. views. The large central dining area, with Bulera, this is one of the best places bedroom, en suite bathroom, and open There are four beautiful bandas nestling an infinity pool below it, is a perfect spot in the area to stay. Eight comfortably fireplace. The attractive central building into the hillside, each with panoramic to enjoy stunning views of sunset over furnished cottages built from stone and has a spacious lounge, a library, and a views. From the lodge you can go chimp the park. Activities include vehicle and tiles have large verandahs, solar lighting verandah with far-reaching views across tracking and enjoy game drives or boat foot safaris, plus boat trips on the lake, plus en suite bathrooms with low-flush the forest to Rwanda and the Virunga trips. There are also guided walks. night drives and horse riding. eco-toilets. Volcanoes. The lodge works closely with the local community.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 53 Ethiopia

Africa’s oldest independent nation is a mystical land that has never The Great Rift Valley starts here, studded with a string of pretty lakes been colonised. Home of the Ethiopian Orthodox Church, it has a unique inhabited by flamingoes. In fact, Ethiopia has a staggering array of wildlife: cultural identity and, until Haile Seilasse was deposed in 1974, was ruled over 800 species of bird have been recorded, around 30 of which are by a venerable monarchy. A place of natural contrasts, Ethiopia has some endemic. Among its 80 or so species of mammals, the most notable are of Africa’s highest mountains but also some of the world’s lowest points gelada baboon, walia ibex, mountain nyala and the endangered Ethiopian below sea level, and one of the greatest numbers of rivers of any country. wolf – which survives only in the Simien and Bale Mountains.

Key species Diary notes eritrea red sea  Gelada baboon  Jun-Oct: rainy season, travel sudan to most places is still possible  Ethiopian hare Simien Mountains  Sep-early Oct: best time  Ethiopian dwarf mongoose Gondar to travel – green and wild flowers in bloom everywhere!  Ethiopian wolf Lake Tana Lalibela  African wild ass Bahir Dar  Nov-Mar: winter – cold in the highlands; resident bird are  Beisa oryx ETHIOPIA Awash NP supplemented by Palearctic somalia migrants  Dorcas gazelle addis ababa  Mountain nyala Lake Langano Awash National Park  Walia ibex Bale Mountains NP Within a day’s drive of the capital, this  Soemmering’s gazelle south park consists of dry acacia scrub and Bale sudan savannah in the Rift Valley. Arguably Mountains Some geography the country’s best wildlife reserve, Ethiopia’s main cultural sites, Axum, Awash supports larger mammals that Gondar and Lailibela, form a natural have been hunted out elsewhere, kenya circuit in the northern highlands. The uganda though in fewer numbers than in other country’s highest mountain ranges are countries within East Africa. Despite protected by two national parks, the the numerous species recorded here, more scenic of the two being Simien Getting around landscape from the air. Otherwise the scenery and birdlife are the big Mountains National Park, near Gondar. The distances between places of 4-wheel drive vehicles are used for attraction. The most easily seen The more isolated Bale Mountains interest, condition of roads, and getting around, which may involve species are antelopes such as Beisa National Park, which has more existence of a good domestic air some long and slow drives, although oryx, Soemmering’s gazelle and Salt’s wildlife, lies east of the Rift Valley network means it is best to fly between these are not without interest. dik-dik. Although not seen frequently, and its string of lakes, to the south of major locations in the north. You can predators include lion, leopard, cheetah, Addis Ababa. then see Ethiopia’s extraordinary hyena and jackal.

54 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ETHIOPIA

:: AFRICA

Gondar Lalibela TAILOR-MADE Between 1632 and 1855, this was Located in northern Ethiopia at 2,600 Ethiopian Wildlife Extravaganza Ethiopia’s capital, and it remains one metres above sea level, this town is of the country’s richest areas in terms one of the holiest sites in the country, This wonderful introduction to Ethiopia’s wildlife offers an opportunity of history, culture and natural beauty. and a centre of pilgrimage for Ethiopian to see not only all the country’s highlights, but also a chance to see one Standing at around 2,500 metres above Orthodox Christians. It is famed for its of the world’s rarest mammals – the Ethiopian wolf in Bale Mountains sea level, the city has both Islamic and 13 churches, which date from the 12th National Park. Other species highlights include Menelik’s bushbuck and Christian influence in its architecture, and 13th centuries, and are hewn from mountain nyala. particularly the castles and palaces in the the area’s characteristic pink granite. Royal Enclosure. These were built over The entire city has a unique architectural Suggested Itinerary a 236-year period by various rulers, the style and many buildings are decorated Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Addis Ababa, 1-night Day 3 Fly to Gondar most famous of whom were the Emperor with well-preserved paintings. Lalibela and drive to Simien Mountains, 2-nights, Simien Lodge. Full day excursion Fasilides and Empress Mentewab. The is considered by many to be one of the to Chenek to see walia ibex Day 5 Drive to Gondar, 1-night, Goha Hotel. city is a centre of religious importance unofficial wonders of the world. Visit castles Day 6 Fly to Lalibela, 2-nights, Mountain View Hotel. Visit for the Ethiopian Orthodox Church and churches Day 8 Fly to Addis Ababa and drive to Lake Langano, 1-night, contains 44 churches. Lake Langano, Rift Valley Sabana Beach Resort Day 9 Drive to Bale Mountains, 2-nights, Dinsho The area around this naturally red Lodge. Vehicle safari to find Ethiopian wolf Day 11 Drive to Addis Ababa Simien Mountains freshwater lake is rich in wildlife and depart Day 12 Arrive UK This rugged mountain range, a UNESCO – ibex, monkey, baboon and many World Heritage site, lies in northern birds. Two nearby lakes are very Departures Daily, throughout the year Ethiopia, north-east of Gondar. The different. Lake Abiata is surrounded highland area, whose highest peak by gentle grassy slopes and acacia reaches 4,543 metres, is one of the few woodland. Its shallow, alkaline waters Bale Mountains National Park to find bushpig, giant forest hog, grey places in Africa to get regular snow. appear pink due to large numbers of These mountains form an area of high duiker and occasionally lion and leopard. Covering much of the Begemir region, it flamingos, along with pelicans and altitude plateau broken by numerous Menelik’s bushbuck, mountain nyala and is a place of dramatic scenery due to the other waterbirds, that feed on algae spectacular volcanic plugs and peaks, giant mole-rat, all endemic to the Bale erosion of basalt lava over a 3,000 year along the windward shore. Lake Shalla with lovely alpine lakes and rushing Mountains, can also be seen. period. From a wildlife point of view, the is mysterious and forbidding, ringed streams that descend through deep mammals of note here are walia ibex, by steep cliffs of black rock and with rocky gorges on their way to the See our gelada baboon, caracal, and a handful of mountain peaks reflected in its deep lowlands. The Sanetti Plateau is home website for Ethiopian wolves. The area is also home waters. Nine small islands provide a to the world’s rarest canid, the Ethiopian dates and prices to lammergeiers – the largest vulture. breeding ground for birds. wolf. Nearby Harenna Forest is the place

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Simien Lodge, Sabana Beach Resort, Mountain View Hotel, Dinsho Lodge, Simien Mountains Lake Langano Lalibela Bale Mountains This lodge, situated within the national A collection of around 25 attractive, cliff- Located on the edge of the Lasta This simple but clean self-catering lodge, park at over 3,260 metres altitude, is top bungalows with beautiful views across Mountains, this 30-room hotel has with a nearby campsite, is surrounded the highest in Africa. Sympathetically the lake to the distant Arsi Mountains. magnificent panoramas and is the ideal by juniper trees in an area with lots of constructed in traditional style using local Individually designed to ensure a relaxing spot from which to enjoy the surrounding wildlife. There is a handful of simple local materials, with 20 rooms in thatched tukel and home-like atmosphere, the bungalows countryside. The sunsets are particularly restaurants and shops in Dinsho town. roundhouses and two suites, it offers are built from local materials in a stunning. The curious architecture – a the highest standard of accommodation simple design. Thatched roofs and large series of boxes with acres of windows and food in the area. Gelada baboons are verandahs create an ideal spot to savour – uses brick and local stone. The regular visitors. the cool afternoon breeze. accommodation is basic but adequate.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 55 Asia

Encompassing such a vast area as it On the great island of Borneo, the to assist in the conservation of this elephant-back safaris in search of tiger does, Asia offers excellent possibilities remote jungle waterways and dense magnificent creature. However you can and rhino, and excellent birding with the to see its varied, interesting and – in rainforests of the Malaysian states also see other endangered animals region’s most outstanding bird guides. many cases – unique wildlife. In of Sabah and Sarawak are home to in the nation’s parks and reserves: a changing world, the combined copious wildlife: orangutans, proboscis the rare Asiatic lion in Sasan Gir, one- Off the southern tip of the challenges of rapid population monkeys, elephants among others, and horned Asian rhinoceros in Kaziranga, subcontinent, the picturesque, growth, the encroachment of human a veritable plethora of birdlife. Asiatic wild ass in the Rann of Kutch, teardrop-shaped island of Sri Lanka, habitation, the introduction of invasive and enjoy India’s varied cultural has also recovered from the twin monocultures, and burgeoning In India, our ever-popular ‘Tiger Tiger’ heritage – let alone savour its rich plights of internal strife and natural industrial development are faced itinerary visits the country’s top big cat culinary tradition. disaster to resume its rightful place as by all the countries in the region. sanctuaries. Around a century ago, an one of our foremost destinations to see Nevertheless, a growing awareness estimated 40,000 big cats roamed the To the north, amidst the high peaks of leopard and elephant. Sri Lanka also of the need to preserve the natural sub-continent, and although hard data the Himalayas, peace and stability has offers fabulous birding, and the south world has led to the establishment of a is difficult to come by, it is probable once again returned to the mountain coast is fast developing an unrivalled network of national parks and reserves that fewer than 1,400 survive today. nation of Nepal. This is great news reputation as the finest place on earth that offer opportunities to watch wildlife This sad state of affairs needs the for trekkers and any animal lover to see blue whales. in a protected natural environment. revenues generated by wildlife tourism who wishes to experience the thrill of

56 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip INTRODUCTION

PAKISTAN CHINA ::

Corbett NP Mt. ASIA Sultanpur NP Annapurna Sariska NP Mt. NEPAL Everest Pokhara Keoladeo Ghana Delhi (Bharatpur) Kathmandu Lumbini BHUTAN Kaziranga NP Agra Chitwan NP Ranthambhore NP Panna NP Rann of Kutch NP Bandhavgarh NP BANGLADESH Velavedar NP Pench NP ARABIAN SEA Sasangir NP Kanha NP Kolkata Sunderbans NP MYANMAR Mumbai INDIA BAY OF BENGAL

Goa Chennai

Nagarhole NP Kochi Kerala Periyar WS SRI Backwaters LANKA

Kandy Colombo Yala NP

INDIAN OCEAN Sandakan Danum Valley Kota Kinabalu Sepilok Tabin Reserve SABAH Climate (MALAYSIA) Gunung Mulu NP Across the Indian subcontinent and, indeed, most of south-east Asia, the annual cycle of life is dictated by the monsoon, which commences SARAWAK around June in the southern regions, sweeping gradually northward to (MALAYSIA) end in September. Above the equator, winter ranges from mild, dry and BORNEO tropical in the south, to cold and misty on the India’s northern plains; Bako NP further afield, in the north of China, snow and freezing temperatures Kuching are common. KALIMANTAN Borneo has an equatorial climate, which leads to high humidity and (INDONESIA) rainfall all year round – although the period from November to March is generally the wettest time of year. The wet season can, in fact, be a good time to see wildlife, and generally viewing is only suspended when the rains interfere with travel and make getting around difficult.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 57 India

India is an eclectic and sometimes frustrating mix of old and new, traditional its national parks and fascinating cultural sights. India’s wildlife is in a class and modern. Few places can stir people’s emotions to the same degree – of its own, and many superb properties are located close to the key nature you either love it or hate it! However take one of our tailor-made holidays reserves. The knowledge of our naturalist guides will enhance your trip and to India, staying at hand-picked hotels, lodges and camps, and you will not ensure an exciting and rewarding experience as you explore. only grow to love it, but will want to keep going back to visit even more of

Key species Getting around Various domestic airlines serve the  Asian elephant main cities within India, and the rail  Hoolock gibbon network is also useful. Some trains are CHINA  Dhole (Indian wild dog) extremely fast and comfortable, and it pakistan is worth planning at least one overnight  Asiatic lion Sultanpur Corbett journey in a sleeper, for the experience Sariska nepal  Leopard of rail travel in the subcontinent. Keoladeo Ghana DELHI Chitwan (Bharatpur) Agra Kaziranga  Bengal tiger Another way to get around is by private Ranthambhore Lumbini car with a driver and guide. Within the National Chambal Sanctuary  Gangetic river dolphin Rann of Panna Guwahati national parks wildlife drives are done Kutch Khajuraho  Asiatic wild ass Bhavnagar Bandhavgarh BANGLADESH in 4-wheel drive vehicles with local Rajkot Velavadar Jabalpur  Indian one-horned rhinocerous naturalist guides. Sasan Pench Kanha Kolkata  Blackbuck Gir Nagpur Sunderbans Central India ARABIAN BURMA Some geography SEA Many of India’s tiger reserves are Bandhavgarh National Park INDIA clustered loosely within a few hundred The former hunting reserve of the Mumbai BAY OF BENGAL kilometre radius of Delhi, but some, Maharajahs of Rewa lies close to the most notably the national parks of the spot where white tigers were originally Goa Diary notes Sundarbans and Kaziranga are located discovered. Today it has the highest Chennai Diary notes Nagarhole considerably further away in north- known density of Bengal tigers in India, Indira Gandhi  Nov-Mar: best timetime to to visit visit east India, while the Rann of Kutch, meaning that the chance of a sighting Kochi Eravikulam  Apr: pre-monsoon Velavadar and Sasan Gir national parks over a three day period is virtually Kerala Backwaters Periyar WS  May: hot!!! lie in the north-west. guaranteed – over the years our clients  May: hot!!!  May-early Oct: monsoon! have maintained an excellent record! sri  May-early Oct: monsoon! Southern India is notable for its However its rocky hills, grassy swamps = National park lanka  Oct-Dec: wet inin SouthSouth India India elephants and lush waterways that and forested valleys are also home to or reserve are excellent for birds. leopard, sloth bear, various deer and

58 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip I ndia

:: ASIA

antelopes and wild boar, plus the 250 and sambar, but it is a better place TAILOR-MADE bird species attracted by the diversity to see leopard, wild dog, and jackal Tiger, Tiger of its ecosystem. and Malabar giant squirrel. It is also Our most popular tailor-made itinerary in the subcontinent visits India’s a haven for birdlife. Although there is Kanha National Park less chance of seeing tiger here than in finest national parks and offers the best opportunity to see tigers. As with The land Kipling described so vividly other reserves, the overall experience all our itineraries, you can mix and match accommodation and, of course, in ‘The Jungle Book’ offers some of makes Satpura a worthy addition to extend or shorten your stay in any location. India’s finest tiger viewing. However any itinerary. Suggested Itinerary the undulating grassland and deciduous forest also supports another Corbett National Park Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Delhi, 1-night. City tour of Old and New 22 species of mammal. These include Named after the legendary hunter and Delhi Day 3 Fly (or drive) to Nagpur and transfer to Pench, 2-nights. barasingha (their sole remaining naturalist, Jim Corbett, this national Vehicle safaris Day 5 Drive to Kanha, 4-nights. Vehicle safaris habitat), chital, muntjac, spotted and park lies at the base of the Himalayan Day 9 Drive to Bandhavgarh, 4-nights. Vehicle safaris Day 13 Morning in barking deer, sambar, common langur, foothills. This location, and the Bandhavgarh, then overnight train to Agra Day 14 Agra, 1-night. Visit Taj rhesus monkey, wild boar, Asiatic resulting rich variety of habitats are Mahal Day 15 Train to Delhi, 1-night Day 16 Depart, arrive UK same day jackal, nilgai, four-horned antelope and the reasons for its good population of blackbuck, plus the occasional leopard. mammals. Rhesus macaque, common Departures Daily, November to May More than 200 bird species are found langur, golden jackal, wild boar, chital, here, and the waterholes make tranquil sambar, muntjac and hog deer are spots for watching while you absorb all common and seen regularly, and the peace of the surrounding jungle. there is a healthy population of wild Indian elephant. However the park Pench National Park remains most famous for its tigers, Known for the richness of its flora which are frequently seen. The birdlife and fauna, this park provided great too is exceptional with more than 620 inspiration to Rudyard Kipling. Nestling species having been recorded here. in the Satpuda Hills on the southern boundary of Madhya Pradesh state Bharatpur (Keoladeo Ghana with Maharashtra, Pench takes its National Park) name from the nearby river. The area Consisting of 29 square kilometres was declared a wildlife sanctuary in of scrub, grassland and shallow 1983 and its 760 square kilometres wetland, the former duck-shooting are home to large herds of gaur (Indian reserve of the Maharajas of Bharatpur bison), cheetal, sambar, nilgai, sloth became a national park in 1982. It is bears and dhole (Indian wild dog), and now recognised as one of the finest the bird list includes four endangered waterbird sanctuaries in the world, species of vulture. But, of course, its home to more than 300 species. Highly of numerous temples and a hilltop fort National Chambal Sanctuary most famous residents are its tigers! endangered Siberian cranes fly 5,000 amidst the rolling hills, dry dhok forest This beautiful sanctuary was kilometres across the Himalayas to and tranquil lakes evoke all the princely established in 1979 along a 425 Satpura National Park winter here, and other notable species splendour of this famous Rajput state. kilometre stretch of northern India’s This protected area is emerging as include Pallas’s sea eagle, black- There are good opportunities to see Chambal River, just an hour’s drive from one of India’s most intriguing wildlife necked stork and spotted creeper. tigers, and the many other mammals Agra. Numerous ravines, the product destinations. Few travellers venture include leopard, sloth bear, rhesus of centuries of soil erosion by flood here as yet, walking safaris are Ranthambhore National Park macaque, nilgai, chinkara, wild boar, and rain water, line either bank. Their encouraged, and hides have been Rajasthan’s premier park, the former sambar and chital. However due to its cliffs and vegetation shelter numerous built in key areas. A few tigers share tiger reserve of the Maharajah of popularity, Ranthambhore is often busy, birds (including Indian skimmer), the meadows, forested plateaux and Jaipur, is renowned for its tigers and so bear this in mind when considering mammals and reptiles, in particular mountains with prey such as nilgai stunning scenery. The crumbling ruins it as a destination. gharial crocodiles. The river is one of

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 59 India’s most pristine and is one of the Panna National Park numerous birds that include masked Velavadar National Park last surviving habitats of Gangetic river One of India’s least explored parks, finfoot, mangrove pitta and mangrove Velavadar is a peaceful sanctuary dolphin. The sanctuary also protects Panna is located in Madyha Pradesh whistler, plus crocodiles, turtles, consisting of 35 square kilometres of marsh crocodiles, eight species of state in central India. The park is snakes and deer. Its most famous savannah in Gujarat state. Set between turtle, and smooth-coated otters. home to tiger, leopard, wolf, sloth residents, however, are more than 250 two rivers and only a few miles inland bear, jungle cat, rusty-spotted cat, tigers, although these are hard to spot from the Gulf of Khambhat, the park is North-west India desert cat, civet, spotted deer, nilgai, due to the terrain. The Sundarbans home to a couple of thousand endemic four-horned antelope, and both marsh offer a unique wildlife experience, as blackbuck. In former times these Sasan Gir National Park mugger and gharial crocodiles. Bird game-viewing is done either by boat or handsome antelopes were protected Widely known simply as Gir, this lovers take note: over 300 species have from hides. for hunting trips of the Maharajas large protected area lies well off the been recorded here! We recommend of Bhavnagar. Other animals of note beaten track in north-west India’s combining a visit to Bandhavgarh with North-east India include the endangered Indian wolf, Gujarat Peninsula. Its main aim is to a stop at Panna. Alternatively, to top up fox, jackal, jungle cat and wild boar. preserve the remaining population your cultural input, you could combine Kaziranga National Park Birdlife is also extensive – the houbara of critically endangered Asiatic lion, both parks with a visit to nearby Kaziranga, on the banks of the mighty bustard, lesser florican, common crane, whose territory once extended as far Khajuraho’s erotic temples, one of Brahamaputra River in Assam, in north- sarus crane, white stork and white afield as Persia. The terrain is one of India’s best known monuments. east India, is regarded as the best pelican are all present here. arid, rocky hills separated by deep, location on the subcontinent to see well-watered valleys, with beautiful Sundarbans National Park Indian rhinoceros. Home to nearly 80% Little Rann of Kutch stands of teak, acacia and dhak trees The world’s largest area of of the world’s population, the park has This wildlife sanctuary, one of interspersed with grassy plains. impenetrable mangrove forest covers World Heritage Site status, and is also India’s largest, is a vast expanse of As well as some 450 lions, smaller some 10,000 square kilometres of inhabited by large herds of elephant, saline desert, which in the monsoon felines are well represented by jungle land and water in the Ganges Delta, wild buffalo, tiger, leopard and bear. becomes a network of islands covered cat, desert cat and rusty spotted cat, more than half in India, the rest in Nearby Panabari Forest Reserve is with thorn scrub, surrounded by salt and there is also a healthy population Bangladesh. This network of tidal home to the hoolock gibbon, India’s marsh. Known as the last remaining of leopard. waterways and mudflats is home to only ape. Elephant and jeep safaris home of the Asiatic wild ass, it is a are available here and the open terrain conservation success story. In the India’s Big Five TAILOR-MADE makes it possible to see most major 1960s the population declined to only species during a two day safari. 800, but has now recovered to over This wide-ranging trip covers a lot of ground, but allows you to see all five of India’s big mammal species – Asiatic lion, leopard, tiger, elephant Wilds of Gujarat TAILOR-MADE and one-horned rhino – in three lovely but contrasting national parks. You will visit Sasangir in the Rann of Kutch in dusty Gujarat, Kanha in Madhya A fascinating introduction to some of north-west India’s lesser known Pradesh – the area that inspired Kipling, and the UNESCO World Heritage wildlife in Mahatma Gandhi’s home state, Gujarat. You may see Asiatic site of Kaziranga in steamy Assam. lions, wild ass and flamingos as well as endemic blackbuck, and endangered animals, like the India wolf. This is a substantially less Suggested Itinerary trodden route, so you are unlikely to have to share these beautiful Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Mumbai and fly to Rajkot; transfer to Sasan reserves with others. Gir, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris to see Asiatic lion and leopard Day 5 Transfer to Rajkot and fly to Mumbai, 1-night Day 6 Fly to Nagpur and transfer to Suggested Itinerary Kanha, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris to see tiger and leopard Day 9 Transfer Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Mumbai and fly to Bhavnagar; transfer to Nagpur, 1-night Day 10 Fly to Guwahati and transfer to Kaziranga, to Velavadar, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris to see black buck Day 5 Drive to 3-nights. Vehicle safaris to see one-horned rhino, tiger and elephant Sasan Gir, 4-nights. Vehicle safaris to see Asiatic lion and leopard Day 13 Transfer to Guwahati and depart via Mumbai Day 14 Arrive UK Day 9 Drive to Gondal, 1-night Day 10 Drive to Little Rann of Kutch, 3-nights. Vehicle safaris to see wild ass Day 13 Drive to Ahmedabad and Departures November to March depart via Mumbai Day 14 Arrive UK

See our website for dates and prices Departures November to May

60 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip INDIA

:: I ndia

:: ASIA ASIA

2,000. Other mammals of interest Kerala Backwaters beautiful wildlife sanctuaries. It has congregate in large herds along the include chinkara, blackbuck, nilgai, This extensive network of canals and a diverse range of flora and fauna, banks of the River Kabini. wild boar, jackal and jungle cat. The lakes, created by some 44 rivers that with 1,800 species of flowering plant, birdlife is so rich that the area is an drain into the Arabian Sea, is a self- 44 reptiles, 112 butterflies, and a Indira Gandhi National Park official Ramsar site. The best time supporting ecosystem that teems wide range of birds and mammals, The forested Anamalai Hills, 75 to visit is between November and with aquatic life. Over 900 kilometres including large number of elephants, kilometres north of Coimbatore, mid-March. of waterway still provide a means gaur, wild boar, four species of contain one of Tamil Nadu’s most of access for many villages. A night primate (including the endemic beautiful reserves. Its steep slopes South India or two aboard a traditionally-built lion-tailed macaque), sloth bear, are covered with deciduous jungle houseboat, with a crew to look after leopard, dhole, common and clawless and bamboo thicket, where sightings Eravikulam National Park your every need, is a highlight of any otter, and even tiger. One of the most of gaur, elephant and leopard are This park stands in an elevated trip to Kerala. The elegant craft takes popular activities is a boat ride on common. Other wildlife includes tiger, position in the Kannan Devan Hills you through villages surrounded by Periyar Lake to see herds of wild panther, sloth bear, wild boar, wild dog, near Munnar hill station. Established paddy fields and soaring coconut elephants frolicking in the water. Nilgiri langur, lion-tailed macaque, to protect an endangered wild goat, palms. One charm of this style – and sambar, four-horned antelope, chital the Nilgiri tahr, the area is known for pace – of travel is the opportunity Nagarhole National Park and pangolin. Birdwatchers will its stark beauty. India’s highest peak to observe rural life without Nagarhole is a mixture of rich green enjoy seeing green pigeon, Tickell’s south of Himalayas, Anamudi (2,695m), feeling intrusive. The riot of birdlife tropical and deciduous forests with flowerpecker, rufous woodpecker, rose- stands at the centre of the park, its includes kingfishers, cormorants, rolling hills criss-crossed by streams, ringed parakeet, black eagle, racquet- hillsides covered in rare orchids and woodpeckers, ducks, bee-eaters and rivers, waterfalls and swamps. tailed drongo, black-headed oriole, wild balsams. From the visitor centre raptors. Formerly a Maharaja’s hunting reserve, paradise flycatcher, whistling thrush, at Rajamalai, vehicles take you to the Nagarhole is now dedicated to saving great Indian, Malabar pied hornbill, unique high-elevation grassland to see Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary wildlife, and is considered one of the fairy bluebird and emerald dove. The nilgiri tahr. Other fauna includes Nilgiri High in the Cardamom Hills area best places in India to see elephant in best time to visit is from January to langur, leopard, tiger and Indian bison. of the Western Ghats, some five the wild. About a thousand elephants February. You can join a game drive in The park is closed in the early part of hours drive from Kochi (Cochin), are thought to populate the park, a Forest Department vehicle or walk the year while the goats are calving. Periyar is one of the world’s most and in the hot summer months they with a guide.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

King’s Lodge, Chambal Safari Lodge, Tuli Tiger Corridor, Forsyth’s Lodge, Bandavgarh National Chambal Sanctuary Khana Satpura This comfortable lodge stands in an This family-owned heritage property on The fully autonomous luxury extension to An eco-friendly property, built with eight hectare private estate in the village an extensive wooded estate, surrounded Tuli Tiger Resort, in the western region environmental and community of Rancha, just 10 minutes drive from by farmland, formerly provided of the park’s buffer zone, consists of considerations as foremost principles. the park gate, surrounded by forested accommodation for the annual cattle fair. eight free-standing, air-conditioned Small and stylish, the comfortable hills. Accommodation consists of ten Since its restoration as an eco-lodge, the rooms with solid walls, canvas roof with accommodation consists of 12 air- air-conditioned cottages plus another main building houses two air-conditioned a finely embroidered canopy, wooden conditioned cottages with an en-suite ten rooms on stilts, each with a modern rooms with period furniture, private floor, sumptuous bathroom, verandah bathroom and verandah; all are designed en-suite bathroom; cottages have a bathrooms and a verandah. A new guest and private walled garden. The exclusive and constructed in local style primarily verandah with views over sal forest wing has two lavishly appointed suites property has its own swimming pool, from mud and decorated by local and grassland. The design incorporates with modern amenities, while eight lounge-library with an open fire, dining villagers! Facilities include a central eco-friendly principles and uses local independent twin-bedded cottages in room and bar, and is perfect for any building with a dining room, a first floor stone and timber. A pleasant dining room, the grounds all have en-suite bathrooms. wildlife enthusiast who enjoys a touch of lounge and bar with a terrace with observation tower, and swimming pool The plantation supplies the kitchen with class! Resident naturalists are on hand mountain views, plus swimming pool. complete the facilities, and a naturalist organically grown produce. to answer questions about local wildlife. The exceptionally attentive staff is guide is on hand. supported by in-house naturalist guides.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 61 Nepal

Sitting at the heart of the Himalayas, overlooked by some of the world’s This is in addition to a remarkably diverse range of habitat, from snow- highest mountains, Nepal is one of the most spectacular countries on earth. capped mountains to low lying forests, and as a consequence, an What makes this mystical mountain kingdom so special is its warm and exceptional variety of birds and mammals. Over 850 bird species are found friendly people, and extraordinary blend of Buddhist and Hindu culture, and in Nepal, and among its larger mammals number Bengal tiger, leopard, the sheer splendour of its scenery. Indian rhinoceros, Asian elephant, water buffalo, gaur, three species of bear, deer, and antelope.

the country. There are over 350 bird Key species tibet species, as well as many mammals,

 Asian elephant Suklaphanta NP reptiles and numerous insects. It is one Nepal Annapurna of the last refuges of Indian rhinoceros  Grey langur (8,091m) Everest Bardia NP (8,848m) and Bengal tiger. The rhino population  Leopard Nepalganj Pokhara is estimated at around 400, second Lumbini  Bengal tiger Kathmandu only to Kaziranga in India. Other Bharatpur bhutan threatened species include leopard,  Snow leopard INDIA Chitwan NP wild dog, sloth bear and gaur. Koshi Tappu NR  Red panda Janakpur Biratnagar  Himalayan (Asiatic) black bear Koshi Tappu Wildlife Reserve Nepal’s premier birding destination,  Indian one-horned rhinocerous most major population centres are Nepalese culture. The old city, a with 280 recorded bird species,  Swamp deer (barasingha) connected by the domestic air network, UNESCO World Heritage Site, is an consists of the floodplain of Sapta-  Pygmy hog which makes things easier. Chitwan, eclectic warren of palaces, courtyards Koshi, the largest of Nepal’s rivers, Koshi Tappu and Bardia can be reached and temples. On the outskirts the close to the border with India. The Some geography by flying to Bharatpur or Meghauli, hilltop Buddhist temple complex of 175 square kilometres of the reserve Nepal’s principal wildlife destinations Biratnagar, or Nepalgunj respectively. Swayambunath has fine views of contain a broad expanse of open water are spread out. The national park of Even then it can take a surprisingly snow-covered mountains, while within created by a dam which, together Koshi Tappu lies 500 kilometres east long time to drive into the parks, where an hour’s drive away forested slopes with a patchwork of marsh, lagoon, of the capital, whereas Chitwan is safaris are conducted by jeep, boat, of Phulchoki offer excellent birding, sandbank, mudflat and arable land, in the south, some six hour’s drive elephant or on foot, depending on with a chance to see Nepal’s only from Kathmandu. However the most the location. endemic, the spiny babbler. isolated park, Bardia, lies in the far Diary notes west of the country. There are several Kathmandu Chitwan National Park  Oct-Mar: best time for birding other national parks whose focus is As a wildlife enthusiast, you may stop Nepal’s foremost national park lies  Feb-Mar: good time to travel principally on topographical, such as only briefly in the capital en-route in the sub-tropical lowlands of the the high altitude park of Sagarmatha. to Nepal’s national parks, but the Terai. The former royal hunting reserve  Mar-May: rhododendrons in Kathmandu Valley has unmissable consists of sal forest and riverine bloom Getting around sights that are rich in colour and jungle on the floodplain of three  Late Jun-Sep: monsoon! Due to the nature of the terrain, travel atmosphere and are an essential rivers, and contains a greater variety  Oct-Nov: good time to travel by road can be arduous. However preliminary to understanding of wildlife than any other area in

62 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip NEPAL

:: ASIA

creates one of North Asia’s finest Bardia National Park TAILOR-MADE wetland habitats that attracts many This remote national park was created Nepal Wildlife migrant birds. It is also home to in the 1980s in the western Terai, with A two-week trip that visits a trio of national parks in the low lying Terai wild buffalo and blue bull, while the the aim of protecting Bengal tiger and region, along the border with Nepal’s southern neighbour, India. Despite river contains Gangetic dolphin – all their prey in an important lowland the twin incursions of farming and industry, large areas of the Terai were overlooked by the world’s fifth highest ecosystem. Later, Indian rhinoceros peak, Makalu (8,463 metres). were introduced from Chitwan, and a set aside to protect wildlife and remain some of the best locations in the large area of surrounding forest and entire subcontinent to see wildlife and birdlife. Among the highlights you Pokhara private land was designated as a buffer may catch a sight of are tiger, rhino and elephant, deer a-plenty, Gangetic Nepal’s second city is a centre for zone. Other endangered animals here river dolphins and birds, birds, birds! adventure activities, ranging from include Asian elephant, swamp deer, Suggested Itinerary trekking to hang gliding. An enchanting blackbuck, gharial crocodile, marsh place of remarkable natural beauty, mugger and Gangetic river dolphin. Day 1 Depart London Day 2 Arrive Kathmandu, 2-nights. City tour and it nestles in a tranquil valley on the Bardia may be hard to reach, but the birding on Phulchoki Day 4 Drive or fly to Pokhara, 2-nights. Sightseeing shore of Phewa Tal. Rising behind it reward is a real wilderness experience, and cultural visits Day 6 Drive to Chitwan, 3-nights. Vehicle, elephant- is a line of magnificent Himalayan where elephant safaris will get you back and foot safaris to Bengal tiger and one-horned rhino Day 9 Drive peaks, dominated by the fish-tail well off the beaten track. to Lumbini, 1-night Day 10 Drive to Bardia, 2-nights. Vehicle safaris to summit of Machhapuchhre at 6,977 see Bengal tiger and elephant Day 12 Fly to Kathmandu, 1-night metres. Because of its low elevation, Day 13 Depart Kathmandu, arrive UK Pokhara feels almost tropical, and lush forest and a wide diversity of Koshi Tappu extension: Keen birders can add a visit to Koshi Tappu in flowers all thrive here. The area has the Eastern Terai to any Nepalese itinerary to see its impressive birdlife. many different trekking and walking Day 1 Fly to Biratnagar and transfer to Koshi Tappu, 3-nights Koshi Camp. routes to suit all abilities, which offer Vehicle, boat and foot safaris to see Gangetic river dolphins and birds exquisite views of some of the world’s highest summits. Day 4 Transfer back to Biratnagar and fly to Kathmandu Departures Daily, October to May

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Tiger Tops Lodge, Koshi Camp, Tiger Tops Karnali Camp, Chitwan Koshi Tappu Bardia Nepal’s original wildlife lodge is still at This venerable tented camp, first Standing on a bank of the Karnali River the forefront of ecotourism. Its famed established in 1993, is centrally located surrounded by lush forest, the only treehouses and bungalows, built from at the eastern edge of the reserve, in camp inside the park offers comfortable sustainable materials, contain 20 rooms an area well-known for its diversity accommodation in 12 spacious tents with with en-suite bathroom, solar-powered of birdlife, with several waterholes en-suite bathrooms. Kerosene lamps lighting, ceiling fan and hot water – the nearby. Accommodation consists of 12 provide light as there is no electricity. A ultimate in luxury in a fantastic natural spacious traditional safari tents, with thatched central building contains the setting. A large, open-roofed dining area a large dining tent and bar and a staff restaurant and bar, and the camp uses its and bar is built around an open fire, and that includes two expert local naturalist own inflatable raft for river trips to see expert naturalist guides lead elephant, guides who specialise in birding and are birdlife and the rare Gangetic dolphin. jeep and boat safaris. renowned throughout Nepal.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 63 Sri Lanka

This stunningly beautiful tropical island, shaped like a teardrop, lies in the Its isolated position has endowed it with some unique features, in Indian Ocean at the southern tip of the sub-continent. Its golden beaches, particular its enormous leopard population, large herds of elephant and national parks and reserves, and spectacular mountain scenery make for a numerous endemic bird species. The island is a renowned paradise for whole range of diverse habitats, enhanced by the romantic ruined forts and birdwatchers. cities of ancient dynasties.

Diary notes Key species  May-Aug: rain in the south-west  Sri Lankan elephant INDIAN OCEAN  Jul-Aug: Kandy Perahera  Purple-faced langur Festival  Blue whale  Nov-Apr: Blue-whale watching  Humpback whale from Mirissa  Spinner dolphin  Dec-Mar: best time to visit hill  Sri Lankan leopard Wilpatu NP country Anuradhapura  Sri Lankan golden jackal Kalpitiya  Sloth bear Minneriya NP while Minneriya is conveniently located Habarana  Sri Lankan sambar deer Polonnaruwa in the triangle close to the major Dambulla Sigiriya cultural sites of Polonnaruwa, Dambulla  Sri Lankan muntjac (barking deer) SRI LANKA and Sigiriya. Wasgamuwa NP Udawattakele Getting around Kandy Within Sri Lanka, apart from boat trips Some geography Negombo Sri Lanka’s national parks are spread to see whales and dolphins, if you’re all over the island. Udawattakele colombo Nuwara Eliya travelling on a tailor-made itinerary and Horton Plains are near Kandy Horton Plains all transport will be by private car or and Nuwara Eliya respectively, in the Uda Walawe NP minibus with a driver/guide. Although Sinharaja centre. Yala, Uda Walawe, Bundala Yala NP the distances are not particularly Lewaya and Kalametiya, on the other great, the roads are not always good Embilipitiya hand, lie in the south, relatively close and travel can be slow. Excursions Galle Bundala NP to the coast, where Mirissa is the Mirissa into national parks are done by centre for whale watching. Sinharaja 4-wheel drive vehicles with a local Rainforest is the most difficult to reach, naturalist guide.

64 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip SRI LANKA

:: ASIA

Kandy & Udawattakele below. This is the perfect environment TAILOR-MADE Rainforest Reserve for a distinctive flora with many wild Sri Lanka’s Wildlife Highlights This charming lakeside city, former orchids, colourful butterflies, and With some fabulous parks and reserves, great birdwatching, and capital of the Kandyan Kingdom, boasts many rare highland birds that include exceptionally knowledgeable guides, Sri Lanka is a perfect destination for a wealth of historical and cultural almost all the country’s endemics. lovers of wildlife. This itinerary takes in several parks, where you can spot treasures, and is a place of pilgrimage for Buddhists who visit the Temple of Yala National Park leopard, elephant and a myriad of bird species, including some endemics. the Tooth. Surrounded by rolling hills, Sri Lanka’s oldest wildlife reserve is Suggested Itinerary lush valleys, rivers, lakes and waterfalls, famous for one of the world’s highest its forests are home to the endemic densities of leopard – and some of its Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Colombo and drive to Kandy, 2-nights. Sri Lanka hanging parrot and Layard’s largest and most visible individuals. On Visit Temple of the Tooth and Millennium Elephant Foundation parakeet. The nearby Paradiniya morning and evening safaris you may Day 4 Drive to Nuwara Eliya, 3-nights. Visit Udawattakale Forest, Horton Botanical Gardens is home to 4,000 also see elephant, sloth bear, sambar, Plains for endemic birds and butterflies, Victoria Park and Hakgala plant species of which 300 are orchids. chital, wild boar, striped-necked, brown Botanical Gardens Day 7 Drive to Yala, 3-nights. Visit Ravana Ella Udawattakele Rainforest Reserve is and ruddy mongoose, black-naped inhabited by deer, jackals, porcupines hare, marsh mugger crocodile and waterfall, plus vehicle and foot safaris Day 10 Drive to Hambantota, and civets. The forest is a haven for several civet species. Birding highlights 2-nights. Visit Bundala/Kalametiya Day 12 Drive to Rathnapura, 3-nights. birdlife, and you may encounter one include the southern sirkeer, blue- Visit Udawalawe and Sinharaja Rainforest Day 15 Drive to Negombo , of the recurrent bird waves that are a faced malkoha, yellow-wattled lapwing, 1-night Day 16 Depart; arrive UK same day feature of tropical forests. rufous-winged bush lark, thick-billed flower-pecker, purple sunbird, little Departures Daily, throughout the year Nuwara Eliya minivet, white-rumped shama and rare & Horton Plains black-necked stork. This once popular British hill station intermediate and great egrets, brown- at the foot of the Kaltota Escarpment. in the heart of tea country is now a Bundala Lewaya & Kalametiya capped babbler, Asian openbill, Eurasian The park is good for elephants with quaint and charming resort. The cooler Reserves spoonbill, black-winged stilt, golden herds of 50 to 60 individuals regularly climate due to its elevation make This Ramsar site, along with plover, little stint and curlew sandpiper. seen as well as sambar, chital and wild for startlingly different birdlife, and neighbouring Kalametiya, is the south Mammals such as elephant, chital, grey boar. Dry zone birdlife includes grey- various interesting species include coast’s major wetland area. Home to langur, water monitor and crocodile are headed fish eagle, black-shouldered two endemics: the yellow-eared bulbul almost all Sri Lanka’s resident water seen regularly. kite, changeable hawk eagle, crested and the Sri Lanka hill white-eye. At birds, the area attracts countless serpent eagle, white-bellied sea nearby Horton Plains, Sri Lanka’s migrants between November and March. Udawalawe National Park eagle, shikra, common kestrel, brown highest plateau terminates at the Highlights include greater flamingo, Walawe Reservoir and Udawalawe fish owl and western marsh harrier. sheer precipice of World’s End with lesser adjutant and painted stork. Other National Park comprise an area of open Game drives in open-top jeeps are a drop of 1,050 metres to the plains common species are marsh sandpiper, plains and hills in south-west Sri Lanka accompanied by local wildlife guides.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 65 Sinharaja Rainforest Minneriya National Park Blue Whales & Dolphins SMALL GROUP If you have time, a visit here is a This national park is famous for must! The country’s sole remaining its elephants, particularly between The balmy waters around Sri Lanka are home to a wealth of cetacean primary lowland tropical rainforest June and September, when a herd life. On the northwest coast you venture out by small boat in search of is home to some 139 varieties of Sri of more than 300 gathers on the spinner dolphins, which are seen in huge numbers off Kalpitiya, along Lanka’s 830 endemic trees. It’s one receding shores of the Minneriya with increasingly frequent sightings of whales. In contrast, the deep of the few places where you can see Tank – an awesome spectacle! The waters off Dondra Point on the south coast are possibly the best place in blue-faced leaf monkey, Sri Lanka island’s main cultural sites are nearby. the world to see blue whales and sperm whales. However Sri Lanka has hanging parrot, and the wonderful Polonnaruwa’s palaces and shrines are much more to offer than marine life, and this trip includes ample time to diversity of butterflies which includes a UNESCO World Heritage Site, home to see the famed elephants of Uda Walawe National Park and Yala National the spectacular blue morpho and troupes of monkeys, while Dambulla’s bird-wings. Much of the birdlife cave temples house a spectacular Park’s leopards. is endemic, including four eagles: series of frescoes. The great citadel at Itinerary rufous-bellied, crested serpent, black Sigiriya is all that remains of a great and mountain hawk eagle. Another civilisation, and the surrounding tanks Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Colombo; transfer to Kalpitiya, 3-nights. highlight is the frequent mixed are home to many waterbirds. Early morning boat trips to watch spinner dolphins and whales; species bird waves! afternoons free Day 5 Transfer to Uda Walawe, 1-night hotel. Jeep safari in to Uda Walawe National Park to see elephant Day 7 Drive to TAILOR-MADE Tissamaharama, 1 night. Jeep safari in Yala National Park to see leopard Sri Lanka Wildlife and Culture Day 8 Morning jeep safari in Yala, then transfer to Mirissa Day 9 4 x Sri Lanka is extremely rich in culture, as well as wildlife. This itinerary morning whale watching boat trips, afternoons free Day 13 Transfer to includes some highlights of both aspects, with included safaris at Colombo, 1-night Day 14 Depart Colombo, arrive UK three national parks, Yala, Udawalawe and Bundala, which are home to Departures Fixed dates in December and March leopards, elephants and (in season) leatherback turtles. Visits to some of Sri Lanka’s cultural sights offer a fascinating insight into the teardrop Group size Maximum 12 isle’s rich historical tapestry. This trip is endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit Suggested Itinerary goes directly to support WDCS conservation projects. Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Colombo and drive to Habarana, 2-nights. Visit Polonnaruwa and Sigiriya Day 4 Kandy, 1-night. Visit Dambulla Caves and the Temple of the Tooth Day 5 Yala, 2-nights. Vehicle and foot safaris Day 7 Embilipitiya, 2-nights. Visit Bundala and Udawalawe Day 9 Drive to Colombo, 1-night Day 10 Depart; arrive UK same day

Departures Daily, throughout the year

66 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip SRI LANKA

:: ASIA

Whale watching in Sri Lanka Over the last few years Sri Lanka has developed a considerable reputation as a place to see whales – particularly from Mirissa on the south coast, and to a lesser degree Trincomalee on the east coast. Between December and April there is around a 90% chance of seeing a blue whale on a boat trip from Mirissa – which makes it one of the foremost places in the world to see this denizen of the deep! Sperm whales are also seen regularly between February and mid-April.

On the north-west side of the island, Kalpitiya is well- known for sightings of spinner dolphins. Due to the deepwater channel that runs close to the peninsula, whales are often seen too! Birdwatchers note: Kalpitiya is also one of the best places in South Asia to see four pelagic species: Persian shearwater, wedge-tailed shearwater, brown noddy and pomarine skua!

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Chaaya Wild, Galway Forest Lodge, Blue Magpie Lodge, Centauria Hotel, Yala Nuwara Eliya Sinharaja Udawalawe This resort-style hotel borders the A pleasant hideaway, in a quiet location Standing at the road-end just a few This simple, somewhat old-fashioned national park beside miles of golden surrounded by tea plantations, a couple minutes’ drive from the park offices, hotel lies on the edge of Chandrika Indian Ocean beach. Accommodation is of kilometres outside the town beside this lodge has 12 basic but comfortable Reservoir, just south of the national in 68 spacious, air-conditioned, rustic- the Forest Lodge Nature Reserve – a rooms with en-suite bathrooms with park. The main wing has 42 rooms, chic jungle chalets and eight beach fantastic location for birders and nature hot water. The power supply can be and four lakeside cottages each chalets, all with en-suite bathroom, enthusiasts. Its 52 old-fashioned intermittent, but the lodge has its own contain two rooms, most of which are modern amenities and verandah. rooms in three different categories all generator. The restaurant serves first air-conditioned, with en-suite showers There is a pool and an observation have en-suite bathrooms and heating class Sri Lankan food and the nearby and lake-facing balconies. There’s deck with panoramic vistas across the – it can be surprisingly cool at this river is a perfect spot for a refreshing also a swimming pool, café-bar and surrounding scrub forest, beach and elevation. There are restaurants, a bar dip after a forest trek. Birders will enjoy Ayurvedic centre. The hotel operates rocky outcrops (often frequented by and billiard room, and loads of olde the opportunity to see more than 20 excursions into the park in 4-wheel drive leopards). Birders can see 215 species worlde charm. The lodge is overlooked endemic species in the surrounding vehicles with naturalist guides to see in the vicinity, and naturalist guides by Sri Lanka’s highest mountain, Mount forest – particularly in the early morning. the 250-strong elephant population, plus lead excursions to spot Yala’s famous Piduruthalagala. The local guides and park wardens are red-faced malkoha and other birds. leopards. extremely knowledgeable.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 67 Borneo

The island of Borneo has long fed the imagination of both naturalists Borneo is a biodiversity hotspot for the Indo-Malayan region, and and travellers alike. The Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak boast the world: ten hectares of rainforest here contain more tree species a remarkable diversity of habitat that supports an intriguing array of than occur in all of North America. There are more bird species than species – mammals, lizards, snakes, frogs that ‘fly’, fish that ‘walk’, in Europe, and as many mammals as live on the island continent of monkeys that ‘dive’, plants that eat insects, and flowers the size of Australia. Yet Borneo’s parks and reserves are easy to reach and boast dustbin lids. excellent facilities – making it easy to experience its natural wonders.

Lankayan Island Diary notes Key species Turtle Islands NP Mount Kinabalu NP  Western tarsier Sepilok Sandakan  Mar/Apr: dry season starts DanumValley Kota Kinabalu Kinabatangan River  Proboscis monkey Tabin Reserve  Apr-Oct: green turtles lay eggs Gomantong Caves Lahad Datu  Muller’s Bornean gibbon sabah  Jul-Aug: driest months (Malaysia) Pom Pom  Orang-utan brunei Island  Late Oct: wet season starts in  Pangolin Sabah Gunung Mulu NP  Malay sun bear  Early Dec: wet season starts in Sarawak  Clouded leopard

 Flat-headed cat sarawak Kinabalu National Park (Malaysia)  Bornean pygmy elephant Borneo Mount Kinabalu at 4,095 metres looms above the coastal lowlands of northern  Sumatran rhino Borneo. The national park is easily Bako NP kalimantan reached from Sabah’s capital, Kota Kuching (indonesia) Some geography Kinabalu and harbours remarkable Mount Kinabalu is situated close to botanical diversity – with as many as Sabah’s state capital, Kota Kinabalu, 6,000 plant species. These include where as Sepilok’s orang-utans and more than 1,000 species of orchid, the Gomantong Caves lie close to National Park lies close to the capital, Valley is only a one hour flight from and more than one third of the island’s Sandakan on the opposite coast from Kuching, whereas the Mulu Cave the capital. In the interior most travel pitcher plants. where the Kinabatangan River lies system is in the north, close to the is by riverboat, with minibus or 4 a few hours inland. The wildlife rich border with Brunei. wheel drive vehicle transfers where There are also more than 600 species Danum Valley Conservation Area is necessary. The domestic air network of butterflies and 320 species of also near the east coast, but some way Getting around also connects Kota Kinabalu with birds. This astonishing diversity south of Sandakan. In the neighbouring From Kota Kinabalu, the easiest Kuching and Mulu, and travel into the is greatest on the lower slopes, state of Sarawak, further down the way to reach Sandakan is by a short interior of Sarawak is by domestic whereas more endemic species are north-west coast of Borneo, Bako domestic flight; similarly the Danum flight, river and road. found at higher altitude.

68 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip BORNEO

:: ASIA

Sabah Turtle Islands Marine Park TAILOR-MADE The tiny island of Selingan, some 40 Sabah Wildlife Special Sepilok Forest Reserve & kilometres off Sabah’s north-east A two-week trip that visits the best places to see Sabah’s wildlife: Mount Orang-utan Sanctuary coast, is a major turtle breeding site. Kinabalu, Sepilok Orang-utan Sanctuary, the Kinabatangan River, and Sepilok Orang-utan Sanctuary, around Throughout the year, but particularly 30 minutes by road from Sandakan, is between April and October, large the wonderful Borneo Rainforest Lodge in the Danum Valley – one of our renowned for its work in rehabilitating numbers of green-turtles (and to favourites! Sabah offers a first-class wildlife experience, with the added orphaned orang-utans. You can a lesser extent hawksbills) come benefits of good infrastructure, ease of access and top quality accommodation. meet these charismatic apes at the ashore at night to dig nests in the Suggested Itinerary twice-daily feeding sessions in the sand. Wardens patrol the beaches and forest, where individuals not yet fully collect the eggs, which are incubated Day 1 Depart London Day 2 Arrive Kota Kinabalu, 1-night Day 3 Drive capable of self-sufficiency return for in enclosures free from the risk of to Kinabalu National Park, 1-night Day 4 Drive to Kota Kinabalu, 1-night a free meal. However, set amongst 43 predation. If you stay overnight, you Day 5 Fly to Sandakan and drive to Sepilok Orangutan Sanctuary, 1-night square kilometres of primary lowland can watch turtles excavating their Day 6 Boat along Kinabatangan River, 3-nights Day 9 Drive to Lahad rainforest, the reserve has much more nests by torchlight and laying a clutch Datu and on to Danum Valley, 4-nights Day 13 Transfer to Lahad Datu to offer. The forest boardwalks make of eggs, and see hatchlings being and depart Day 14 Arrive UK exploring easy, the birdwatching is released into the sea. superb and there is a tremendous Departures Daily, throughout the year variety of snakes and frogs to see.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 69 Kinabatangan Wildlife harvest. A boardwalk inside the most Sarawak and Sabah Adventure TAILOR-MADE Sanctuary accessible cave makes exploring A comprehensive look at the interior of Sarawak and Sabah, exploring The Kinabatangan River snakes through easy and in the surrounding forest remote rivers and dense jungle in search of wildlife. Along the way Sabah’s lowlands for 560 kilometres to macaques, langurs and orang-utans reach the Sulu Sea. Along its length a are regularly seen. Easily reached by you’ll see Peninsular Malaysia’s top eco-destinations and visit different mosaic of riparian forest, oxbow lakes, road, the caves are usually visited en- habitats on foot and by boat. Among the highlights are a visit to the Iban nipah swamp and mangroves supports route to or from Sukau. headhunter tribe of Batang Ai, the underground caves in Mulu National orang-utan, proboscis monkey and Park, and seeing orang-utan in Sepilok Reserve and hornbills in Tabin pygmy elephant, while a vast array Tabin Wildlife Reserve Wildlife Reserve. of birdlife includes several species of Created in 1984, this reserve occupies hornbill. From Sandakan a four-hour more than 122,500 hectares of a Suggested Itinerary boat trip leads inland to Sukau, where peninsula 50 kilometres east of Day 1 Depart London Day 2 Arrive Kuching, 1-night Day 3 Drive to Bako, a trip by small boat on a quiet tributary Lahad Datu, surrounded by oil-palm 2-nights. Visit Bako National Park Day 5 Drive to Kuching, 1-night. Visit through the tangled rainforest reveals plantations. The lowland forest Semenggok Orang Utan Sanctuary Day 6 Fly to Gunung Mulu, 2-nights. its splendid wildlife, much of which has contains many animals, some of which Visit Mulu Caves Day 8 Fly to Kota Kinabalu and on to Sandakan. grown surprisingly tolerant of human are highly endangered – including Transfer to Sepilok Orang-utan Sanctuary, 2-nights Day 10 Boat along presence. Sabah’s three largest mammals: the Kinabatangan River, 2-nights Day 12 Drive to Lahad Datu and on to Tabin Borneo pygmy elephant, Sumatran Wildife Reserve, 2-nights Day 14 Drive to Lahad Datu and fly to Kota Gomantong Caves & rhinocerous and banteng or tembadu Forest Reserve (wild cattle), plus various ungulates. Kinabalu. Depart Day 15 Arrive UK Sabah’s largest cave system is home Seven of Sabah´s eight primates occur Departures Daily, throughout the year to many thousands of bats, plus cave here, albeit only small numbers of swiftlets, whose nests are sustainably orang-utan and proboscis monkey. harvested three times a year for the The largest predator is the clouded Chinese soup trade. The collectors leopard, but there are several smaller live here permanently to protect carnivores. More than 260 bird species their valuable commodity and go to include all eight of Sabah’s hornbills. extraordinary lengths to gather their

70 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip BORNEO

:: ASIA

Danum Valley Gunung Mulu National Park Island extensions This river valley, arguably Borneo’s Sarawak’s largest national park is The seas off the coast of Sabah are premier wildlife location, boasts all dominated by three mountains – Mulu, littered with tropical islands, many ten of Sabah’s primate species, plus Api and Benarat – and surrounded by of which offer excellent snorkelling Asian elephant, banteng, Sumatran rainforest. However its major claim and diving. This makes a great way rhino, clouded leopard, marbled and to fame is one of the world’s largest to unwind at the end of your trip. flat-headed cats and Malay sun bear. limestone cave systems. The scale Among our favourites is tiny Common species include bearded pig, is bewildering, and at dusk in excess jewel-like Lankayan Island in the mouse-deer, endemic Bornean yellow of three million bats pour out of Deer Sulu Sea, a one and a half hour and red muntjacs, and sambar. Early Sarawak Cave like a giant plume of black smoke boat ride from Sandakan, and part morning is the best time to enjoy the it is one of the world’s great natural of an immense Marine Protected canopy walkway and watch hornbills, Bako National Park spectacles. The wildlife is diverse: 75 Area. Otherwise unpopulated, barbets and broadbills, plus the Only 40 kilometres from Sarawak’s species of mammals, over 260 species this tranquil, untouched piece of endemic Bornean bristlehead. Danum capital, Kuching, Bako offers an of birds, 170 species of wild orchid paradise is fringed by a beach of white sand and offers simple Valley offers maybe the best chance to intoxicating mix of coastal scenery, and 10 species of pitcher plant. but elegant accommodation in 23 see orang-utan in the wild, especially teeming rainforest and abundant spacious, wooden seafront chalets. when the durian trees are in fruit – wildlife. Sarawak’s premier wildlife while a night safari offers a window location is one of the best places in Another favourite is Pom Pom into the secretive world of Borneo’s Borneo to see proboscis monkey, Island, a 45 minute boat ride from nocturnal creatures. which are regularly encountered in the coast in the Celebes Sea, the forest – often right beside the further south. Like Lankayan, it raised boardwalk. Other monkeys is a nesting site for green and hawksbill turtles and has a resident seen include long-tailed macaque marine biologist who can enhance and silvered langur, while on night your understanding of the rich and walks colugo, slow loris and mouse colourful undersea world. deer are regular sightings. With such a variety of habitats, the park’s flora is For more information speak to one correspondingly rich and diverse. of our knowledgeable consultants.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Kinabatangan Riverside Lodge, Borneo Rainforest Lodge, Sepilok Nature Lodge, Tabin Wildlife Resort, Kinabatangan River Danum Valley Sepilok Tabin Reserve Located two hours by boat from In the heart of the valley on a bank of the This simple lodge, situated close to Ten timber bungalows with en-suite Sandakan (though it can be reached by Danum River, facing a swathe of pristine the park entrance, offers spacious and bathroom, ceiling fan and private balcony vehicle), this lodge of chalets connected forest, this lodge has one of the finest comfortable accommodation and good overlook the Lipad River, with another by walkways, a bird observation tower vistas you could wish for. Comfortable food. The well-appointed, air-conditioned ten higher up the hillside. All are linked and an open sundeck facing the river, chalets with balconies are built on stilts wooden chalets with en-suite bathrooms by boardwalks to the central complex. makes a convenient base to see and connected by raised boardwalks. are set in extensive gardens and Activities include jungle walks on trails wildlife. Nearby is a jungle trail where Surrounded by trails, it has a spectacular connected by boardwalks to the main of differing degrees of difficulty, and red leaf monkey and wild orang-utan 300 metre long canopy walkway, with building. The restaurant overlooks a a visit to a mineral-rich mud volcano. are often seen. The lodge emphasises viewing platforms up to 26 metres high lake surrounded by virgin rainforest. The Rare and endemic birds are attracted to conservation: all rubbish is transported – a fantastic way to view wildlife from a location is convenient for visiting the the abundance of food plants, and the out of the area, and an electric boat is different angle! nearby Orang-utan Sanctuary. combination of low canopy and good used to minimise noise and air pollution. light makes them easy to see.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 71 beaufort sea

Fairbanks Denali NP alaska, USA

Anchorage Katmai NP Seward Kodiak Island Yukon Kenai Fjords NP Territory

gulf of alaska Northwest Territories Juneau Glacier Bay NP

Nunavut

British Columbia canada

Queen Charlotte Islands pacific ocean (Haida Gwaii) Prince Rupert Dymond Lake Cape Churchill Sandspit Tweedsmuir Rocky Mountains Churchill Gwaii Haanas NP Wapusk NP Alberta Princess Royal Island Bella Coola Johnstone StraitBella Bella Gillam Jasper NP Saskatchewan Port Hardy Glendale Cove Jasper Manitoba Port McNeill Knight Inlet Campbell River Vancouver Island Banff Tofino Vancouver Calgary Pacific Rim NP Ontario Victoria

washington Canada Winnipeg

montana nORTH DAKOTA

IDAHO & Alaska Bozeman usa Minneapolis Yellowstone NP Jackson Grand Teton NP

WYOMING

North America contains some of the waters attract whales and dolphins, between Banff and Jasper. The Rockies area in the continental United States, world’s greatest untamed lands – and the shores around Vancouver are an important habitat for many its wildlife includes grizzly bears, from the vast expanse of northern Island in British Columbia are one of species. If you choose a self-drive wolf, and free-ranging herds of bison tundra known as the Canadian Shield, the best places in the world to see option, we can help construct your and elk. to the soaring peaks of the Rocky orca. Meanwhile, in the mountains perfect itinerary. Alternatively, just Mountains, and from the great Alaskan and valleys of the interior, moose, wolf, sit back and enjoy the spectacular Churchill, on Hudson Bay in Canada’s wilderness in the west, to the island of caribou, bald eagle, elk, bighorn sheep ride aboard the world-famous Rocky Manitoba Province, is the one place Newfoundland in the Saint Lawrence and beaver can all be found. Mountaineer train. you are guaranteed to see polar bears, estuary off the east coast. the world’s largest land carnivore, The Rocky Mountains, which extend South of the border in the USA, the as they migrate north in October and On the west coast, the annual salmon over 4,800 kilometres from British world’s first national park Yellowstone, November. Places aboard the special run draws huge numbers of bears Columbia to New Mexico in the south- created in 1872, is famous for its tundra vehicles are strictly limited, so and, as a result, is the best place in western USA, reaching heights of wildlife and geothermal features, most book early if you do not want to be the world to view these impressive around 4,000 metres, offer unbeatable notably the geyser of Old Faithful. As disappointed! creatures. Off the coast, nutrient-rich mountain scenery – particularly the largest and best known protected

72 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip Where are the best places grounds – a complete contrast! to see bears? And, as luck would have it, some Having operated bear watching lodges are located in the best places holidays for much of the last two to see not only bears, but also birds, A merica N orth decades, we know all the best spots whales and other marine mammals. :: to see them. British Columbia, on Canada’s west coast, is by far the best How does a bear watching area to see black and brown bears, trip work?

while Churchill in Manitoba province is We can organise a dedicated bear THE AMERICAS the self-proclaimed ‘Polar Bear Capital watching holiday at one (or more) of the World’. The USA’s northern-most hand-picked lodges, or we can add state, Alaska, also offers excellent a stay at one of these lodges to any opportunities to watch bears. itinerary in Canada or Alaska. Each lodge arranges outings by boat or on Bear watching is a highly seasonal foot (as and when appropriate) along activity and depends on some of with an experienced naturalist guide, nature’s other wonders. Summer is or has hides specifically designed for the best time to see brown and black bear watching. bears, particularly during the late summer salmon run. At this time of It’s even possible to combine watching year these normally shy creatures are brown and black bears in British too busy gorging themselves with fish Columbia with watching polar bears to be bothered by human presence. in Churchill, although the window of opportunity for this is extremely short, For polar bears, October and November and limited to late October and very Bears in Focus beasts are celebrated in myth and are when large numbers congregate early November only. Bears live in Canada and Alaska! legend, and occupy a unique place near Churchill to await the formation Of course they live in many other in our consciousness. North America of the sea ice, so they can head out to locations too, but the mere mention is home to three of the eight species the ice floes to hunt seals. This time of Canada and Alaska conjures up of bear: black, brown (or grizzly), of year offers classic scenes with images of wild places and bears and polar bear. Its vast wildernesses bears in a snowy winter environment. fishing for salmon. There is something are their last remaining stronghold, In the Nanuk area however, July to very special about bears. Found all and undoubtedly offer the best bear September is an excellent time to see over the world, these magnificent watching in the world. polar bears in their summer feeding

Climate Eastern and Central Canada, the May waters off Newfoundland – the whales visit the Gulf of St Rockies and Alaska, are characterised  The peak time to see grey whale vast numbers of these small fish Lawrence, and trips with research by long, cold winters. The short spring, off Vancouver Island’s west coast, are an major source of food for vessels run at this time summer and autumn seasons bring as they head north to their summer whales and seabirds fabulous wildlife viewing as birds feeding grounds October and mammals concentrate on eating,  Brown bear congregate north of July  Polar bear gather in Churchill on breeding and preparing for the next Vancouver for the first time in the  The islet-dotted waters of British the west coast of Hudson Bay, and harsh winter. Although warm during year to feed on succulents or fish Columbia’s coast are the best pass through until November the day, temperatures can plummet at for salmon place in the world to see orca. night even in summer, and snow can  Bears in mountain areas emerge Although some pods remain all fall at any time of year. In contrast, the from hibernation and forage year round, visiting migrants stay coast of Vancouver Island and British throughout the summer. Early only until early September Columbia is moderate year round, with summer is the best time to spot  From now until September is the high rainfall and warm summers. them, as they move to higher slopes best time to see polar bears in as the season progresses their summer feeding grounds  The first whales start to appear off the Newfoundland coastline August  North of Vancouver brown bear June congregate for the second time –  Salmon return from the ocean to fish for salmon to spawn in Alaska’s freshwater  Eastern Canada’s Bay of Fundy creeks, where ravenous black and is home to northern right, minke, brown bear wait to feed on them humpback and fin whale from now  Towards the end of the month the to the end of September annual capelin run starts in coastal  In August and September blue

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 73 Canada

Canada contains some of the world’s greatest untamed lands. Its beautiful Over the next pages, you’ll find a selection of itineraries based on our wilderness is home to three of the eight species of bear – black, brown (or favourite routes through Canada – from classic self-drive trips to trips grizzly), and polar bear. These vast areas are the bears’ last stronghold, designed to show you the best of the country’s marine and terrestrial and Canada is undoubtedly the best place on the planet to see them. Off wildlife, and some of the best stand-alone lodges. With our advice, you’ll Canada’s west coast, the nutrient-rich waters around the islands of British have the best wildlife watching holiday imaginable! Columbia attract whales and dolphins a-plenty.

Getting around Vancouver Island Diary notes Key species Roads and signage are good, and The healthy black bear population and  Early May-late June: summer!  Humpback whale there’s no language problem, so whale-watching opportunities make Explosion of wildlife! self-drive is a realistic option; however Vancouver Island a great destination  Grey whale distances are huge – so you may for wildlife enthusiasts. Tofino and  May: grey whale off Vancouver  Dall’s porpoise prefer to fly between regions. To get to Pacific Rim National Park are the main Island  Pacific white-sided dolphin the islands along the coast of British places to visit. Here you can walk  Late June-early July: the Columbia you will need to take a ferry along wild beaches and through dense capelin run off Newfoundland  Orca (killer whale) from the mainland, but to reach the forests where black bears are common  July: bears move into the  Cougar most isolated spots, you have to take a while boat trips provide excellent forest to feed on berries float plane. One of the best ways to see opportunities to see impressive  American black bear  July-early Sep: Johnstone British Columbia’s wildlife is by small numbers of grey whales that spend  Brown (grizzly) bear Strait – the best place to see boat – a comfortable twin-masted their summer offshore. orca  Polar bear ketch is best to view this magnificent  Mid-Aug-mid-Oct: the salmon region in comfort with top naturalists. Separated from the mainland by a  Stellar’s sealion run – bears fishing! long strait, the island’s west coast Vancouver overlooks the Pacific Ocean, while  Early Oct-mid-Nov: polar bears gather near Churchill on BC’s largest city stands in an exquisite mountains reaching 2,195 metres Hudson Bay Some geography coastal setting against a backdrop run most of its length, dividing the Canada is one of the largest countries of lofty tree-covered peaks. There drier, rolling east coast from the in the world, so it makes sense to is plenty to do and see in this lively, wet and rugged western shore. With Sea otters, which were hunted almost focus on a single region on any one multi-cultural centre: lush Stanley many lakes and rivers, the interior to extinction by fur traders in the trip. Most of our trips operate in one Park, with the Capilano Suspension is heavily forested with the towering 1800s were successfully reintroduced of four distinct areas: British Columbia Bridge, is a great place to explore on conifers that epitomise the BC coast. to the west coast from Alaska. on the west coast, the Rockies in foot or by bike. Or take a trip across The fauna is similar to the mainland, the centre-west, around the town of to Granville Island to look at the with brown bears being a notable Telegraph Cove Churchill in Northern Manitoba, and the tempting array of produce on offer at exception. However the island is and Quadra Island island of Newfoundland, off the east the local market. The city has excellent home to most of Canada’s Roosevelt At the northern tip of Vancouver Island, coast. British Columbia alone is a huge restaurants, bars and coffee shops, elk population, and has two endemic Telegraph Cove is famous for the area, much of which is wilderness – and the downtown area around Robson species — the Vancouver Island awesome orcas that congregate each but it offers excellent opportunities to Street is great for shopping. marmot and the Vancouver Island summer in nearby Johnstone Strait, see Canada’s iconic wildlife: bears, wolf – along with North America’s which separates it from the mainland. whales and bald eagles. most concentrated cougar population. Remote Quadra Island is one of the

74 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip C ana d a

:: THE AMERICAS

wildest and most beautiful of the mountains and valleys offer sanctuary are exceptional months for sighting 30-minute morning floatplane flight Northern Gulf Islands, which provide a to large numbers of grizzlies, black humpback whale, orca, Dall’s porpoise over the Johnstone Strait to Knight scenic backdrop for watching pods of bear, cougar, deer, beaver and wolf. and Pacific white-sided dolphin. A full Inlet Lodge at Glendale Cove. This resident orcas. Black bears roam the It’s a special place: no other mainland programme of boat excursions provides former logging camp accommodates beaches, while sealions bask on rocky location offers such intimate wildlife an ideal opportunity to learn about a maximum of 30 guests in floating islets, making this a perfect tranquil encounters amidst breathtaking natural these marine creatures, as the lodge wooden cabins, most of which spot to spend a few days alone splendour. You can watch bears on foot here has forged a close relationship have their own lounge area with a with nature. or while drifting serenely downriver – with whale researchers based nearby. wood-burning stove. Each cedar- which makes for great photography. panelled bedroom has its own private The Great Bear Rainforest Glendale Cove, Knight Inlet bathroom, and the public areas The Great Bear Rainforest extends Princess Royal Island In the wild and pristine Pacific include a rustic dining hall and lounge. up much of BC’s forested coastline. Isolated for thousands of years, this Northwest, a few select travellers You can stay for anything from two Tiny Bella Coola, at the head of an amazing wilderness off the BC coast can enjoy the incomparable thrill to seven nights – but we recommend inlet, is the gateway to Tweedsmuir is one of the most pristine areas of encounters with North America’s a minimum of three nights to fully Provincial Park, a hidden gem in BC’s left on earth – at the heart of the most impressive wildlife: massive appreciate the wildlife, which includes remote interior. Known as the Great Great Bear Rainforest. In summer its brown bears, soaring bald eagles and black bear, wolf otter, pine martin Bear Rainforest, the area’s forests, wildlife is prolific – June to August large pods of orcas. This untouched and mink. wilderness 70 kilometres north of the TAILOR-MADE remote settlement of Campbell River Vancouver Island Self-drive offers unrivalled opportunities to watch and photograph wildlife. Vancouver Island is a microcosm of British Columbia with mountains,

dense forests and desolate beaches. Its size and shape, good highways, Your adventure starts with a flight lack of language barrier, and the friendly Canadian welcome all conspire from Vancouver to Campbell River, to make it an ideal place to explore by hire car, equipped with a where you stay overnight before the comprehensive Welcome Pack. Travelling at your own pace ensures you get the most of the wilderness interior. Wildlife excursions to watch grey The Bear Essentials TAILOR-MADE whales and orcas, and see black bears are included in key locations, but there’s even more you can do... A short stay at a bear lodge allows you to focus on seeing British Columbia’s largest carnivore – the brown or grizzly bear – without Suggested Itinerary distraction. Most lodges are situated in remote locations that can only be Day 1 Depart UK, arrive Vancouver, 1-night Day 2 Fly (or ferry) to Victoria reached by floatplane, which guarantees a real wilderness experience and on Vancouver Island, 2-nights. Collect hire car; whale watching boat trip there may well be opportunities to see black bears and spirit bears too. Day 4 Drive to Tofino on west coast, 3-nights. Bear watching trip and During the short summer season of plenty, when the bears first forage for whale watching boat trip Day 7 Drive to Campbell River on east coast, food along the shoreline, then feast on salmon from the rivers, they can 1-night Day 8 Drive to Port Hardy on north coast, 3-nights. Bear watching be seen from boats and dedicated platform hides that offer truly fantastic and whale watching trips Day 11 Drive to Campbell River and return hire photographic opportunities. car; fly to Vancouver and depart for UK D ay 12 Arrive London This itinerary can be customised to include a side trip to stay at one of Suggested Itinerary the bear lodges, to see grizzly bears. Alternatively, rather than flying back Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Vancouver, 1-night Day 3 Fly to your to Vancouver, you can take the ferry from Comox to Powell River on the chosen lodge, 5-nights. Daily bear watching from boats or platform hides mainland, and drive back down the coast over two days. Day 8 Fly to Vancouver and depart Day 9 Arrive UK

Departures Daily, May to October Departures Daily, May to mid-October

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 75 Activities at Knight Inlet with young cubs) in a single day, plus Mid-August to mid-October: seen inshore in summer are minke, the Activities at the lodge vary according whales and dolphins in the Johnstone The salmon run – millions of fish on smallest species found in the north- to the season and animal movements, Strait. At this time all wildlife viewing their spawning run turn the rivers west Atlantic, which reach around ten but include estuary tours, jet is done by boat. dark, attracting dozens of grizzly bear metres. Fin whales, the most widely boat tours up the Kliniklini River, who gorge themselves in preparation distributed whale in the north-west excursions to the upper reaches July: for the imminent winter freeze. At this Atlantic, reaching 25 metres in length, of Knight Inlet, and day trips to Bears move into the forest to feed on time, bald eagles, which are present are frequently sighted. Thompson Sound and Bond Sound, the berry crop, so sightings are less all year round, are at their best from offering a menu of stunning scenery, frequent but nevertheless may include a photographic point of view – due to From May to September other whales magnificent wildlife and of course, mothers and cubs playing, mating their sheer numbers. appear including orca, sperm and superb photographic opportunities. rituals on the beach, and sub-adult pilot whales. Orcas appear in small males sparring. Eastern Canada numbers; however only male sperm Early May to end of June: whales, visit Eastern Canada in An explosion of new life. Grizzlies July to October: Newfoundland summer, frequenting the continental come down to the estuary close to Close encounters with orca, porpoise and Each year large numbers of whales, slope and offshore waters. the lodge, and are frequent visitors to numerous playful Pacific white-sided dolphins and porpoises migrate to the foreshore. It’s not uncommon to dolphin are common. In September you the waters around the Newfoundland Small fish called capelin are a major see 12 to 15 bears (including mothers may see humpback whale. coast. About 15 species are normally element in the diet of Newfoundland’s present, either seasonally or year- whales. St. Vincent’s in St. Mary’s round. The best known are the Bay is a well-known beach for whale Spirit Bears humpbacks, that can reach a length watching during the annual capelin It is on Princess Royal Island that you find the honey coloured Kermode, or of around 17 metres, and arrive from run and only a two hour drive from spirit, bear. This unusual colouring is due to a double recessive gene. These their Caribbean breeding grounds in St. John’s, making it easy to reach for rare creatures are highly elusive, but the optimum period to see them is from late spring. Other whales commonly anyone on a self-drive tour. late August to early October. With the experience and local knowledge of native Gitga’at guides, searching for them is an adventure in itself, involving boat trips TAILOR-MADE and visits to viewing platforms beside salmon streams. Patience is likely to be Whales & mountains rewarded not only with spirit bears, but black bears fishing for salmon. The ultimate self-drive road trip through western Canada includes the celebrated Rocky Mountains and Pacific Rim National Park on Vancouver Island, famed for its whale watching. Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK / arrive Calgary. Drive to Banff, 2-nights Day 3 Drive to Colden, 1-night; visit Northern Lights Wolf Centre Day 4 Drive Icefields Parkway to Jasper, 2-nights. Explore Jasper area D ay 6 Drive to Clearwater, 1-night Day 7 Drive to Whistler, 2-nights. Explore Whistler area Day 9 Drive and ferry to Tofino, on Vancouver Island, 3-nights. Whale watching in Pacific Rim National Park D ay 12 Drive and ferry to Vancouver, 1-night Day 13 Depart Vancouver Day 14 Arrive UK

Departures Daily, May to September

76 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip C ana d a

:: THE AMERICAS

Whale Study Week SMALL GROUP Newfoundland Adventure SMALL GROUP

Hang out with humpbacks and get to know these curious acrobatic Experience the world’s largest gathering of humpback whales and a giants. You can either help with whale research or simply enjoy being range of marine wildlife amidst giant landscapes. Although there is no in the company of these majestic animals in their northern feeding guarantee, numerous whales generally appear between late June and early August. By late July, seabird colonies start to thin out, but guillemot, grounds. 20 species of whale have been sighted in Newfoundland puffin, razor-billed auk, gannet, eagle, moose and caribou are still waters, so you can expect the occasional surprise. You do not need around. June and July is a good time to see icebergs – once again, no to be an expert to enjoy this holiday – just a nature enthusiast who guarantee! You can also enjoy local museums, scenic trails, wildflowers, enjoys the company of whales. songbirds, flavours and the unforgettable locals – the “Newfies”. Itinerary Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK / arrive St. Johns, 5-nights Day 2 Introductory boat Day 1 Depart UK / arrive St. Johns, 2-nights Day 2 Boat trip to see trip to see whales, puffins and other seabirds, plus some land-based whale, dolphin and seabirds Day 3 Avalon Wilderness Area – see whales, whale watching Day 3 Full day boat trip to watch humpbacks caribou, puffins, terns and seals; continue to St. Brides, 1-night D ay 4 and minkes, plus occasional dolphins and fin whales. Listen to Visit a bird colony to see gannet, Brunnich’s guillemot and kittiwake; vocalizations on a hydrophone Day 4 Whale watching from land, with watch whales from the cliffs (mid-July); look for moose and bear en- possible sightings of seal, caribou and moose; birders will enjoy the route to Trinity/Bonavista/Port Union area, 2-nights Day 5 Boat trip to seabird colonies Day 5 Another full day boat trip to watch humpbacks see bald eagle and sperm whales; walk to see moose, osprey, songbirds, Day 6 Depart St John’s Day 7 Arrive UK orchids and shore-birds Day 6 See more whales and icebergs; visit coastal villages en-route to St. John’s, 2-nights Day 7 Drive to Cape Departures Regular, June to August Spear; explore historic St. John’s, with another boat trip Day 8 Depart St Group size Maximum 20 John’s Day 9 Arrive UK

Departures Regular, June to August

See our website for dates and prices Group size Maximum 20

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Tweedsmuir Park Lodge, Great Bear Lodge, Wickaninnish Inn, King Pacific Lodge, Tweedsmuir Provincial Park Port Hardy Tofino Princess Royal Island Dating from the early 1930s, this classic A short floatplane flight north of Port Beautifully located on Chesterman Exceptionally comfortable rooms with former hunting lodge was completely Hardy, this modest floating lodge in Beach in Tofino, on the west coast of en-suite facilities offer wonderful views of rebuilt in 1952 to accommodate eco- the Nekite Valley offers fantastic bear Vancouver Island, this relaxing rural the forest or the ocean. There’s a lounge, visitors. The chalets are in a spacious viewing nearby. All five bedrooms have retreat is surrounded by forest and sea. dining room, sauna, steam room and hot setting with spectacular views. Bears and an en-suite toilet, although the showers The refined restaurant of this ‘Relais & tub, and the spa offers aromatherapy and other wildlife are regularly seen in the are shared. There are regular wildlife Chateaux’ property has wide views of massage! The trip begins with a charter grounds, and the lodge organises drift presentations, plus two bear watching the ocean, while its Ancient Cedars Spa flight from Vancouver to Bella Bella, trips down the McKenzie River. sessions per day; other activities include has won several awards. Perfect for followed by a spectacular float plane ride sea-kayaking and interpretative hikes. beachcombing, walking or as a base for to the lodge. whale watching.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 77 Canadian Wildlife Voyages

This wonderful series of trips aboard a well-equipped galley – gourmet food The educational component is balanced A further voyage in the series is one of two beautiful boats offers the is prepared by a skilled cook (all meals with adventure and fun, making this offered in south-east Alaska and can ultimate way of exploring the British are included while on board), and wine is a truly exceptional way to enjoy the be found on page 85. Columbian coast. is served with dinner. best of British Columbia’s wilderness.

The luxurious 31-metre Island Roamer The sheltered deckhouse is a great Orcas, bears & totems SMALL GROUP and Island Odyssey sister ketches vantage point for watching wildlife. used for these trips get you to places Each boat has modern navigational Enjoy spotting orcas and watching grizzly bears at Knight Inlet. This larger boats cannot reach – ideal for aids, safety equipment, zodiac breathtaking trip to British Columbia explores the beautiful archipelago off exploring. Each of the eight cabins inflatables for shore excursions, and the northern tip of Vancouver Island, and its wildlife. This unique area is have either one double or two single sea-kayaks. Each evening you anchor quite possibly the best place in the world to watch orcas, but also has a berths, and there are three heads with in a secluded bay with time to enjoy fascinating human dimension – the heritage of the First Nations peoples hot showers, a comfortable saloon, and the stunning scenery. and their extraordinary carved totem poles. The entire region is an area of outstanding natural beauty. Each summer, members of the 200-strong resident orca population congregate in Johnstone Strait to forage for salmon and socialise with other orca families. You’ll also have a chance to watch grizzly bears on a day trip to Knight Inlet. These magnificent predators converge on the river lowlands to feed on seaweed, crabs and shellfish along the inlet beaches. During the trip you’ll also explore beautiful beaches and virgin forests on foot, visit native villages and the fascinating award-winning museum at Alert Bay.

Itinerary Day 1 Fly to Vancouver, 1-night Day 2 Fly to Port Hardy, Vancouver Island; transfer to Port McNeill and board boat, 5-nights Day 3 Explore Johnstone Strait and surrounding inlets; day excursion to watch grizzly bear at Knight Inlet Day 8 Disembark at Port McNeill, transfer to Port Hardy and fly to Vancouver, 1-night Day 9 Depart Vancouver Day 10 Arrive UK

Departures Regular dates, June to September

Group size Maximum 15

78 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip C ana d a

:: THE AMERICAS

Whales & Dolphins in the SMALL GROUP Great Bear Rainforest SMALL GROUP Haida Gwaii Quest to see the legendary all-white spirit bear in the rainforest of British The Haida Gwaii – or Queen Charlotte Islands – are one of North America’s Columbia. British Columbia’s Great Bear Rainforest is a complex maze of richest areas in biological and cultural terms. This remote archipelago forested islands and waterways overlooked by towering mountains – offers unparalleled opportunities to explore an area of true wilderness. a wilderness alive with wildlife. This small ship adventure visits the largest You’ll see outstanding scenery, an abundance of wildlife and ancient Haida remaining area of coastal rainforest on the Pacific coast – the domain of villages that showcase the diversity of British Columbia’s coastline. ten thousand year old native cultures. The shores of Moresby Island contain Gwaii Haanas National Park. This area The dense forests are inhabited by black, grizzly and honey-coloured of immense natural beauty comprises over one hundred islands, forested Kermode, or spirit bears, all of which feed on the salmon that fill the rivers creeks, rugged headlands, and sheltered channels between towering each summer. Deep in the coastal mountains, in the Fiordland Conservancy, mountains. Activities include shore excursions, forest walks, wildlife you’ll see spectacular rock faces and waterfalls, and visit a native village to watching and exploring ancient First Nations villages. Blue, sperm, minke, see a longhouse. While sailing you can expect to see 15-metre-long giants sei, grey, fin, and humpback whales all frequent these waters, and in early of the deep – humpback whales on their long migration. Each day your on summer thousands of Steller’s sealions occupy the beaches. The islands’ board naturalist guide will lead shore excursions, and there will be time to rich ecosystem also supports breeding colonies of up to a million seabirds. enjoy the sheltered waters in the vessel’s sea-kayaks.

Itinerary Itinerary Day 1 Fly to Vancouver and transfer to hotel, 1-night Day 2 Fly to Sandspit, Day 1 Fly to Vancouver, 1-night. Day 2 Fly to Bella Bella, 1-night. Day 3 1-night Day 3 Visit Haida Heritage Centre on Graham Island, ferry to Board boat, 7-nights. Day 4 Sail the Central Coast: shore excursion at Moresby Island and board boat, 7-nights Day 4 Explore Gwaii Haanas Gitga’at (Princess Royal Island) Conservancy with a native guide to see National Park Day 10 Disembark at Moresby Camp, transfer to Sandspit black bear and the elusive Spirit bear. Day 10 Disembark at Bella Bella and fly to Vancouver, 1-night D ay 11 Depart Vancouver Day 12 Arrive UK and fly to Vancouver, 1-night.D ay 11 Depart Vancouver. Day 12 Arrive UK

Departures Regular dates, June to September Departures Regular dates, June to September

Group size Maximum 15 Group size Maximum 15

Each of these three trips is endorsed by WDCS. The trip price includes a donation to WDCS. A share of the profit from each trip goes directly towards supporting the WDCS’s conservation and protection work around the world

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 79 Polar Bears

The world’s largest carnivore is surely and bird eggs, plus – if lucky – the SMALL GROUP the most beautiful of the world’s occasional caribou or large animal. Tundra Lodge Adventure bears. Measuring up to three metres Climate change has made this time This is an extraordinary adventure into the realm of the polar bear! You’ll in length and weighing anything up even more difficult, as more of the pack to 680 kilogrammes, an adult male is ice melts earlier in the year, and the stay in the icy wilderness outside Churchill in the Tundra Lodge. Where a powerful, fearless predator with no sea does not start freezing until later – else can you watch the sun set over the snow in the home of the polar natural enemies. These expert hunters meaning a longer period on land for the bear? Daytime excursions in Polar Rover vehicles get you close to these have an acute sense of smell, and can bears. However polar bears need ice amazing creatures. detect a scent at a distance of over 30 to hunt, they simply cannot match the kilometres! agility and speed of a seal in the water, Itinerary and rely on catching them when they Day 1 Depart London (via Toronto) / arrive Winnipeg 1-night Hotel Most people see polar bears in or surface to breathe through a hole in the Fort Garry Day 2 Fly to Churchill 4-nights Tundra Lodge Day 6 Fly to around Churchill, in the month-long ice, or use stealth to attack one that is Winnipeg 1-night Hotel Fort Garry Day 7 Depart Winnipeg (via Toronto) window at the start of the winter when hauled out on the ice. Day 8 Arrive UK the bears gather in anticipation of the sea freezing over, so they can head out While at sea on the ice floes, polar Departures Regular dates, mid-Oct to mid-Nov only onto the ice floes to hunt seals, their bears are usually solitary, however preferred food. The bears instinctively on land their behaviour changes Group size Maximum 29 know that the first sea ice forms at and they are sometimes seen with Cape Churchill, so congregate here – others. Summer is the best time SMALL GROUP making it easy to see them in a winter to see mothers with the cubs that Classic Polar Bears environment. were born the previous winter in a snow den, creating some remarkable Seeing polar bears in the wild is awe-inspiring. Two daytime outings Here you may see solitary adult males opportunities for photography. and one at night get close to these magnificent creatures from the lumbering across the tundra, young warmth and safety of a specially designed Polar Rover, and maximise the males play-fighting, and mothers with Winnipeg opportunity to see bears. You’ll be accompanied by expert local guides young cubs. The interaction at this More than half the population of who can answer all your questions, and in the company of people who time of year is fascinating, and your Manitoba province lives in the are just as excited about polar bears as you are. knowledgeable guide will ensure that capital city. Due to its location at the you see and learn as much as possible. confluence of two major rivers that Itinerary provide access to an extensive network Day 1 Depart London (via Toronto) / arrive Winnipeg 1-night Hotel Fort However it is also possible to watch of canoe routes, it was a trading post Garry Day 2 Fly to Churchill 3-nights. Polar bear viewing Day 5 Fly to polar bears in their summer feeding for First Nations peoples long before Winnipeg 1-night Hotel Fort Garry Day 6 Depart Winnipeg (via Toronto) grounds. Summer is a lean time for the first Europeans arrived. It’s now a these bears – their metabolism slows dynamic, multicultural city, famed for Day 7 Arrive UK right down and they fast for much of the its urban forests and parks, that serves Departures Regular dates, mid-Oct to mid-Nov only time, relying on the fat they put on over as the gateway to Churchill in northern winter. They scavenge for whatever they Manitoba, and the start of our polar Group size Maximum 15 can find – a frugal diet of berries, roots, bear adventures!

80 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip polar bears

:: THE AMERICAS

Churchill However all offer a hearty welcome, SMALL GROUP Northern Manitoba is a pristine adequate comfort, plus warm rooms Polar Bear Mothers and Cubs wilderness with a coastline so remote with en-suite facilities, and are close to The tidal flats and plains of Hudson Bay, where native Cree trappers once that it has not changed in thousands of the town centre – so make a good base traded furs at isolated trading posts, is the setting for a unique summer years. The self-proclaimed ‘Polar Bear for your polar bear adventure. adventure. These summer feeding grounds for polar bears offer fantastic Capital of the World’ is the only human settlement where polar bears can be Polar Rover opportunities to photograph mothers with their cubs, as well as the area’s observed in the wild – as it lies right in Our polar bear trips use specially other abundant wildlife: migratory birds, wolves and moose. their migratory path. The bears spend designed Polar Rovers with on board Itinerary the short summer along Churchill’s toilets to head out onto the tundra. coastline then, as winter approaches, Lunch and refreshments are provided Day 1 Depart London (via Toronto) / arrive Winnipeg, 1-night hotel move towards Cape Churchill, where on board, so you can spend all day Day 2 Fly to Gillam, Northern Manitoba and transfer to lodge by light the sea freezes over first. As soon as out in the wild and not miss a single aircraft, 4-nights lodge. Briefing and interpretative walkD ay 3 Polar bear the sea ice is thick enough, the bears opportunity to see bears, Arctic fox, activities – explore the area with a naturalist guide Day 6 Transfer to head north onto the ice floes to spend caribou, snowy owl and ptarmigan. Gillam by light aircraft and fly to Winnipeg, 1-night hotel Depart the winter hunting seals. Tours take With a maximum of 15 to 20 people in Day 7 place in October and November, the comfortable bus seats inside a heated Winnipeg (via Toronto) Day 8 Arrive UK time of their annual migration. compartment that can take double this number, you’ll have plenty of room to Departures Regular dates, August and September only Due to the scarcity of accommodation watch and photograph bears through Group size Maximum 12 in this remote outpost we use various the easily opened windows or from the hotels, all of which are small, clean open-air viewing platform. and functional, rather than luxurious.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Tundra Buggy Lodge, Nanuk Polar Bear Lodge, Dymond Lake Lodge, Seal River Heritage Lodge, Churchill Hudson Bay Hudson Bay Hudson Bay Each season this remarkable hotel-on- This new lodge, is in a remote Just a 15 minute flight north of Churchill, Strategically sited on the Hudson Bay wheels is positioned on the tundra in location on the Hudson Bay coast 250 this warm and comfortable, luxury shoreline, this rustic but comfortable the area of highest bear density. Two kilometres south-east of Churchill. The wilderness eco-lodge occupies a strip lodge (with fine food and wine) provides sleeping cars – with a total of 32 single accommodation consists of four heated of land between the lake and the bay. an excellent opportunity to see polar cabins (upper or a lower berth) with two twin cabins with private bathrooms; Picture windows and a viewing tower bears in the snow. The 30-minute showers and three toilets – connected to the main lodge, where excellent food is looking over the tundra provide views flight from Churchill gives fine views lounge and dining cars offer modest, but served, has a cosy fireplace. There is a of the area and its wild inhabitants. of the winter landscape. You will have more than adequate, fully-heated comfort. perimeter fence with a 24-hour security Accommodation is in twin or four-bedded exceptional chances to photograph Arctic Inquisitive bears often approach, and patrol, and viewing towers for watching rooms with private bathrooms in two cosy wildlife at ground level and get a bird’s- you’ll have unparalleled opportunities to bears. A full programme of daily activities cabins. The lodge offers fixed programme eye view of the amazing sunsets and watch them through the large windows, focus on seeing polar bears, using stays on a full board basis in late autumn sunrises from the viewing towers. Open or from elevated outside observation 4-wheel drive vehicles with naturalist with activities based around polar bears. from late October to late November only decks. This unique location, plus half-day guides. The food and wine are excellent. for four night stays on fixed dates. outings in a dedicated Polar Rover, affords some exceptional sightings.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 81 USA & Alaska

The USA’s largest and least populated state is also its finest wilderness Alaska is home to brown (or grizzly) bear, black bear, moose, deer, wolf, area. Alaska offers enormous vistas and vast open spaces filled with lynx and fox. But this wildlife paradise also has amazing marine life with snowcapped mountains, glaciers, sparkling fjords and inlets, endless whales, dolphins, seals and otters all seen regularly from either the shore forests and rushing, salmon filled rivers. It is justifiably famous for its bears, or boats. Birdwatchers are rewarded with more than 470 species, including which gather at the onset of winter to fatten up on berries, crustaceans and bald eagles and horned puffins, and rarities such as bluethroat, whiskered anything else they can find – including salmon in the Brooks River. auklet and bristle-thighed curlew.

Key species Some geography Getting around Anchorage to Fairbanks, or follow the  Lynx The state capital, Juneau, is in the Getting around Alaska is different coastal route to Seward. You can watch south-east panhandle, a strip of Alaska to any other US state. Despite the the landscape unfold from the comfort  Mountain lion sandwiched between Canada and the good but limited highway network, of a warm carriage with panoramic  Arctic fox Pacific Coast, with Glacier Bay directly the combination of big distances and windows and knowledgeable  Grey wolf to the west. Anchorage, in the south isolated locations means the only commentary, and will often see bear,  Arctic fox central region, is the jumping-off point feasible access to some spots may be wolf and moose.  American black bear for the Kenai Peninsula just to the by plane (sometimes floatplane)  Brown (grizzly) bear south, and Katmai National Park on the and/or boat. Otherwise by far the best way to  Wolverine Alaska Peninsula, with Kodiak Island on experience Alaska is on foot, in the  Moose the other side of the strait. Fairbanks, Alaska Railroad’s trains cross tundra company of a savvy local guide. So, on  Caribou the gateway to Denali National Park is and mountain passes with views any trip you are likely to use various right in the heart of the interior. of Mount McKinley en-route from different modes of transport.

82 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip alaska USA & :: THE AMERICAS

Diary notes but extends up the Chugach Mountains which times bears can be seen in seals, sealions and otters. Some – bear and moose are often sighted huge numbers. You can also see them researchers see Kodiak bears as a  Apr: black bears start even in urban areas. The city has (albeit fewer of them) in early August, unique sub-species, as they have emerging from dens excellent birdwatching, particularly as they wander the shoreline feeding lived here continuously for around  May: spring bird migration; at Potter’s Marsh, and several fine on sedge grass and digging for 12,000 years. Generally larger than festivals at Copper River Delta, museums. Over 200 kilometres of clams. The Valley of 10,000 Smokes their mainland relatives, more than Cordova and Kachemak Bay, trails include the Tony Knowles Coastal is lined with active volcanoes. In 3,000 live in Kodiak National Wildlife Homer Trail along Cook Inlet, with mountain 1922 one of the most violent volcanic Refuge which is also an important  May-Sep: Alaska’s summer views. The wilderness and parks eruptions in modern times took place, staging post for seabirds and outdoor season around the city offer more hiking when Novarupta Volcano exploded, wintering wildfowl whose combined  Late-Jul-Sep: the salmon run opportunities – including Chugach destroying all living things. population exceeds one million. State Park, with 50 glaciers, and the Summer attracts migrant birds to  Oct-Dec: bald eagles gather famous Portage Glacier. Kodiak Island nest and feed on the plentiful supply along Chilkat River The largest island in the Gulf of of food. In all, some 237 bird species  Nov – Dall sheep rut; black Katmai National Park Alaska is rich in brown bears, whales, have been recorded here. bears get ready to den Katmai has two spectacular attractions – brown bears and TAILOR-MADE Anchorage volcanoes. Sockeye salmon run the Wilderness Adventure This major port and rail terminus lies Brooks River in July, and again from in the coastal lowland beside a fjord, late-August to mid-September, at This comprehensive itinerary visits Alaska’s remote and wild national parks, using a variety of transport – car, boat, plane, train and bus. From the spectacular scenery of Kenai Fjords and Wrangell St. Elias National SMALL GROUP Brown Bears of Kodiak Parks, you cross the Arctic Circle to Gates of Arctic National Park to visit a and Katmai Nunamiut village. The Alaska Railroad takes you to Denali National Park, where you stay at remote Kantishna area inside the park. Finally you fly Few natural sights are quite as arresting as Alaskan brown bears feeding into Katmai National Park to see grizzly bears at the famous Brooks Falls. on summer bounty. The grizzlies of Kodiak Island (the largest in the world) gorge on salmon that swim up the rivers to spawn. This short trip Suggested Itinerary focuses on the renowned bear populations of Kodiak Island and Katmai Day 1 Fly to Anchorage, 2-nights Day 2 Explore Anchorage Day 3 National Parks, using a private chartered boat to reach out-of-the-way Drive scenic highway to Seward, 2-nights Day 4 Boat into Kenai Fjords places that most visitors never see. The boat can follow bears as they National Park Day 5 Drive Seward Highway to join the Glenn Highway – lope along the shore to fish and dig for clams, and you have a fantastic Glennallen /Copper Center area, 1-night Day 6 Drive to Chitina, then fly vantage point while watching from a safe distance. into Wrangell-St. Elias National Park – Kennicot /McCarthy, 2-nights Day Itinerary 7 Visit Kennicot, and optional glacier walk Day 8 Fly to Chitina, then drive Richardson Highway to Fairbanks, 2-nights Day 9 Excursion by Day 1 Fly to Anchorage, 1-night Day 2 Fly to Kodiak Island, 2-nights. road and plane to Gates of the Arctic National Park, plus the Nunamiut Explore Kodiak National Wildlife Refuge by boat Day 4 Float plane to village of Anaktuvuk Pass Day 10 Alaska Railroad to Denali National Park Kukak Bay and board boat, 3-nights, cabins with upper and lower berths gate and bus to Kantishna, 2-nights Day 11 Optional activities in Denali and shared facilities. Explore Katmai National Park and Hallo Bay Day 7 National Park Day 12 Bus (or optional flight past Mt. McKinley) and train Return to Kodiak, 1-night Day 8 Fly to Anchorage and onward to the UK to Anchorage, 1-night Day 13 Fly to King Salmon, then seaplane to Day 9 Arrive UK Katmai National Park – Brooks, 2-nights Day 14 Day in Katmai National Departures Fixed, from June to August Park, then fly to Anchorage, 1-night D ay 15 Depart Day 16 Arrive UK

Group size Maximum 6 Departures Daily, June to September

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 83 Fairbanks as an overnight stop en-route to the summer, daylight lasts forever, and in of Anchorage. Here, towering glaciers Alaska’s largest inland city is in Arctic wilderness beyond. winter you can dog-sled, watch the drop into the sea and you can hear wilderness 500 kilometres north of Its museums house interesting exhibits spectacular Aurora Borealis, and see the constant cracks and rumblings of Anchorage, but just 300 kilometres on Alaska’s cultural and natural life-sized ice sculptures. calving icebergs. There are excellent south of the Arctic Circle. As gateway history and you can shop for native opportunities to see humpback whales to Denali National Park it is often used Athabascan and Eskimo crafts. In Denali National Park and orcas, as well as seals, sealions, One of the world’s greatest wildernesses porpoises, sea otters and a huge TAILOR-MADE lies around North America’s highest colony of puffins. The surrounding park Alaskan Bear Odyssey peak, Mount McKinley (6,100m), which is home to a varied wildlife population towers over the tundra. Denali is that includes bald eagle, mountain This tour combines two prime locations for seeing grizzly bears. On famed for its wildlife which includes goat, moose, bear, wolverine and the mainland, at Katmai National Park, you’ll also see the tempestuous 39 species of mammal and 167 birds. marmot. Among the many thousands volcanoes of the Avenue of 1,000 Smokes – a fine natural spectacle! Out Activity here is dictated by the seasons. of seabirds that congregate here are in the Gulf of Alaska, Kodiak Island’s brown bears are among the largest In spring many birds return and bears kittiwakes, guillemots and gulls. carnivores on earth, but there is also a wealth of smaller wildlife to see too. stir from hibernation in readiness for the summer bonanza. By late summer the Glacier Bay National Park Suggested Itinerary rivers are awash with salmon heading This coastal wilderness near Juneau Day 1 Fly to Anchorage, 2-nights Day 3 Fly to King Salmon, then upstream to spawn and the bears take has stunning vistas of glaciers, floatplane to Katmai National Park, 3-nights, Brooks Lodge. Guided trips full advantage. Denali is also home to mountains and deep fjords. Each in Katmai National Park and Valley of 10,000 Smokes Day 6 Floatplane wolves, moose and caribou, but as the summer humpback whales feed in the to King Salmon, then fly to Anchorage, 1-night D ay 7 Fly to Kodiak Island, park has only one road, any encounter is channels joined by minke whales, orca likely to be fleeting. and Dall’s porpoises. Steller’s sealions 3-nights, Zachar Bay Lodge. Guided trips to see wildlife Day 10 Fly to congregate on rocky islets to bask or Anchorage, 1-night Day 11 Depart Day 12 Arrive UK Kenai Fjords mate, and thousands of harbour seals Departures Daily, from June to September Day cruises along the fjord depart from breed and nurture their pups. The park Seward, some 160 kilometres south is home to brown and black bears,

84 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip wolves, coyotes and marmots. It is of seabirds nest on its cliffs and rocky soaring snowcaps and cobalt-blue opportunities to hike, bike, river raft,

not unusual to see moose and bears shores, and migrating geese and sea inlets makes the city a popular stop for kayak and dog-sled, and wildlife fans alaska swimming across the bay, and bears ducks find refuge in the quiet arms of summer cruises along the coast. The are drawn by the prospect of seeing alaska can be seen on the shore turning over the bay. You can only reach Glacier Bay attractions include Mendenhall Glacier whales, seals, sealions, porpoises, otter, USA & ::

rocks to find crustaceans. by floatplane or water. in the Juneau Icefield just above the bears and eagles. S ::

city. Outdoor enthusiasts come for CA River otters are widespread, along with Juneau pine marten, mink and weasel, but Alaska’s state capital stands on the Humpback Whales SMALL GROUP scarce wolverine are rarely seen. The Gastineau Channel in the panhandle. THE AMERI AMERICAS Alsek River delta is a refuge for lynx, The only way to get here is by air or in South-east Alaska snowshoe hare and beaver, thousands water, and its stunning location between This unforgettable voyage aboard the Island Odyssey is packed with natural highlights: the thrill of watching bears gorging on salmon in a Yellowstone: Ultimate Wolf SMALL GROUP rushing river, and sailing along a tranquil fjord to find a majestic glacier & Wildlife Safari spawning icebergs. And, during four days in Frederick Sound, you can look forward to seeing humpback whales bubble-net feeding. This winter safari ventures into Jackson Hole in search of bighorn sheep, One fifth of the size of the continental USA, Alaska has the world’s highest bald and golden eagle, coyote, bison, mule deer and moose, and into coastal mountain range and over half of its glaciers. Much of the trip takes the National Elk Refuge to photograph the huge herd that winters on the place within the confines of North America’s immense Tongass National valley floor. Crossing Buffalo Valley and Grand Teton National Park, you Forest. Daily shore excursions let you walk in lovely forests and visit alpine enter Yellowstone National Park to explore its silent winter splendor by meadows. You’ll explore the shoreline for intertidal creatures, and keep a heated snowcoach, witness Old Faithful geyser erupting in a veil of ice record of the various species of birds, plants and animals seen. crystals, and see the silver terraces of Mammoth Hot Springs. Two days The itinerary is deliberately flexible to make the most of wildlife sightings tracking wolves in remote Lamar Valley, the best place in North America and favourable weather patterns. to see them, affords a fantastic opportunity to see these elusive creatures Please refer to page 78-79 for further details of the Island Odyssey in their natural surroundings. Itinerary Itinerary Day 1 Fly to Seattle, 1-night Day 2 Fly to Petersburg, Alaska, and board Day 1 Depart UK / arrive Jackson, Wyoming, 2-nights Day 2 Explore boat, 8-nights Day 3 Watch humpbacks in Frederick Sound Day 7 Visit Jackson Hole and by horse-drawn sleigh into the National Elk Refuge Le Conte Glacier Day 8 Watch brown and black bears at Anan Bay Day Day 3 Cross Buffalo Valley and Grand Teton National Park to enter 9 Visit old Native American settlement at Ketchikan Day 10 Disembark Yellowstone National Park, 1-night Day 4 Visit geysers and Mammoth Hot at Prince Rupert, Canada, fly to Vancouver, 1-night D ay 11 Depart Springs en-route to Cooke City, Montana, 2-nights Day 5 Wolf tracking in Vancouver Day 12 Arrive UK Lamar Valley Day 6 Wolf tracking in Lamar Valley, en-route via Mammoth Hot Springs to Bozeman, Montana, 1-night Day 7 Depart Day 8 Arrive UK Departures Regular dates, June and July Note: Some trips operate in reverse direction i.e. Bozeman to Jackson. Group size Maximum 15 Departures Fixed, from December to February This trip is endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit Group size Maximum 14 goes directly to support WDCS conservation projects

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Hallo Bay, Zachar Bay Lodge, Kantishna Roadhouse, Glacier Bay Lodge, Katmai National Park Kodiak Island National Park Denali National Park Glacier Bay A lovely, purpose-built, wilderness lodge Friendly and comfortable accommodation One of only three lodges located inside The only accommodation inside the on the remote Pacific coast with five in the heart of Kodiak National Wildlife the park, this all-inclusive property national park, surrounded by rainforest comfortable cabins, separate showers Refuge, with 11 rooms, five boats for was developed from a gold miners’ and near a couple of glaciers, this classy and a communal lounge-dining area. wildlife activities, and two floatplanes tented camp to a modern resort with lodge has comfortable rooms with private Expert naturalist guides conduct daily for access. There is great hiking into cosy cabins. The many guided and facilities that can accommodate up to four wildlife activities to see the region’s the surrounding mountains, excellent self-guided activities on offer include people. Boat excursions, kayaking, hiking brown bears fishing for salmon. Access is birdwatching, and a myriad of possibilities hiking, mountain biking and talks and and flightseeing are among the activities by air only from the town of Homer. to watch wildlife. We recommend a presentations by resident naturalists, plus on offer. Connected to Juneau by high- minimum of four nights to do the area gold-panning, flightseeing and trips to see speed catamaran. justice. Mount McKinley.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 85 CARIBBEAN SEA

NICARAGUA Managua Caracas TRINIDAD San Jose COSTA RICA VENEZUELA GUYANA Panama SURINAME PANAMA Bogota Roraima GUYANE COLOMBIA

Quito Cotopaxi ECUADOR Manaus Guayaquil Belém Fernando Iquitos de Noronha GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AMAZON BASIN PERU Recife BRAZIL Lima Salvador Cusco BOLIVIA Puno Lake Titicaca Cuiabá Brasilia Arequipa La Paz Pantanal Santa Cruz Campo Grande Calama PARAGUAY Rio de Janeiro San Pedro de Atacama Asunción Sao Paulo Iguaçu Falls PACIFIC OCEAN Ibera Marshlands

Valparaiso ARGENTINA Santiago URUGUAY Buenos Aires Montevideo PAMPAS Latin America CHILE Bariloche Puerto Montt Puerto Madryn Chiloé Island ATLANTIC OCEAN Trelew

Many aspects of Latin America have rainforest that surrounds the world’s lofty snow-capped peaks and countless offer some of the best chances of PATAGONIA changed beyond all recognition since greatest river, the Amazon, and the volcanoes of the Andes create a north- glimpsing the indolent sloth, and as Christopher Columbus arrived at the complex network of tributaries that south barrier that run almost the entire the land bridge between North and El Calafate end of the fifteenth century, however extends from Brazil into Venezuela, length of South America. South America, the region’s birdlife Torres del Paine after more than five hundred years Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. is particularly outstanding with FALKLAND of exploration there is still much In Central America, on the other copious numbers of brightly-coloured Puerto Natales Punta Arenas ISLANDS left to discover. Each year botanists, From the treeless, windswept expanse hand, Costa Rica offers the contrasts hummingbirds, parrots and toucans. zoologists and other researchers gain of Patagonia at the continent’s southern of tropical rainforest, cloud forest Ushuaia new insights into the region’s extensive tip, the long Pacific seaboard, extends and dry forest, plus pristine white Most of our trips in Latin America are natural history, which any visitor can through the dense, temperate forests of sand beaches against a backdrop of tailor made. Costa Rica even offers experience first hand. southern Chile. Further north the eerie active volcanoes. Among its marine the option of self-drive trips, a popular emptiness of the coastal deserts in highlights are turtles nesting on the choice for families as you can combine The landscapes of South America northern Chile and Peru reaches right Caribbean coast, and the possibility great wildlife with a host of exciting encompass as much variety and to the exuberant tropical vegetation of of seeing humpback whales, which activities such as white-water rafting, contrast as you could ever wish for. Ecuador, which then stretches all the come to breed in the balmy waters mountain biking and horse riding to These include the immense tract of way to Central America. Meanwhile the off the Pacific coast. Its forests keep everyone happy!

86 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip A merica L atin

::

CARIBBEAN SEA THE AMERICAS

NICARAGUA Managua Caracas TRINIDAD San Jose COSTA RICA VENEZUELA GUYANA Panama SURINAME PANAMA Bogota Roraima GUYANE COLOMBIA

Quito Cotopaxi ECUADOR Manaus Guayaquil Belém Fernando Iquitos de Noronha GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AMAZON BASIN PERU Recife BRAZIL Lima Salvador Cusco BOLIVIA Puno Lake Titicaca Cuiabá Brasilia Arequipa La Paz Pantanal Santa Cruz Campo Grande Calama PARAGUAY Rio de Janeiro San Pedro de Atacama Asunción Sao Paulo Iguaçu Falls PACIFIC OCEAN Ibera Marshlands

Valparaiso ARGENTINA Santiago URUGUAY Buenos Aires Montevideo PAMPAS CHILE Bariloche Puerto Montt Puerto Madryn Chiloé Island ATLANTIC OCEAN Trelew

PATAGONIA

El Calafate Torres del Paine FALKLAND Puerto Natales Punta Arenas ISLANDS

Ushuaia

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 87 Costa Rica

Costa Rica is one of the finest countries in Central America for wildlife, The highlights include watching turtles coming ashore to lay their eggs, howler and its world-class parks and reserves offer exceptional biodiversity and monkeys swinging through the jungle canopy, toucans and brightly coloured enshrine a proud heritage of conservation. On a two week trip you can parrots flitting through the forests, plus tiny, colourful tree frogs resting on easily take in all the main wildlife and scenic areas, and the extraordinary bright green leaves. We can arrange a fully-escorted private trip, or a self-drive variety of topography guarantees a wide range of experiences. programme, or a combination of the two – depending on your preference.

Key species Rincón de la nicaragua DiaryTop notes spots Vieja NP Caño Negro NP Tortuguero NP  Brown-throated three-toed Volcán Tenorio NP  Jan-Jul: best time to see quetzal sloth Lake Arenal La Fortuna Puerto Viejo de at Monteverde Sarapiquí  Silky anteater Cañas Volcán Arenal NP  Feb-Apr: leatherback turtles lay Tamarindo CARIBBEAN Monteverde Poás Braulio Carrillo NP eggs in Tortuguero NP  White-headed capuchin Volcano SEA Irazú monkey Alajuela  Jul-Sep: night walks in Volcano Limon Tortuguero NP to see green,  Mantled howler monkey Carara NP San José Cahuita NP leatherback and hawksbill turtles  Geoffroy’s spider monkey Jacó San Gerardo gulf of Quepos de Dota Gandoca-  Aug: peak time for green and  Lowland paca nicoya Manzanillo WR hawksbill turtles to lay eggs Manuel  Humpback whale Antonio NP panama  Nov-Apr: leatherback turtles in costa Marino Ballena NP Tamarindo  Ocelot rica pacific ocean  Dec-Jan: humpback & sperm  Baird’s tapir Osa Peninsula whales along the coast of  Poison dart frog Corcovado NP Corcovado NP

Some geography Getting around comparatively little traffic, so self-drive main international airport, and is Due to its location in the Central The distances between national parks is feasible – although care is needed the country’s transport hub, you will American isthmus, a central chain and reserves are not great, so most on some mountain roads. inevitably spend a night or two here at of mountains many of which are transport is by minibus or private some stage of your trip. The downtown volcanoes, separate the Pacific and car with driver/guide. Occasionally San José area is small, but there are several Caribbean coasts. National parks and e.g. for Tortuguero, river travel is Costa Rica’s capital stands in the interesting museums and parks, plus reserves are scattered all over the involved, or to reach outlying locations centre of the country at an elevation the Barrio Amón district, where the country – Costa Rica has a higher you can save a lot of time by taking of around 1,200 metres, so enjoys mansions of several former coffee percentage of protected land than any a short domestic flight. The roads a near-perfect average temperature barons have been restored to their other nation. are relatively good and there is of 21°C year round. As it has the original glory.

88 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip COSTA RICA COSTA

:: THE AMERICAS

Braulio Carrillo National Park howler and capuchin monkey, three- TAILOR-MADE Just a short drive north-east of San toed sloth and over 300 species of Natural Highlights José, this national park preserves a birds. Green and hawksbill turtles Wildlife abounds on this exceptional trip. You’ll discover nesting turtles, pristine swathe of emerald rainforest come ashore each night between July full of tropical plants and waterfalls. and September (peaking in August) to monkeys, Costa Rica’s prolific birdlife and much more – all amid a The highlight is a ride on the famous lay their eggs, and leatherback turtles tapestry of forests, beaches, lagoons and waterfalls. Exploring by rainforest aerial tram, from which between February and April. foot, boat and high above the trees on a canopy walkway, you’ll visit you can look down into the forest our favourite places: the waterways of Tortuguero, the cloudforest of canopy. Over 340 bird species have Cahuita National Park Monteverde, the dry forest of Rincon de la Vieja, and the idyllic white- been recorded here, including Costa This small national park on the sand beaches of Tamarindo. There is much to marvel at and plenty of Rica’s national bird, the resplendant Caribbean coast consists of tropical opportunity to see Costa Rica’s diverse flora and fauna! quetzal, plus toucans, trogons and lowland forest, black sand beach, eagles. Its mammals include howler and a beautiful reef around the tip Suggested Itinerary and white-faced monkey, tapir, jaguar, of Cahuita Point. The forest shelters Day 1 Depart UK for San Jose, 1-night Day 2 Drive and boat to puma, ocelot and paca. Several short various animals, including paca, Tortuguero, 2-nights. Boat trips in national park Day 4 Drive to Arenal, trails offer an opportunity to stretch racoon, northern tamandua, opossum, 2-nights. See the volcano, bathe in the springs and various optional your legs. porcupine and capuchin monkey, excursions Day 6 Drive to Monteverde, 2-nights. Explore the cloudforest while the marshes contain green in search of resplendent quetzal Drive to Rincon de la Vieja, Sarapiquí iguanas, basilisks, giant blue crabs Day 8 This fascinating lowland area along the and numerous birds. The reef has an 2-nights. Walk trails and swim in waterfalls Day 10 Drive to Tamarindo, Sarapiquí River lies just north of Braulio astonishing variety of marine life: sea 2-nights. Relax on beach and turtle watch (in season) Day 12 Drive via Carillo, near the Nicaraguan border. urchins, moray eel, lobster and shark Carara National Park to San José, 1-night Day 13 Depart San José It makes a good base for exploring abound, while the southern beach is Day 14 Arrive UK nearby Poás Volcano, and for boat a nesting site for several varieties of rides, white-water rafting and kayak sea turtle. A snorkel and mask are Departures Daily, throughout the year trips. However the main highlight is a essential here! visit to La Selva Biological Station – a major centre for research into tropical Gandoca-Manzanillo ecosystems – in one of Costa Rica’s Wildlife Refuge last areas of primary rainforest. The South of Cahuita, this stretch of species diversity is astounding, with Caribbean coast is one of the finest more than 1,850 plants, 350 trees and in the country. The combination of 448 birds (i.e. over half Costa Rica’s sandy beach, gentle waves, and total of 850!), plus 70 species of bat coral reef close to the surface make and five of the country’s six felines. it a paradise for nature lovers and underwater enthusiasts. You can see Tortuguero National Park lobster, sponges, sea urchins, sea This is a vast area of untouched anemones, crabs, sea cucumbers and rainforest on a remote stretch of shrimp on the reef, but the area is also Caribbean coast, where beaches, known for manatees and dolphins, canals, lagoons and wetlands create and several species of sea turtle nest an extraordinary biodiversity. Activities here between February and May. centre on boat trips through the Inland, gently-rolling, low, forested hills network of freshwater creeks and protect endangered crocodile and tapir, lagoons. The park is home to seven cayman, pacas, keel-billed toucans, species of river turtle, spectacled and ornate hawk-eagles. caiman, southern river otter, spider,

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 89 Volcán Arenal Volcán Tenorio National Park Gulf of Nicoya plus a large tract of Pacific Ocean. The National Park Around the two volcanoes of Tenorio This stunning coastal landscape varied attractions of tropical rainforest, Until 2010 Arenal was Costa Rica’s and Montezuma, some 35 kilometres includes wetland, jagged rocky islands, mangroves, glorious sandy beach, most active volcano. After lying north of Arenal, is an area of primary cliffs and mangroves. The offshore crashing surf and copious wildlife – dormant for several centuries, it rainforest and cloud forest that is rich in islands protect seabird sanctuaries which includes one of Costa Rica’s only started erupting in 1968 and continued flora and fauna. Among its many natural where visitors are not allowed, however populations of endangered squirrel almost continuously for over 40 years, features, the best known is one of Costa with binoculars you can watch the birds monkeys – attracts a lot of visitors,. making it one of the world’s most Rica’s most beautiful waterfalls, where from the shore. Guayabo has the largest Fortunately, to reduce environmental explosive cones. During this period the Rio Celeste tumbles some 32 metres of Costa Rica’s four known brown damage and reduce overcrowding, minor explosions and small lava into a pool that is an unnatural shade pelican nesting sites, and is also home numbers are strictly controlled. From flows were visible after dark – cloud of blue due to the presence of sulphur to boobies, frigatebirds and falcons trails along the rainforest-fringed cover permitting – from the nearby and precipitating calcium carbonate. at certain times of year. The area gets beach, you can see white-faced town of La Fortuna. In recent times, Subterranean activity endows the area comparatively few visitors – a distinct capuchin monkeys, pacas, agoutis, however, the volcano has entered a with several hot springs where you can advantage for anyone with a keen iguanas and lizards, while the offshore period of quiescence and the once bathe and relax. interest in wildlife and photography! islands are thronged with seabirds. nightly pyrotechnic display has ceased, although you can still hear Rincón de la Vieja Manuel Antonio National Park Marino Ballena National Park subterranean rumbles and see the odd National Park Just south of Quepos, the country’s Named after the humpback whales ash column. The surrounding national Named after the active volcano at most visited national park covers a that arrive between December park contains a bizarre landscape of its centre, this park protects the dry rocky peninsula and its hinterland, and April each year to mate, this solidified lava flows, lush natural forest forest of the northwest, which is home and tropical flora and fauna which to some 200 bird species. It receives TAILOR-MADE includes howler monkeys, toucans and relatively few visitors, so you can walk Coast to Coast over 350 bird species. its trails, ride horses, or enjoy its hot springs and pools of boiling mud in Costa Rica’s Caribbean and Pacific coastlines are lot more different than Monteverde Cloud relative solitude. Although it is close you might imagine, and offer a massive contrast to the steamy lowlands Forest Preserve enough to visit on a day trip from and lofty mountains and volcanoes of the interior. Travelling from coast This and the adjacent Santa Elena Cloud Tamarindo, there is enough to warrant to coast enables you to see and understand the complex mosaic of Forest, which straddle the continental staying here for a night or two. ecosystems of this extraordinarily rich – in wildlife terms – country. You’ll divide, are considered among Central visit some relatively little-visited national parks that protect habitats as America’s finest protected areas. Tamarindo diverse as the reefs and coastal rainforest of Cahuita and the unique Weather from the Caribbean and Pacific The bustling surf capital of Costa Rica’s landscapes around Tenorio Volcano. And your reward at the end is a create a cloudforest ecosystem that is Pacific coast, at the northern end of chance to unwind on the lovely Pacific beaches of Tamarindo. home to over 100 species of mammal the Nicoya Peninsula, is blessed with (its five species of cat include jaguar stunning beaches, but also makes a Suggested Itinerary and ocelot), 400 birds (including 30 fine base to explore the surrounding Day 1 Depart London; arrive San José, 1 night Day 2 Drive to Gandoca- hummingbirds, three-wattled bellbird, rainforest for wildlife. The broad sandy Manzanillo Wildlife Refuge, 2-nights. Explore Cahuita National Park on the bare-necked umbrellabird, keel-billed bay is bordered by large estuaries Caribbean Coast Day 4 Drive to Savegre, San Gerardo de Dota, 2-nights. toucan, long-tailed manakin, and the whose extensive mangrove forests Birding in Talamanca Mountains Day 6 Drive to Sarapiqui, 2-nights. famously elusive resplendent quetzal), are protected reserves. In Marino Las Excursions in the lowland rainforest Day 8 Drive to Volcán Tenorio tens of thousands of insects (including Baulas National Park giant leatherback National Park, 2-nights. Visit national park Day 10 Drive to Tamarindo, over 5,000 different moths) and 2,500 turtles weighing up to 500 kilogrammes 2-nights. Relax on beach and turtle watch (in season) Day 12 Transfer to plants (including 420 varieties of orchid). come ashore at night to lay their eggs San José, 1-night Day 13 Depart San José Day 14 Arrive UK on the beach; 174 species of bird are See our website protected here and howler and capuchin Departures Daily, throughout the year for dates and prices monkeys swing through trees.

90 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip COSTA RICA COSTA

:: THE AMERICAS

park extends along a 15 kilometre Corcovado National Park TAILOR-MADE stretch of beach interspersed with For a fitting finale to any visit to Costa Pacific Coast Journey mangroves, and out to sea. Along the Rica, take the scenic flight south to This trip reveals the exceptional contrasts between the central region and quiet stretches of sand, green marine the remote beautiful Osa Peninsula, the Pacific coastline – from Braulio Carillo National Park and Sarapiquí iguanas bask and feed on the algae on the Pacific Coast. The crown jewel region to the popular but stunningly scenic Manuel Antonio National that grows on the coral. The largest of a world-renowned national park Park, a tiny jewel of biodiversity. The grand finale – a stay on the remote reef on Central America’s Pacific system, it is a natural paradise with but lovely Osa Peninsula in the south, allows you to explore Corcovado Coast forms a crescent necklace, with a remarkable species count of 500+ three small islands known as Las Tres trees, 124 mammals, 375 birds, 117 National Park – possibly the finest of Costa Rica’s many protected areas. Hermanas (the three sisters). Olive amphibians and reptiles, and 66 Suggested Itinerary ridley and hawksbill turtles come freshwater fish! Tapir, jaguar and scarlet ashore to lay their eggs between May macaw live among the giant trees, Day 1 Depart London; arrive San José, 1-night Day 2 Drive via Braulio and November – the largest numbers along with Baird’s tapir, ocelot, margay Carillo National Park to Sarapiquí, 2-nights. Excursions in the tropical usually arrive with the waning moon in and jaguar and harpy eagle. Other lowland rainforest Day 4 Drive south to Quepos, 2-nights. Visit Manual September. However Marino Ballena is protected species include howler, spider, Antonio National Park Day 6 Fly to Osa Peninsula, 3-nights. Explore not as closely monitored or regulated squirrel and white-faced capuchin Corcovado National Park Day 9 Fly to San José and depart Day 10 as some nesting sites, and you may monkeys, great tinamou, silky anteater, Arrive UK find yourself alone on the beach. poison dart and glass frog, and three

Offshore you can see bottlenose and species of turtle. You can stay at either Departures Daily, throughout the year common dolphins, and the birdlife a rustic lodge or a tented camp on an includes frigate birds, brown footed idyllic beach amidst tropical splendour, boobies, pelicans and ibises. surrounded by wildlife!

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Mawamba Lodge, Hotel Fonda Vela, Casa Corcovado, Villa Caletas, Tortuguero Monteverde Peninsula de Osa Nicoya The fifty or so basic but comfortable This charming hotel nestles in landscaped A remote luxury lodge with colonial-style This luxurious boutique hotel uses French- rooms of this beachfront property are grounds some two kilometres from bungalows set in lovely private grounds colonial architecture and the Victorian well-located on a sand bar between two Monteverde Cloud Forest, surrounded by in a prime location bordering the national era homes of wealthy San José residents canals, surrounded by tropical gardens more than a kilometre of private nature park. Designed by an American naturalist, as its architectural inspiration. It perches and the sounds of the rainforest. The trails. The 40 classy but unpretentious this exclusive property was constructed in a stunning position at an elevation restaurant serves buffet meals, and your rooms and suites have modern amenities with the highest environmental concern. of some 400 metres amidst rainforest, stay includes morning and afternoon and large windows (suites have a sitting There is no road access – you can only with an exquisite 180˚panorama over boat trips along the canal network with room and private balcony), and the get here by a one and a half hour boat trip the islands of the Gulf of Nicoya and the a keen-eyed naturalist guide. You can terrace has a view of the distant Gulf of through the largest mangrove system of Pacific. Accommodation consists of 52 go early morning birding, walk private Nicoya. Due to the isolation and peaceful the Pacific coast – which ensures both gorgeous rooms, suites and individual nature trails, visit the butterfly farm, setting, the gardens are ideal for quiet privacy and tranquillity. Activities include villas scattered around the extensive hilltop kayak on the creeks, walk to the beach contemplation and watching birds: both hiking, birding, diving, horse riding and site. The infinity pool has a view to die for, or into Tortuguero village, or just relax in parrot and toucan feed in the wild fruit visiting Caño Island Biological Reserve. hourly transfers are provided down to the hammocks beside the pool and lagoon. trees, and quetzal are sometimes seen. Closed mid-Sep to mid-Nov. shingle beach under two kilometres away.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 91 Ecuador

Ecuador, as its name implies, straddles the equator. When combined with the the size of the UK. The staggering variety of terrain extends from the lush Galápagos Islands, this land of startling contrasts offers wildlife enthusiasts jungle of the Amazon Basin, across the desert-like páramo and perpetual the ultimate holiday with the chance of seeing a vast array of species, many snow-capped volcanoes of the high Andes, to the rocky marine paradise of of which are endemic. There are some 1650 bird species alone in an area the Galápagos archipelago.

Key species Cotopaxi National Park orchids, bromeliads and heliconias ECUADOR This ecological sanctuary surrounds grow in abundance. Although you can  Amazon manatee colombia one of the world’s highest active visit on a day trip from Quito, serious

 Southern tamandua Mashpi Reserve volcanoes, whose permanent snowcap naturalists should consider staying for Otavalo towers 5,897 metres above the valley a couple of nights to explore its trails.  Golden-mantled tamarin Mindo Cloudforest Papallacta 75 kilometres south of Quito. Typical  Venezuelan red howler monkey Quito Coca Machalilla NP Antisana mammals include huge herds of Mashpi Rainforest  Blue whale Cotopaxi NP guanaco, red brocket deer, white-tailed Biodiversity Reserve Guayaquil Chimborazo  Jaguar deer, Andean fox, Andean puma, and This 1,000 hectare private reserve, two Shell/Puyo  Spectacled bear the rare Andean speckled bear is and a half hours from Quito, is part  Collared peccary Cuenca found on the eastern slopes. Birdlife is of a bio-region that stretches along plentiful too with orange-faced falcon the Pacific slope of the Andes from  Red brocket deer peru and Andean gull found up to around Panama to northern Peru. Here the  Opossum 4,000 metres, and Andean condor. profusion of plants and animals creates We highly recommend a day trip from a rich ecosystem that is recognised Some geography Quito Quito, but for a real treat, why not as a bio-diversity hotspot. The 500 Ecuador is divided into several distinct Ecuador’s capital stands at an altitude overnight at a hacienda? or so bird species (more than half regions: the high mountains of the of 2,850 metres on the slopes of the total number found in Europe!) Andes, the Amazon basin, known as the active volcano of Pichincha, 25 Mindo Cloud Forest include 36 endemics. A two kilometre the Oriente, and the Pacific coastal kilometres south of the equator. Two hours drive north-west of long, environmentally friendly, aerial lowlands, plus of course, the Galápagos Founded in the 16th century on the Quito, this area of primary forest is tram offers a unique vantage point archipelago out in the Pacific Ocean. ruins of an Inca city, Quito’s beautiful considered to be one of the finest to see the rainforest canopy. Orchids old town is perhaps the least altered birding areas in South America. The and bromeliads thrive in the moist Getting around historic centre in Latin America. Most varied terrain, which ranges from conditions, along with butterflies, glass In the mountains and coastal regions itineraries allow time to explore at the 1,400 to 4,778 metres in altitude, frogs and other amphibians, while most travel is by road, however the start and/or end of a trip. You can visit supports more than 400 species of larger mammals include monkeys, easiest way to reach parts of the the Mitad del Mundo monument on the birds – including many hummingbirds peccaries and even puma. Amazon is by a short domestic flight. equator, go horse-riding or whitewater and the elusive Andean cock-of-the Thereafter you’ll travel by motorised rafting, visit an Indian market, or rock. There is a remarkably high canoe or on foot. simply take a city tour. number of endemic plants, and

92 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip Papallacta & Antisana and boobies. It contains coral reefs, Access to the different Amazon regions hours from the town of Baños, it is also A couple of hours east of Quito, nearly one third of Ecuador’s coastal is via small and unremarkable towns served by scheduled flights to Shell/ Papallacta nestles at the foot of fisheries, and is a breeding ground largely developed since the 1970s in the Mera airport, a 30 minute drive away. ECUADOR

Antisana volcano, Ecuador’s fourth for humpback whales. On land the search for oil, such as: Most lodges are accessed by a 30-40 :: highest mountain. Outside the capital tropical dry forest, fog forest and minute flight by chartered light aircraft the scenery becomes spectacular scrub desert are home to armadillo, Coca region: The workaday town of from Shell/Mera. with rocky peaks and a vast sweep of black howler monkey, collared Coca (Puerto Francisco de Orellana) bleak páramo above the tree line. At peccary, various poison arrow frogs on the Napo river lies around 1,000 Once at your chosen lodge you will

Antisanilla you can see an impressive and vipers found only in Ecuador, plus kilometres upstream from its explore on foot and by boat in the THE AMERICAS lava flow and a deep canyon where endangered brocket and white-tailed confluence with the main Amazon, but company of a knowledgeable naturalist Andean condor are regularly sighted. deer, and more than 270 bird species. close to pristine primary rainforest. A guide, and learn about the rainforest. A profusion of lichens, gentians and 30 minute flight avoids the gruelling but Among the birds you may see are orchids surrounds the many lakes The Ecuadorian Amazon spectacular 11 hour bus journey over harpy eagle, the world’s second largest and ponds. Birds include black-faced The vast rainforest east of the Andes, the Andes from Quito. Your adventure bird of prey, many tiny multi-coloured ibis, cinereous conebill, Andean called the Oriente, protects more begins at the river port, when you board hummingbirds, as well as parrots and teal, Andean lapwing, carunculated species of plant and mammal than a motorised canoe for the trip down the toucans, with their brilliantly-coloured caracara and black-winged dove. any area of similar size. Although Napo into the heart of the rainforest. plumage and typically long bills. In only a relatively small portion of addition to a profusion of flowers, Otavalo Amazon basin lies within Ecuador, Puyo region: The largest town in the many medicinal plants are found in This beautiful area of lakes and roughly one third of its biodiversity is Oriente and a provincial capital, Puyo, the forest, and on jungle hikes native mountains, with colourful indigenous found here. One hectare of rainforest on a tributary of the Pastaza river, is the guides will show you how to identify communities who produce contains many varieties of trees (some jumping off point for this region. Around these and explain, or demonstrate, their extraordinary quantities of handicrafts reaching 40 metres in height) and five hours drive from Quito, or two various uses. lies approximately two hours drive hundreds of plants. north of Quito. While it makes a good TAILOR-MADE full day trip, staying overnight in a The forest is home to an astonishing Ecuadorian Odyssey colonial hacienda allows you to explore repertoire of wildlife: 15% of the the area on foot or horseback, and see world’s bird species, including harpy A journey through Ecuador’s varied topography – from volcanoes and small communities with an agricultural eagle, blue-and-yellow macaw, snow-capped mountains to green valleys and impressive city sights. You’ll way of life that has changed little cobalt-winged parakeet, oropendolas also see the best of Ecuador’s prolific bird and wildlife, including maybe for hundreds of years. The fertile and tanagers. Among more than 100 the Andean condor and elusive jaguar. countryside is surprisingly rich in species of mammal are three-toed wildlife – including the magnificent sloth, black-mantled tamarin, nine- Suggested Itinerary Andean condor. banded armadillo, capybara, agouti, Day 1 Depart UK, arrive Quito, 2-nights Hotel Patio Andaluz coati, tapir, and the enigmatic jaguar. Day 2 Explore Quito Day 3 Mindo Cloud Forest, 2-nights Septimo Paraiso Machalilla National Park Lodge. Birding Day 5 Quito, 1-night hotel Day 6 Papallacta, 2-nights This park on the Pacific coast The rivers, streams and lakes are Guango Lodge Day 8 Quito, 1-night Hotel Patio Andaluz Day 9 Amazon became a Ramsar site in 1990, when home to two species of freshwater jungle, 3-nights. Explore the rainforest Day 12 Quito, 1-night recognized as a vital wetland. Roughly dolphin, four species of caiman and Day 13 Depart Ecuador Day 14 Arrive UK one third is ocean, with two large over 300 species of fish. And that’s islands, Salango and Isla de la Plata, not to mention the ten species of Departures Daily, throughout the year plus many islets – feeding areas for monkey, 1,000 species of butterfly and frigate birds, pelican, waved albatross innumerable exotic flowers!

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Sacha Jungle Lodge, Napo Wildlife Centre, Mashpi Rainforest Lodge, Hacienda Zuleta, Angochagua, Amazon (Coca region) Amazon (Napo region) Mashpi Biodiversity Reserve Otavalo area Located in a 2,025 hectare private reserve The only lodge in Yasunì National Park, Inaugurated in 2012, this stylish, ultra- This authentic colonial property, which pristine rainforest, this lodge is reached a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve and modern lodge uses the latest sustainable dates from 1691 is still a working farm. by a short flight from Quito, followed by the largest tract of intact rainforest in techniques and materials, and is designed The original building houses 15 tastefully a two hour trip by motorised canoe. 26 Ecuador. Run in conjunction with the local to blend with its surroundings. The social furnished rooms, each with a fireplace. comfortable cabins with en-suite facilities community, this luxury property whose areas and 22 minimalist suites have huge The atmosphere is cosy and intimate, and are constructed from local materials 12 cabañas were designed with comfort picture windows with stunning forest the hospitality superb. There are some using traditional methods. Excursions in mind is involved in many different views. Facilities include a well-stocked 60 kilometres of self-guided trails in are accompanied by an English-speaking conservation projects. The unrivalled library, a spa, and naturalist guides who the vicinity. One attraction is the Condor naturalist guide and local native guide. A natural attractions include two macaw lead nature walks. Interaction with local Huasi conservation project in the grounds, spectacular 275-metre canopy walkway clay licks, 565 bird species, 11 species communities is encouraged and all whose objective is to safeguard the future allows a bird’s eye view of the rainforest’s of monkey, a giant otter family and many transport from the reserve entrance to the of the Andean condor and educate local 587 bird species. other large mammals. lodge is by battery-powered buggy. communities as to their importance.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 93 The Galápagos Islands

This remarkable archipelago lies astride the equator out in the Pacific The absence of predators means that Galápagos wildlife shows little fear, Ocean, west of the Ecuadorian mainland. Having risen from the seabed as and it’s possible to get surprisingly close to birds and animals without a result of submarine volcanic activity, and never having been connected to disturbing them – a dream for any photographer! Due to the ocean’s another landmass, the islands have a unique biological identity. Millions of nutrient-rich currents, sealions, seals, dolphins and whales are present years of isolation have given rise to species endemic to the islands through throughout the archipelago. The many bird species include the finches that the process of natural selection. provided the clues that helped Darwin develop his Theory of Evolution.

Some geography Key species Lying around one thousand kilometres off the coast of Ecuador, directly west Pinta  Galápagos sealion of Guayaquil, the islands cover 45,000  Galápagos fur seal square kilometres, with 220 kilometres Marchena Genovesa between the most northerly and the  Giant tortoise most southerly point. Each island Santiago  Galápagos land iguana offers something different, but you bartolmé  Marine iguana can only land at designated sites. See seymour Baltra entries for individual islands below. Rábida  Galápagos penguin fernandina santa cruz Pinzón Puerto Ayora  Waved albatross Getting around isabela san cristÓbAl  Blue-footed booby All flights from the mainland – from Los Hermanos Santa Fé Puerto Villamil Puerto Quito via Guayaquil – arrive at either Tortuga Baquerizo  Galápagos hawk floreana Moreno Baltra airport, just north of Santa pacific ocean  Darwin’s finches Puerto Velasco Ibarra Gardner espaÑola Cruz island, or San Cristóbal. The only inter-island air connections are by light aircraft, so most travel is by boat. Boats that operate in the Galápagos also sealions, marine iguanas, Sally around the coastline, as are and white-tipped reef sharks may carry anything from 10 to over 100 Lightfoot crabs, Galápagos penguins Galápagos penguins and iguanas. accompany you while snorkelling. passengers, however there are now and flightless cormorants. options to sleep on certain islands and Santiago and Bartolomé Genovesa sail to some wildlife sites by small Isabela Lava lizards are common, and Santiago This island is a breeding ground for day-boat. The volcanic slopes of by far the is good for birds such as Galápagos South American fur seals and sealions. largest island in the archipelago dove, Galápagos mockingbird and The cliffs are home to Galápagos The Islands are home to some 6,000 Galápagos Galápagos hawk. Land iguanas, Sally storm-petrel, Madeiran storm-petrel, tortoises. There is an interesting Lightfoot crabs, sealions and South Audubon’s shearwater and red-billed Fernandina uplifted coral reef, and its brackish American fur seals may also be seen. tropicbird. Look out for lava gulls An active volcano with rugged slopes, lagoons are home to egrets, flamingos The smaller island of Bartolomé, too, the rarest gull in the world, and unusual lava formations and a huge and white-cheeked pintails. South famous for the iconic Pinnacle Rock, is hammerhead sharks, which cruise population of land iguanas. There are American fur seals are common home to Galápagos penguins. Turtles along the coastline.

94 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip G al á pagos THE :: THE AMERICAS

Santa Cruz San Cristóbal – although this resulted in only 20 or However this means that all boats The rocky coastline and mangrove- Home to frigatebirds, blue-footed so of the total of 70 landing sites being operate at least two itineraries, so if lined inlets are good for sea turtles, boobies and sealions, this was the first visited. However this approach risked there are particular islands that you sharks and rays. There are also island on which Charles Darwin set causing irreparable damage to those wish to visit, you should ensure that healthy populations of tortoises, land foot in September 1835. It has one of iconic sites, and so detracted from the they are included in the itinerary you and marine iguanas and birds – eight the islands’ two airports, so is likely overall experience. choose. That said, such is the nature of species of finch live here. The island is to be either your point of arrival or wildlife in the Galápagos that you are home to the Charles Darwin Research departure. The solution, implemented in early unlikely to be disappointed wherever Station and Giant Tortoise Breeding 2012, requires vessels to switch from and whenever you visit. Centre. Nearby Seymour supports Española a one-week to a two-week itinerary the largest colony of magnificent Magnificent seabird colonies include composed of two different one-week Motor yachts tend to be larger and frigatebirds, while North Seymour is blue-footed and masked boobies and routes. These one-week routes may somewhat faster, while motor sailers home to blue-footed boobies, swallow- swallow-tailed gulls. This is also the still be broken down into three and offer a more traditional, and romantic, tailed gulls, sealions and marine breeding site for the waved albatross four-day sectors. This will halve the way of getting between the islands, iguanas. The tiny island of Baltra is one – although the colonies are deserted number of visitors at any one site at although to eliminate the vagaries of of the two airports in the islands. from January to March. any time, and provide an opportunity wind and current you’ll motor for most to experience many less well-known of the time. Floreana Galápagos 2012 onwards or more distant sites – a much more Studded with volcanic cones and The first tourists arrived in Galápagos effective and satisfactory way of See our website with relatively luxuriant vegetation, in the 1960s. In 2010 almost 175,000 managing visitors. for dates and prices this island provides nesting areas for people visited the islands, and the tropicbirds, shearwaters and noddies; number continues to grow! Currently TAILOR-MADE flamingos live in its lagoon, and there around 80 boats are licensed operate Wildlife of Ecuador and are several sealion colonies. The there, including four which run day the GalÁpagos submerged crater of Devil’s Crown tours. Until recently most cruises This tour combines two of South America’s finest wildlife destinations. is one of the best snorkelling sites in offered visitors a chance to see the The Amazon rainforest is a rich paradise, home to an incredible diversity the Galápagos. most popular spots in a week or less of mammals, birds and fish. From your luxurious eco-lodge in the heart of the jungle you will explore trails and rivers, and discover its colourful and varied wildlife. Moving on to the Galápagos Islands, you board a first-class vessel to sail from island to island in this unique volcanic archipelago to see its prolific birdlife and fearless land and sea-dwelling wildlife from close up.

Suggested Itinerary Day 1 Depart UK; arrive Quito same day, 1-night Day 2 Fly to Coca, then motorised canoe into the Amazon region, 3-nights. Various rainforest activities: canopy walkway, trail walks and canoe trips to see wildlife Day 5 Fly to Quito, 1-night Day 6 Fly to Baltra in the Galápagos for a 4-night cruise visiting a selection of islands Day 10 Disembark, visit Cerro Colorado tortoise breeding centre, and fly to Guayaquil, 1-night Day 11 Depart Day 12 Arrive UK Note: The itinerary may easily be adjusted to extend the Galápagos cruise

Departures Daily, throughout the year

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 95 The Galápagos Islands Wildlife Calendar

January March April May  On Española adult marine iguanas  The rainy season reaches its peak  Waved albatrosses arrive en-masse  North Seymour’s blue-footed become brightly coloured (though rain is still sporadic!) and on Española to start their courtship boobies begin courtship  Green sea turtles arrive on the in the intense tropical sun air  The giant tortoise hatching season  Green sea turtles still hatching beaches to lay their eggs temperatures can reach 30°C comes to an end at Gardner Bay (Hood), Punta  Land iguanas begin their  Marine iguanas nest on Fernandina  Green sea turtle eggs start to hatch Cormoran (Floreana) and Puerto reproductive cycle on Isabela  21st March, the equinox heralds the  Land iguana eggs hatch on Isabela Egas (Santiago)  Water and air temperatures rise, arrival of the first waved albatross  The rains come to an end, although  Marine iguana eggs hatch from their remaining warm until June – ideal on Española the islands are still green nests on Santa Cruz for snorkelling  Good visibility for snorkellers  Waved albatross on Española begin  The rainy season begins and land laying eggs birds start nesting  Band-rumped storm petrels begin their first nesting period February  Greater flamingoes start nesting on June Floreana  Start of the cool season  Start of the black-tailed pintail  Giant tortoises migrate from the breeding season Santa Cruz high-lands to the  Nazca boobies on Española end lowlands in search of nesting places their nesting season  Beginning of the giant tortoise  Marine iguanas begin nesting on nesting season Santa Cruz  The south-east trade winds return,  Water temperature reaches 25°C making ocean currents stronger and remains constant until April  Southern migrants begin their  The nesting season of the Galápagos northward journey – Galápagos dove reaches its peak is an important landfall. Some cetacean species follow a similar migration pattern  Humpback whales migrating along the coast of Ecuador reach the Galápagos

July  The seabird colonies are very active (breeding), especially blue-footed boobies on Española. This is a good time to see all four stages of nesting: eggs, chicks, juveniles and sub-adults

96 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip G al á pagos THE :: THE AMERICAS

 Flightless cormorants perform  Blue-footed boobies raise their beautiful courtship rituals and nest chicks on Española and Isabela on Fernandina  Giant tortoises are still laying eggs  American oystercatchers nest on  Skies can be overcast – expect the beaches of Santiago garúa (sea mist) everywhere  Lava lizards begin mating rituals, except the western islands, where which continue until November the mist burns off after a few hours  One of the best months to see whales and dolphins – especially November off the west coast of Isabela  Galápagos sealion pupping continues  The breeding season for brown August noddies begins  Galápagos hawks begin courtship  Jellyfish are seen – the genus displays on Española and Santiago Physalia is commonly seen in the  Nazca boobies and swallow-tailed water around Gardner and Tortuga; gulls nest on Genovesa some are also seen stranded on  The ocean temperature drops to 18°C Flour Beach, Floreana  Migrant waders begin to arrive, and  Band-rumped storm petrels begin stay until March their second nesting period  Giant tortoises return to the  The seas are calm and south-east highlands on Santa Cruz trade winds decrease in strength;  The seas are choppy and ocean water temperature rises slowly currents at their strongest  Generally good weather due to a  Galápagos sealions begin to give seasonal transition birth  Excellent visibility for snorkellers

September December  The coolest time of year with  Hatching of giant tortoise’s eggs temperatures around 19°C begins and lasts until April  Galápagos penguins are at their  Green sea turtles begin their most active on Bartolomé mating display  Galápagos sealions are very active  The rainy season begins; plants – females are in season and males in the dry zone produce leaves constantly barking and fighting and the archipelago becomes  Most species of sea bird remain noticeably green quite active at their nesting sites  The first young waved albatrosses fledge October  Lava herons start nest building, and continue until March See our website  Galápagos fur seals begin mating for dates and prices

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 97 Your Galápagos voyage and sea air. There’s plenty of down Much sailing, particularly longer On the islands, to minimise impact on On the opposite page is a small time, so take a good book or two… stretches over open sea, is done at the fragile environment, you follow a selection of our favourite Galápagos Food on board is good and surprisingly night, while you are asleep (a bonus marked trail in a small group with your vessels. Based on our personal varied – you certainly won’t go hungry! to anyone who is worried about naturalist guide. Your guide will brief experiences, we favour small (10 to 20 With advance notification most special seasickness), and you often wake to you in advance about each landing site passengers) and medium sized (40 to diets can be catered for. Tea, coffee the rattle of the anchor going down on and the wildlife you are likely to see. 50 passengers) boats that offer a high and drinking water are available free reaching a new island. During the day level of service. of charge around the clock. You sign you may sail for a few hours to reach a There’s ample opportunity to for other drinks at the bar, then settle new landing site. photograph the birds and animals, and Boats are classified as Deluxe, First up at the end of the voyage – generally plenty of time to swim and snorkel Class and Tourist Class, and all in cash. Depending on its size, each vessel has (from either the beach or your boat) to those featured have cabins with an one or more naturalist guides who appreciate the rich undersea life. Some en-suite bathroom (a shower with Each boat departs on a fixed day of accompany all shore visits – generally larger boats carry a glass-bottomed hot and cold water, and a toilet) plus the week, so any other travel must be two per day. These are done by zodiac boat for this purpose, while others offer air-conditioning; some boats are air- arranged around this. Some trips are inflatable and involve either a dry a scuba diving option. conditioned throughout. Cabins may as short as four or five days, however landing, when you step onto a jetty or have twin or double beds, or upper for a more complete overview of the a wet landing, when you wade ashore All vessels are required to operate and lower berths. All boats have ample islands and their astonishing wildlife, through the shallows. a two week itinerary composed of deck space to relax and enjoy the sun you should opt for a one week trip. two different one week routes, which may still be broken down into shorter segments. This will halve the number of visitors at a site at any time, and direct visitors to less well-known or more distant sites.

Boats will now operate one trip to the northern and western sector, followed by another trip to the southern and central sector, so if you wish to visit particular islands, ensure they are included in the itinerary you select. That said, such is the extraordinary nature of wildlife in the Galápagos that you are unlikely to be disappointed wherever and wherever you visit!

Please ask for a detailed itinerary for whichever boat interests you.

Mainland Extensions: if you would like to spend more time in Quito or elsewhere in Ecuador before your voyage starts or after its end, let us know and we will be happy to arrange this.

98 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip G al á pagos THE :: THE AMERICAS

Santa Cruz La Pinta Samba Isabela II This large First Class 72-metre motor For the ultimate treat, this Deluxe Class This compact 24-metre Tourist Superior This medium-sized Deluxe Class 53-metre cruiser carries 90 passengers in 43 motor yacht is the ideal choice! Its 24 Class motor sailer accommodates 14 motor yacht carries 40 passengers in cabins of five different categories on spacious cabins with floor-to-ceiling passengers in seven air-conditioned 21 cabins located over two decks. The three decks. The vessel is air-conditioned windows can hold 48 passengers. It has cabins – six with upper and lower berths vessel is air-conditioned throughout, and throughout and facilities include a a sitting room, a well-stocked library, and a small porthole, plus one double- facilities include a lounge, bar, dining lounge, bar, restaurant, shop, reading lecture area with cinema screen, inside bedded cabin with panoramic window. room, shop, reading room and library, room and library, jacuzzi, sun deck and and outside dining areas, and a choice Facilities include a saloon, outside dining jacuzzi and sun deck. The crew of 24 aromatherapy centre. The crew of 52 of bars. It’s a family-friendly boat, with area and sun deck; there is one naturalist includes three naturalist guides and a includes a doctor and six naturalist both triple and interconnecting cabins. guide. This is our recommendation for a doctor; there are three zodiacs for ship- guides; there are five zodiacs for ship- It carries a glass-bottomed boat and good value trip. With teak decks and lots to-shore transport, a glass-bottomed boat, to-shore transport plus a glass-bottomed sea kayaks, and the crew includes four of polished brass, this boat is oozing with and sea kayaks. boat. naturalist guides. character.

Beluga Sagitta Cachalote M/Y Coral II A small but surprisingly spacious This graceful and spacious First Class, This Tourist Class, 21-metre, schooner- This luxury motor yacht carries up to and comfortable, First Class Superior, 36-metre, three-masted steel-hulled rigged motor sailer carries 16 passengers 20 passengers in 11 cabins spread over 36-metre motor yacht that carries 16 motor sailer has a crew of nine, including in seven cabins, each with single upper three decks. Facilities include a cosy passengers in eight double or twin a naturalist guide. Although equipped with and lower berths and a single porthole, restaurant with an adjacent bar and cabins (two with bunks). The vessel is ten air-conditioned cabins on two decks plus one double bedded cabin with a lounge area, plus a plunge pool and air-conditioned throughout, and facilities – each with a lower double and upper large window. The public areas include a sun deck equipped with loungers. include a lounge, bar, dining area and single berth and a single porthole – she a bar and dining area, plus ample deck Despite the level of comfort and plenty of deck space. The crew of ten carries only 16 passengers. Facilities space over three decks. There is air- amenities, the vessel still preserves an includes a naturalist guide. include a library, comfortable conference conditioning throughout. The crew of six adventurous feel, and there is plenty of room, dining room and deck salons, plus includes a naturalist guide. outdoor deck-space. five separate public areas.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Finch Bay Eco Hotel, Santa Cruz Island At the end of your voyage you may wish to enjoy one of the small hotels on Santa Cruz to soak up some local culture. We highly recommend the Finch Bay Eco Hotel – please ask if you would like us to tailor this into your itinerary.

See our website for dates and prices

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 99 Brazil

Famous for its heady mix of football and samba and Rio’s extravagant New species are discovered regularly and, in addition to a staggering array carnival, the largest country in South America is dominated by the vast basin of birds, fish, amphibians, insects and reptiles, Brazil’s large mammals of the Amazon and its rainforest. More than one hundred national parks include jaguar, puma, giant anteater, coati, giant otter, maned wolf, tapir and and protected areas contain many different habitats – from coastal forest, capybara. Seventy or so species of primate include howler, capuchin and savannah and mountains to the world’s largest wetland, the Pantanal, along squirrel monkeys. Among the other major natural attractions are the imposing with the greatest biodiversity of any country on Earth. Iguaçu Falls and the dazzling white beaches along the Atlantic coast.

Key species colombia Diary notes venezuela guyana caribbean  White-fronted capuchin  Jan-Mar: Pantanal floods and suriname sea monkey mammals seek high ground; Rio Solimões guyane riot of colour as flowers bloom  Golden lion tamarin  Jan-Aug: Amazon high water  Bald uakari monkey Belém Rio Negro creates igapó i.e. strange and Manaus  Black howler monkey Tefé Amazon Fernando lovely flooded forest de Noronha Mamirauá  Apr-Jun: Pantanal waters  Crab-eating fox Reserve Amazon Basin Brazil recede, migrants return,  Maned wolf Recife reptiles gather and caiman Cristalino Chapada  Jaguar Reserve Diamantina NP give birth Salvador  Jul-Sep: Pantanal dry  Amazonian manatee peru Chapada dos Guimarães NP season; birds and reptiles  Brazilian tapir BRASILIA bolivia Cuiabá concentrated in and around remaining pools  Capybara PACIFIC Pantanal OCEAN Campo Grande  Jun-Oct: Amazon water level Some geography paraguay Rio de Janeiro drops; beaches exposed At around 80% the size of Europe, the Iguazu  Oct-Dec: Pantanal – Rains Falls Sao Paulo scale of Latin America’s largest country return, waters rise and migrant birds prepare to is staggering, so almost any internal ATLANTIC depart; a good time to see travel involves huge distances. Just argentina ocean uruguay predators under half of the Amazon River’s 6,500 kilometre length lies within Brazil, and its vast basin occupies one third of the Getting around destination – which can prove slow The Pantanal surface area. The Amazonian capital, Due to Brazil’s size, most internal and frustrating. Otherwise the minibus No lover of nature should miss the Manaus, is 1,600 kilometres from its travel involves flying with a domestic or, in jungle or wetland regions, motor world’s largest and most spectacular mouth, and 2,800 kilometres from Rio! airline, and a multi-sector airpass may boat or canoe is the most common wetland. This ecological paradise Iguaçu Falls, on the southern border, help to keep costs down. Many flights means of transport. In the Pantanal, has a huge concentration of fauna: and the Pantanal are respectively to smaller cities are ‘milk-runs’ with however, you may use anything from a 124 mammals, including the world’s 1,200 and 1,600 kilometres from Rio! multiple stops en-route to their final tractor and trailer to a horse. largest jaguars, 177 reptiles, over

100 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip bra z il

:: THE AMERICAS

1,100 species of butterfly, a myriad is the yellow anaconda. Caiman are North Pantanal boat and vehicle, on foot and possibly of brightly-coloured flowers, and abundant – the Pantanal is thought to Access to the northern Pantanal is via horseback. Conservation projects innumerable shoals of fish. This is have the world’s largest crocodilian the town of Cuiaba, from where the focus on jaguar and the hyacinth even more impressive as 95% of the population. There are an estimated half ‘unmade’ Transpantaneira highway macaw, and although it’s impossible land is privately owned and used a million capybara, and the Pantanal leads south through the interior to to guarantee a jaguar sighting, the primarily for cattle ranching and is one of the best places to see jaguar, where the largest concentration of chances of seeing one are highest in agriculture. In the wet season, when giant river otter, coatimundi, crab-eating wildlife and huge flocks of birds the dry season! Bonito, on the southern the Pantanal floods, the water level fox, greater and lesser anteater, giant are found. Many lodges are still fringe, is a mecca for ecotourism, you can rise by up to three metres. There armadillo, the endangered maned wolf, functioning cattle ranches which offer can visit grottos with blue lakes, walk are significant differences between and marsh deer. The convergence of day and night trips by boat, vehicle, on trails surrounded by monkeys, and the north and south sides, so we three migration paths ensures a diverse foot and on horseback, accompanied snorkel in rivers with clear waters. recommend visiting both. avian community with 656 species by local naturalist guides to see some from 66 families including ospreys from of Brazil’s rarest wildlife, such as Chapada dos Guimarães Large mammals include black-capped Arctic latitudes, woodstorks from the jaguar and giant otter. You may also National Park capuchin, black howler monkey and southern pampas, and flycatchers from see caiman, anaconda, tuiú storks, Surrounded by rainforest, the little- tapir, while the most famous reptile the Andes all collecting here. owls, nightjars, armadillos, foxes and visited savannas (cerrado) of this perhaps even maned wolf. intriguing tableland lie 62 kilometres north of Cuiabá, at the geographical TAILOR-MADE Just Jaguars South Pantanal heart of South America, red sandstone The gateway to the southern Pantanal cliffs (chapada) along the edge of This innovative itinerary uses a comfortable, modern, air-conditioned is Campo Grande, the capital of Mato the plateau give the landscape its riverboat with twin-berth cabins that was originally designed for sports Grosso do Sul State, from where you characteristic appearance with fishing, to explore the maze of channels in Talama Reserve, part of Brazil’s head to a lodge to see wildlife by canyons, caves and waterfalls. The area famed Pantanal wetland, to seek out jaguars. By sleeping on the river you minimise travelling time and maximise the possibility of seeing these TAILOR-MADE reclusive creatures in their natural habitat. The trip starts with two nights in Brazil’s Natural Highlights a well-appointed ecolodge with first-rate wildlife guides at the northern end This comprehensive Brazilian wildlife experience visits three contrasting of the Pantanal to see dry land fauna and the region’s phenomenal birdlife. ecosystems: Amazon rainforest, upland savannah in the Chapada dos Guimarães, and Pantanal wetland to ensure a wide diversity of species. Suggested Itinerary By staying in comfortable, well-priced lodges, and avoiding long internal Day 1 Depart UK, via São Paulo Day 2 Arrive Cuiabá and transfer to North flights, it presents an affordable way to see Brazil’s natural highlights. Pantanal, 2-nights Pousada Araras Ecolodge. Afternoon wildlife activity Day 3 Morning and afternoon wildlife activity Day 4 Drive to Cáceres and Suggested Itinerary board riverboat, 4-nights on board boat. Afternoon boat trip to search for Day 1 Fly to São Paulo (or Rio de Janeiro) and on to Cuiabá, 1-night jaguar Days 5 Full day river safaris through Talama Reserve in search of Day 2 Drive to São José do Rio Claro, 2-nights, Jardim da Amazônia jaguar Day 8 Drive to Cuiabá and depart for UK Day 9 Arrive London Lodge. Bird watching trail walks in Amazon rainforest Guided boat NOTE: This itinerary can be customised to add extensions down the trips Day 4 Chapada dos Guimarães, 2-nights, Park EcoLodge. Hiking Transpantaneira access road into the Pantanal, to the tablelands of on the savannah tablelands Day 6 Northern Pantanal, 3-nights, Araras Chapada dos Guimaraes National Park north of Cuiabá, into the Amazon EcoLodge. Wildlife safaris in the Pantanal by vehicle, boat and on foot rainforest at Cristalino State Park. Day 9 Depart Cuiaba via São Paulo (or Rio de Janeiro) Day 10 Arrive UK

Departures Fixed weekly departures, June to November Departures Daily, throughout the year

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 101 is of enormous ecological importance, many migrants, while macaws gather to Manaus by visiting the southern different and contrasting ecosystems and its rich vegetation attracts many in thousand-strong flocks. The largest fringe. The Alta Floresta area and in relative proximity, or even more if hummingbirds. Birders will enjoy of its 380 reptiles is the anaconda, Cristolino Lodge, can combine with you also include the tablelands of the searching the scrub for white-eared while the best known of the 3,000 fish the Pantanal enabling you to see two Serra dos Guimaraes. puffbird, rufous-sided pygmy-tyrant species is the piranha. The lush foliage and white-banded and white-rumped of the jungle, full of raucous calls TAILOR-MADE tanagers, or shady gallery forest for and bright colours, hints at greater Voyage to the Heart of saffron-billed and pectoral sparrows, complexity than we can ever imagine. the Amazon fiery-capped manakin and white- This one-week voyage explores the Amazon’s most untouched rainforest, backed fire-eye. Of course it is good for There are different ways to experience mammals too including both jaguar and the Amazon. Around Manaus, 1320 sailing far up the Rio Negro to explore a rarely visited area whose flora the elusive maned wolf. kilometres from the river’s mouth, jungle and fauna is largely undisturbed. With a naturalist guide you’ll visit lodges of various levels of comfort offer different habitats by boat and on foot: igapó forest, the strange and Cristalino Private Reserve, two, three or four day programmes. lovely seasonally flooded forest where orchids and bromeliads cling to Alta Floresta These include outings on foot, by boat overhanging trees that are home to fishing birds and iguanas; the terre This private rainforest reserve on and by canoe to explore the rainforest firme, forest whose tall trees with buttressed roots are most people’s the Cristalino River occupies a with local naturalist and native guides. idea of Amazon rainforest; and the fantastically rich varzea forest, with region recognized as very important Generally speaking, the more remote the colourful birds, magnificent trees draped with lianas and carpeted with in terms of Amazon biodiversity. lodge and the longer you stay, the more orchids, and monkeys chattering in the branches. Covering an area twice as large as likely you are to see wildlife. The Tucano is a traditional Amazon riverboat converted to have nine Manhattan, adjacent to the 185,000 comfortable cabins with private bathroom and windows, air-conditioned hectare Cristalino State Park, it is However near Manaus, the Amazon is throughout. Certain departures are scheduled for families with children. part of a corridor of protected area several kilometres wide, and much of that stretches across the Southern the forest is secondary growth, so it Suggested Itinerary Amazon. The high number of species, is only by getting into narrow creeks Day 1 Fly to Rio de Janeiro, 2-nights Day 2 Rio sightseeing Day 3 Fly to even by Amazon standards, makes it and channels that you have a realistic Manaus, 1-night Day 4 Board the Tucano, 7-nights. Sail up the Rio Negro a great place to see birds, mammals, chance of seeing much wildlife. Even through the Anavilhanas Archipelago as far as the Rio Jauaperi, then butterflies and orchids – with large then, unlike in Africa there are few large return downstream to explore Lago Janauari Ecological Park and see the numbers of endemics. It is easily mammals, and due to vegetation, the Meeting of the Waters Day 11 Disembark in Manaus; fly to Rio de Janeiro reached from the Northern Pantanal, height of the canopy and low light levels, and depart Day 12 Arrive UK thereby avoiding the time and cost of visibility can be poor and sightings may a long flight to Manaus, and can be be fleeting. Nevertheless you’ll learn a Note: If you don’t have a lot of time, but still wish to experience the combined with other habitats. lot about rainforest ecosystems, and the essence of the Amazon, a shorter four-night river trip aboard the Tucano smaller animals, insects, reptiles, birds operates from Manaus on alternate Mondays. Although these do not The Amazon and plants are intriguing. penetrate the Rio Negro as far as the Rio Jauaperi, you’ll still see and The basin of the world’s largest river learn a lot. contains its oldest tropical forest and By taking a voyage on an Amazon most diverse ecosystem, with at least riverboat, particularly on the Rio Negro, Departures Tuesdays twice monthly, throughout the year 40,000 plant species. The biodiversity you get even deeper into the rainforest, is astounding: a single bush may and thus have greater opportunity to contain more species of ant than the see and understand it, accompanied by entire British Isles, while one hectare of a naturalist guide. Why not consider our BRAZIL extensionS forest may have more than 480 species Voyage to the Heart of the Amazon? If you’d like a relaxing end to your holiday, why not extend your stay with of tree. Mammals include the world’s a few days of pure hedonism on an idyllic Brazilian beach either near largest rodent, the capybara, plus The Amazon basin covers a huge Salvador, or closer to Rio in Paratí or in Búzios? We can recommend a tapir, jaguar, monkeys, deer and otter. area, so you can avoid the expense variety of different hotels or pousadas (inns) to suit all tastes. The 1,300 or so bird species include and time (it’s a long way!) of flying

102 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip bra z il

:: THE AMERICAS

Mamirauá Sustainable Iguaçu Falls Ipanema. The iconic peaks of Sugar and relaxation at the end of your trip. Development Reserve, Tefé Brazil’s southern border with Argentina Loaf and Corcovado, with the statue Between May and December the These 57,000 square kilometres of lies only two hours flying time from of Christ the Redeemer, are famous nearby beaches are important breeding mainly flooded Amazon forest are a Rio. Here, even the most seasoned worldwide, but the city’s lesser- areas for green, olive ridley, hawksbill Ramsar site designated as a wetland traveller cannot fail to be impressed by known natural attractions include its and loggerhead turtles. of global importance, and one of the the 275 separate cataracts that tumble botanical gardens and Tijuca National ecological corridors designed to protect over a 90-metre-high, horseshoe- Park, the last remnant of the Atlantic Brazil’s tropical forests. The native shaped basalt cliff that is almost five rainforest that once surrounded the Riberinho people assist with collecting kilometres wide. The falls are higher city. Here, you can walk forest trails data, in return for being taught how to than Niagara and more impressive than past creeks, caves and waterfalls and hunt and fish sustainably. Over 400 bird Victoria Falls, and the lush tropical see many different species including species include harpy eagle, toucan and forest of the surrounding national iguanas and monkeys. hoatzin,15 species of parrot and many park is home to more than 2,000 aquatics. White uakari and black squirrel species of plants, 400 species of birds Salvador do Bahía monkey are endemic to the region, and an array of mammals. We highly This attractive colonial city on the which is also home to howler monkey, recommend visiting both the Brazilian coast of Bahia State was, for a while, sloth, coati and collared anteater. Land and Argentinian sides. Brazil’s capital. It reeks of history, and mammals are uncommon due to the wet the richness of its architecture reflects season floods but you may see Amazon Rio de Janeiro its former status, while the faces of its river dolphin here. A regional airline flies The seductively friendly former capital people speak of slavery and its links twice weekly from Manaus to Tefé, from is legendary for its stunning bayside with Africa. Standing between green where it is a one and a half hour trip by location amidst forested mountains hills and broad sandy beaches on the fast launch – but you are guaranteed and breathtaking beaches, the most bay of Todos os Santos, it makes a total immersion in deep Amazon. famous of which are Copacabana and perfect stop for an injection of culture

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Cristalino Jungle Lodge, Pousada Araras EcoLodge, Pousada Xaraés, Uakari Lodge, Alta Floresta North Pantanal South Pantanal Mamirauá Reserve, Amazon Voted one of the best hotels in Brazil This rustic, but sophisticated lodge, open This comfortable lodge on a commercial Unique accommodation in a remote by National Geographic Traveler, this year round, is surrounded by more than ranch has rooms with private bathroom, setting on seven floating wooden comfortable, environmental award-winning 3,000 hectares of private land with a air-conditioning and rustic décor in three structures connected by floating lodge is located in a private forest reserve tremendous variety of wildlife. You can buildings with a verandah, ceiling fan walkway. Ten large and comfortable in the southern Amazon beside Cristalino see various birds, including hyacinth and hammocks just metres from the rooms have en-suite facilities and a State Park, with many species found macaw, from its forest boardwalk, while Abobral River. Facilities include a sitting private terrace with rainforest view. only in this region. It is a good option for a nearby tower offers views of flooded and dining room, bar, swimming pool, Designed to minimise its environmental birdwatchers due to its 50-metre high wetlands and grassland, perfect for and games areas. Morning birdsong impact, the lodge is staffed by the local observation tower but jaguar sightings birders. Tapir, marmoset, agouti, opossum mixes with the roar of howler monkeys in community, plus a resident naturalist are good from this lodge too. Accessible and howler monkey are just some of the the trees along the riverbank. Activities guide. 3, 4 and 7-night packages offer only by boat, the lodge is designed in many animals seen regularly. include canoe and boat trips, walks, activities that include river trips, walking accordance with sustainable principles. drives and horse riding. rainforest trails and using a hide.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 103 Chile

On any map of South America the long narrow outline of Chile invariably The varied topography and climatic range create an astonishing mosaic catches the eye – a geographical anomaly nearly 5,000 kilometres long, of contrasting habitats and ecosystems, populated by a correspondingly but only 150 kilometres wide! It lies on the west coast of South America, diverse range of plants, animals and birds. Of the 30 or so national parks trapped between the mountains of the high Andes on one side and the cold along the length of the country, many are places of immense natural waters of the Pacific on the other. The far north holds the world’s driest beauty, but often in comparatively remote and inaccessible locations, desert, the Atacama, whereas the deep south has the vast cold steppe of and with little infrastructure for visitors, but those you can explore are Patagonia, topped by glaciers and fringed with deep fjords, and in between extremely rewarding. are vast areas of temperate forest.

Key species bolivia Getting around pacific ocean Lauca NP Chile’s geography means the most  Chiloe cololcolo opossum Las Vicuñas Arica Surire Calama effective way to travel its 4,300  American beaver Tatio geysers San Pedro de Atacama paraguay kilometre length is by air, from the  Patagonian chinchilla-mouse Salar de Atacama central hub of Santiago to its widely  Magellanic tuco-tuco separated regions. In Patagonia and elsewhere most travel is then by  Austral spotted cat (kolkod) minibus or 4-wheel drive vehicle –  Patagonian fox argentina depending on the terrain and roads.  Patagonian hog-nosed skunk Many places offer excellent walking,  Marine otter and boats are a useful means of travel Valparaiso in the Chilean Lake District and in the  Guanaco santiago 1,600 kilometres of archipelagic Chile  Vicuña down to Cape Horn. chile Lake District Diary notes Some geography Llanquihue NP Bariloche Vicente Perez NP With the obvious exception of Easter Puerto Montt  Jan-Feb: high summer and Island, which lies 3,790 kilometres off Chiloé school holidays! the mainland, and the Juan Fernandez  Feb-Apr: blue whales off islands, a mere 650 kilometres from Chiloé Island Valparaiso, the rest of Chile’s sites of  Late Feb-March: the wind natural and wildlife interest are ranged drops at Torres del Paine, and along its length. This stretches from Los Glaciares NP throughout Patagonia Torres del Paine NP El Calafate the Atacama Desert and Lauca National  May to Oct: best season to Park in the far north, down to Chilean Puerto Natales Punta Arenas visit northern Chile Strait of Magellan Patagonia, with the magical peaks of Carlos III Island  Oct-Mar: southern Ushuaia Torres del Paine, the island of Tierra del Tierra del Fuego hemisphere summer; long Fuego and the Magellan Strait, in the daylight hours in Patagonia deep south.

104 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip CHILE

:: THE AMERICAS

Lauca National Park Atacama Desert & the TAILOR-MADE Along with the adjacent National Vicuña Altiplano Land of Extremes Reserve and Surire salt flat (a Ramsar Chile’s northern desert comprises Explore the unique panoramas and wildlife of Chile on this itinerary site), this spectacular northern area virtually lifeless coastal plains of puna (dry, high altitude grassland dissected by dramatic, deep gorges, which takes in the contrasting lunar landscapes of the Atacama Desert plain) and giant volcanoes ranges while further east this barren in the north, and the incomparable splendour of the granite peaks of from 3,200 to 6,348 metres in altitude. landscape changes as it rises through Torres del Paine in Chilean Patagonia in the south. The addition of Lauca Temperatures oscillate between -10°C the foothills of the Andes. The altiplano National Park (not a usual stop on a Chilean itinerary, but more than at night and 20°C by day, and rainfall is is an impressive expanse of alluvial salt worthwhile for any lover of nature and wildlife) to this already rich mix rare. This harsh environment supports flat edged by snow-capped volcanic adds the final touch. many plants, but few mammals except peaks, and home to a surprising variety guanaco, alpaca and vicuña, Andean of wildlife. From San Pedro you can Suggested Itinerary deer, vizcacha, red fox and armadillo. visit Laguna Verde in Bolivia. Ringed by Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Santiago, 2-nights. City tour and explore the Puma are present but rarely seen. volcanoes, the emerald lake is home to capital Day 4 Fly to Calama and drive to San Pedro de Atacama, 3-nights. Crested duck, puna teal, giant coot, flocks of Andean flamingo, ostrich-like Optional excursions to explore the desert, salt flats and geysers by silvery grebe, black-crowned night rhea, guanaco and vicuña. Andean vehicle, foot, bike or horseback Day 7 Drive to Calama and fly to Arica heron, puna ibis, avocet, puna tinamou, lapwing, Andean goose, mountain via Santiago, 1-night Day 8 Drive to Putre, 1-night. Full day visit to Andean goose and the three species caracara, white-winged cinclodes and Lauca National Park Day 9 Drive to Arica and fly to Santiago, 1-night of flamingo found in Chile live around red-backed sierra finch can all be seen. the lakes, making this one of the best Back in Chile an early morning visit to Day 10 Fly to Punta Arenas and transfer to Torres del Paine National Park, parks for birding. El Tatio geysers is unmissable. 3-nights, EcoCamp suite domes. Explore Torres del Paine’s glaciers and lakes on foot Day 13 Transfer to Punta Arenas and fly to Santiago, 1-night Day 14 Depart Day 15 Arrive UK

Departures Daily, October to April

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 105 The Lake District placid lakes and dense forests, it is hard to spot, but include puma, ocelot, Magellanes & Tierra del Fuego Four adjacent national parks, Vicente a place of immense natural beauty. a small and reclusive deer, and the The Chilean portion of Patagonia, Pérez Rosales and Puyehue in Among the many interesting trees are chilla, which looks like a small fox. which extends across South America’s Chile, plus Nahuel Huapi and Lanín various species of nothofagus, ancient southern tip, is called Magellanes in Argentina, protect this southern species such as araucaria (monkey Crossing the Andes to after its Portuguese explorer. On the region. With snowcapped volcanoes, puzzle tree), and the endangered alerce Bariloche, Argentina Pacific side of the barrier created by rushing rivers, tumbling waterfalls, andino. Most of the 30 mammals are This classic two-day trip from Puerto the Southern Andes, glacial action Montt or Puerto Varas through the has excavated a complex coastline of TAILOR-MADE exquisite Lake District skirts Lago fjords, channels and islands. Between Patagonia Wildlife ADVENTURE Llanquihue past the impressive the mainland and Tierra del Fuego, the volcanoes of Osorno and Calbuco to Strait of Magellan has Chile’s first and This adventure-packed trip combines marine wildlife with mountains and Vicente Perez National Park, where only marine reserve, Francisco Coloane walking. Travelling by rigid inflatable boat into the Strait of Magellan, you you visit Petrohue Falls. On crossing Marine Park, which is a summer home witness the antics of sealions, watch dolphins swimming alongside, visit Lago Todos Los Santos to Peulla, to humpback plus and occasional a Magellanic penguin nesting site, and hopefully see humpback whales you have the rest of the afternoon to sei whales and orca, plus Chilean breaching in Chile’s first ever marine park. To cap this experience, you explore. Next day you continue by bus and Peale’s dolphin, South American then spend a few days in the peerless landscapes of Torres del Paine to Argentina, cross the Andes via a sealion and southern fur seal. Across National Park, with a full programme of walks and excursions to get the low pass, board a boat at Puerto Frias the strait, Tierra del Fuego has best out of this magical area. to cross Lago Frias to Puerto Alegre, breeding colonies of penguin, sealion, continue by bus to Puerto Blest for the and numerous albatross. Suggested Itinerary final leg across Lago Nahuel Huapi to Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Santiago, 2-nights. City tour Day 4 Fly Puerto Pañuelo for the final short drive Torres del Paine National Park to Punta Arenas, 1-night Day 5 Drive to Voces Bay and cross by boat to into San Carlos de Bariloche. Chilean Patagonia’s premier attraction San Isidro, 1-night, Faro San Isidro Inn Day 6 Boat to Carlos III Island in is a wonderfully scenic mix of craggy Francisco Coloane Marine Park, 2-nights, Whalesound Eco-camp. Whale Chiloé Island peaks, glacial lakes, icefields and Just south of Puerto Montt, this fertile green valleys – a UNESCO Biosphere watching boat trips Day 8 Boat back to mainland and transfer to Punta island lives from farming, fishing and Reserve. The omnipresent Paine Arenas, 1-night Day 9 Drive to Torres del Paine National Park, 4-nights, forestry. Arriving here is like stepping Massif, a magnificent set of rocky Ecocamp suite domes. Three days of guided walks and excursions to see back in time – it is interesting from spires formed from granite and wildlife in majestic surroundings Day 13 Drive to Punta Arenas, 1-night a cultural point of view, and full of sedimentary rock, dominates the Day 14 Fly to Santiago and depart Day 15 Arrive UK lovely rural scenes – although rain landscape. Wildlife includes Andean and mist are regular events. The west deer, guanaco, puma, skunk and hare, Departures Daily, October to April side is a dense swathe of temperate plus a host of birds such as Andean rainforest, where you can find black- condor, lesser rhea, Chilean flamingo, necked swan, green-backed firecrown, black-faced ibis, black-necked swan Falkland Islands Extension Patagonian tyrant, ringed kingfisher, and kelp goose. It is a photographer’s The Falkland Islands are famous for their amazing birdlife and marine silvery grebe and Chilean flamingo. paradise: shooting the Cuernos del mammals, which – due to the absence of predators – can usually be Important colonies of Magellanic and Paine at first light is a wonderful approached with ease. These remote, unspoilt and sparsely populated Humboldt penguins live at Puñihuil, experience – if the light is right, the islands are heaven for nature lovers and photographers. LAN Chile fly once and off Quellon, at the southern tip. base of mountain turns orange while a week from Punta Arenas to Port Stanley, the capital, so you can easily add Blue whales can be sighted in the Gulf the summits are crowned by dramatic a stay here to your trip to Chile. Please ask for details. of Corcovado between late-January and peculiar lenticular clouds. and April.

106 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip CHILE

:: THE AMERICAS

Easter Island Juan Fernández Archipelago Santiago Valparaiso Rapa Nui, as it is known locally, is This archipelago of three principal Chile’s capital is located in the central The main port and one of the oldest a small triangle of volcanic rock in islands is situated 680-800 kilometres valley, flanked by the Andes to the east, cities in Chile, this UNESCO World mid-Pacific, around 3,800 kilometres off mainland Chile. The main island of and the coastal range to the west. It Heritage Site is only 120 kilometres off the Chilean coast, some five hours the group, Robinson Crusoe, is reached is a lively and dynamic place, with drive from the capital, sprawled across flying time from Santiago. This island by a two hour flight from Santiago and lots to see in the historic downtown the hillsides and cliffs around a wide and its enigmatic stone faces have can be combined easily with any trip area – notably the Presidential Palace bay. It is a delightful setting. A variety always been the subject of intense to mainland Chile. The experiences of La Moneda, the Plaza de Armas of seabirds including the stunning curiosity and speculation. Where did of Scottish sailor Alexander Selkirk, (main square) and the imposing Inca tern and Humboldt penguins can the islanders come from? How did they who was marooned here between Metropolitan Cathedral. If time permits, be seen along the coastline, while transport the massive moai from their 1704 and 1709, made it famous and we recommend an afternoon trip inland the renowned wineries of the quarry to their current locations? A stay inspired Daniel Defoe’s eponymous into the Andes as an introduction to Casablanca and Colchagua valleys, the here will include a sunset boat trip as novel. The volcanic island is covered in breathtaking mountain scenery and centre of Chile’s wine production, are many thousands of seabirds return to sub-tropical forest and is of particular beautiful wild flowers. You may even a retreat for connoisseurs of good food their nests on high cliffs, and a visit to interest to botanists as it has around see your first Andean condor. and fine wines! some of the 600 moais that cover the 120 endemic plants, while birders will island. It is easy to add a visit to Easter enjoy trying to spot its three endemic See our website for dates and prices Island to any trip to mainland Chile. bird species.

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Alto Atacama Hotel , EcoCamp Patagonia, The Singular Patagonia, Whalesound Eco-camp, Atacama Torres del Paine National Park Puerto Bories Carlos III Island, Strait of Magellan To get the most out of the unique desert Designed to withstand the elements, In the late 1800s European pioneers Within the marine reserve on Carlos III landscape, you need to stay right in provide warmth and comfort, and established a thriving industry based Island, this tiny eco-camp accommodates the midst of it. Located in the fertile minimise environmental impact, this on sheep farming, which led to the only ten people in comfortable twin- Catarpe valley, in the shadow of the innovative complex of geodesic dome construction of a cold storage plant bedded double dome tents. The camp is pre-Columbian ruins of Quitor beside tents on wooden platforms is a perfect in 1915, where millions of sheep built on wooden decking to avoid erosion the San Pedro river, this luxurious hotel compromise between a hotel and were processed and exported as both and is dedicated to whale research in is only three kilometres from town, but camping. Spacious suites have double or meat and wool. Saved from ruin, this the Strait of Magellan. The intimacy is seems a whole world away. Silence and twin beds with duvets, a wood-burning historic complex has been meticulously enhanced by the pristine scenery of rugged mountains surrounds the 32 stove and private bathroom; smaller transformed into a stunning, award- mountain, glacier and forest. It was spacious, comfortable rooms, each of standard domes share bathroom facilities, winning, luxury hotel that blends old and founded by scientists who discovered which has a private terrace so you can but come at a lower price. Wooden new in a triumph of design, and has been that humpback whales return here every enjoy the views. We recommend a three walkways connect to three bright and airy declared a national historic landmark. summer, so there is plenty of opportunity or four-night stay to give time to enjoy core domes with the restaurant, bar and All 54 spacious rooms and 3 suites have to watch whales and learn about them the various optional activities and explore communal area. There is a programme of huge picture windows overlooking Last from researchers. the area. nature and wildlife walks. Hope Sound.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 107 Argentina

Few countries in South America offer such a range of contrasts and such These varied habitats support an astonishing range of wildlife that includes variety of wildlife as Argentina: the wide grasslands of the Pampas, the soaring a number of must-sees: magellanic penguin, southern right whale, orca, snowcaps and glacial lakes of the Andes, the bleak steppe of Patagonia, the elephant seal, Andean condor, guanaco – the daintiest of all the camelids! semi-tropical splendour of the rainforest around Iguazu Falls, the steamy – and more besides. If you yearn for striking scenery, dramatic vistas and marshlands of Iberá, and the cool forests of Tierra del Fuego. interesting wildlife, you could do a lot worse than take a trip to Argentina.

Key species Diary notes brazil  Southern three-banded paraguay  Oct-Apr: Orcas at Valdes pacific armadillo Peninsula ocean Salta  Mountain viscacha Iguazu Falls  Sep-Nov: Southern right Yacutinga Rainforest  Patagonian mara whales at Valdes Iberá Marshlands  Argentine tuco-tuco  Early Dec: Penguins hatch at Mercedes Punta Tombo  Coypu (nutria) argentina  May-Aug: southern  South American fur seal uruguay hemisphere winter!  Southern elephant seal Chile Mendoza Buenos Along the western border with Chile,  Guanaco Aires the Andes run from Tierra del Fuego  Vicuña all the way north to Bolivia. Northern Argentina contains the southern extent  Southern right whale Nahuel Huapi NP of the Bolivian altiplano, the forested Bariloche plains of the Chaco, and sub-tropical Valdes Peninsula Some geography Puerto Madryn rainforest along the border with Brazil Punta Tombo Patagonia, which occupies the and Paraguay – including Iguazu Falls Cabo Dos Bahias Trelew southern third of the country is the and the Ibera Marshes. Around the Comodoro Rivadavia premier wildlife area, but its places Bosque Petrificado capital is the agricultural heartland – Puerto Deseado south of interest are widely separated. atlantic the flat grassy expanse of the Pampas. Los Glaciares NP Puerto San Julián The Valdés Peninsula lies roughly a ocean thousand kilometres south of Buenos El Calafate Monte León Torres del Aires, while Calafate (the base for Paine NP exploring Glaciares National Park) – is Tierra del Fuego Ushuaia a further 900 kilometres south, and Ushuaia (at southern tip of Tierra del Navarino Island Fuego) is the same distance yet again.

108 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ARGENTINA

:: THE AMERICAS

Getting around TAILOR-MADE Argentina is a huge country, and its Wild Patagonia towns and cities are widely spread, Marvel at the scenic and wildlife highlights of the immense treeless so most internal travel involves using plateau of Patagonia – in both Argentina and Chile! From the lakes and domestic airlines to get between the main points of interest. Once there, glaciers around Calafate to the stunning peaks and burgeoning wildlife most transport is by minibus. In each of Torres del Paine, en route to Ushuaia at the southern end of Tierra del separate location few excursions Fuego. The best, however, is left till the end – with the astonishing marine operate on a private basis, so for at life of the Peninsula Valdés. least part of the time you may be with a small group. One novel mode Suggested Itinerary of transport is by overnight bus in a Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Buenos Aires, 2-nights. City tour and surprisingly comfortable sleeper berth. optional tango show with dinner Day 4 Fly to Calafate, 2 nights. Excursion to Perito Moreno Glacier Day 6 Transfer to Torres del Paine Punta Tombo Valdes Peninsula National Park (Chile), 2 nights. Optional excursions in Torres del Paine This headland, around one hundred Argentina’s foremost wildlife site is a National Park Day 8 Afternoon drive to Puerto Natales, 1-night Day 9 kilometres south of Trelew, gateway flat peninsula at the northern end of Drive to Estancia Rio Verde, 1 night lodge Day 10 Bird watching and drive to the Peninsula Valdés, is the site of Patagonia, whose coast is lined with via Otway penguin colony to Punta Arenas, 1 night Day 11 Bus across the world’s largest breeding colony sandy beaches and rocky shelves. Magellan Strait to Ushuaia (Argentina), 2-night. Walks in Lapataia National of Magellanic penguin. Over half a The beaches are home to prodigious million congregate here to breed numbers of marine wildlife, including Park and on Redonda Island Day 13 Fly to Trelew and continue to Puerto between September and mid-March. the only colony of elephant seal Madryn, 3-nights. Explore Valdes Peninsula Day 16 Fly to Buenos Aires, The eggs hatch at the beginning of on the South American mainland 1-night Day 17 Depart Day 18 Arrive UK December, at which point the colony at Calheta Valdés, while at Punta Extension to Navarino Island (Chile): Day 13 Boat across Beagle is full of noisy, hungry chicks. The Norte, the peninsula’s northern tip, Channel to Puerto Williams on Navarino Island (Chile); continue to reserve is dedicated to the protection orcas are seen. Seal, sealion, and Lakutaia, 3-nights Lakutaia Lodge. Wildlife activities Day 16 Boat back of the Patagonian plateau, home to the Commerson’s dolphin can all be seen Patagonian hare. Kelp gull, flightless offshore. The steppe-like interior is to Ushuaia, fly to Trelew and continue to Puerto Madryn; 3-nights. Explore steamer duck, black oystercatcher, inhabited by guanaco, Patagonian Valdes Peninsula Day 19 Fly to Buenos Aires, 1-night Day 20 Depart royal and black-necked cormorant, fox, hairy armadillo and lesser rhea. Day 21 Arrive UK Antarctic pigeon and giant petrel are all Birdwatching is good all year round. found along the coast. Departures Daily, October to April

See our website for dates and prices

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 109 Ushuaia & Tierra Del Fuego the rare chungungo otter, as well as ice break off and crash into the water. and walkways affords fine views – we National Park Magellanic woodpecker, black-chested You can explore at your own pace, or recommend visiting the national park Ushuaia, capital of the Argentine buzzard and austral parakeet. take boat rides on the lakes. Birdlife on the Brazilian side too. There’s a province of Tierra del Fuego, Antarctica includes black-necked swan and black- remarkable range of vegetation with and the South Atlantic Islands, lies over El Calafate & chested buzzard, and Andean condor. orchids growing next to pines, bamboo 3,000 kilometres south of Buenos Aires Los Glaciares National Park Puma are occasionally seen. next to palms, and mosses beside in a dramatic position overlooking This small resort on the shore of Lago lianas and colourful begonias. the Beagle Channel. The world’s most Argentino is the base for exploring Iguazu Falls southerly city is surrounded by the the UNESCO Natural Heritage Site of This magnificent array of 275 separate Yacutinga Rainforest wilderness, lakes and bays of Tierra Los Glaciares National Park. Much of waterfalls stretches for over three Some two hours drive from Iguazu del Fuego, which provide opportunities the area is covered by giant icefields kilometres along the border with Falls is Yacutinga Rainforest – a for outdoor activities such as horse- that feed the lake and that of nearby neighbouring Brazil. The abundant flora private reserve whose multi-layered riding, trekking, fishing, canoeing and, Lago Viedma. The five kilometre wide and fauna of the surrounding tropical ecosystem is home to countless of course, watching wildlife. Along the mouth of Perito Moreno Glacier towers forest includes some 500 species of species of birds, mammals and plants. coast you may see seals, albatrosses, 70 metres above the water, creating butterfly, 400 birds and 2,000 plants. You’ll explore on walking and boat ducks and petrels. Also present is thunderous noises as massive blocks of Iguazu ranks alongside Niagara and safaris with local naturalist guides. Victoria Falls as one of the world’s Colourful forest birds, such as toucans, great waterfalls. A network of paths guans, trogons and woodpeckers, Argentina’s Wild North TAILOR-MADE

A snapshot view of the long-ignored northeast of Argentina with the TAILOR-MADE best of its rich wildlife. This novel itinerary combines the little known Patagonia’s Marine Life but beautiful open spaces of the vast Iberá wetland with the thundering Over 1,400 kilometres south of Buenos Aires, Patagonia is famed for its waters of Iguazu Falls – as spectacular a natural attraction as you could austere beauty and profuse wildlife. The windswept shores of the Valdes wish for – and the dense rainforest of Yacutinga. And of course you can Peninsula are home to many marine mammals – notably elephant seals combine any of these already diverse elements with a trip to Patagonia, in and sea lions, plus Magellanic penguins. Between March and April, the far south… however, the focus is orcas – Punta Norte is where they spectacularly Suggested Itinerary snatch sea lion pups from the shallows – while in October and November southern right whales cavort in the sheltered Golfo Nuevo. Further south Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Buenos Aires: 1-night hotel. Day 3 City tour the village of Bahia Bustamante is on an estancia founded to collect and bird watching at Costanera Sur, overnight bus (with sleeper berth) seaweed – here too, is remarkable marine life in the National Marine Park to Mercedes Day 4 Arrive Mercedes and transfer to Estancia Rincón del of Patagonia Austral. Socorro, 3-nights Hostería Rincón del Socorro. Wildlife activities Day 7 Drive via Jesuit Missions and Posadas to Iguazu, 2-nights. Visit Suggested Itinerary Iguazu Falls (Argentine side) Day 9 Transfer to Yacutinga, 3-nights Day 1 Depart UK Day 2 Arrive Buenos Aires, 1-night. Afternoon city Yacutinga Lodge. Wildlife activities Day 12 Drive to Iguazu and fly to tour Day 3 Fly to Trelew and transfer to Punta Norte, Peninsula Valdés, Buenos Aires, 1-night. Optional tango show with dinner Day 13 Depart 3-nights. Explore Peninsula Valdés Day 6 Transfer to Puerto Madryn, Day 14 Arrive UK 1-night Day 7 Transfer to Bahia Bustamante, 3-nights. Explore the area Day 9 Transfer to Trelew and fly to Buenos Aires, 1-night D ay 10 Depart Departures Daily, September to December and March to April Buenos Aires Day 11 Arrive UK

Departures Daily, October to November and March to May Iguazu Falls Extension You can easily add an extension to Iguazu Falls and Yacutinga Rainforest to Trip endorsed by WDCS. A share of the profit goes any trip in Argentina. Simply ask one of our knowledgeable consultants. directly to support WDCS conservation projects.

110 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ARGENTINA

:: THE AMERICAS

flit through the dappled shadows. town of Mercedes, the maze of islands, The reserve also protects several lagoons, streams and marshland endangered species such as jaguar, create a perfect habitat for many birds, tapir and ocelot, although these mammals and reptiles. Black caiman, elusive creatures are not easy to see. boa constrictor and capybara are all Yacutinga makes a fantastic, relaxing common, and sightings of armadillo, end to any wildlife trip in Argentina. turtle, monkeys, deer, anaconda, otter, wildcat and maned wolf are possible. Iberá Marshland Over 400 species of bird range from the This immense wetland in Corrientes greater rhea (the largest), to various province in northern Argentina – herons, stork, eagle, parrot, snipe, nicknamed the Argentine Pantanal woodpecker, kingfisher, hummingbirds, – covers an area twice the size of magpie tanagers and thrushes. Florida’s Everglades. Accessed via the

For a full range of accommodation visit Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com

Estancia Bahia Bustamante, Eolo Lodge, Yacutinga Rainforest Lodge, Hostería Rincón del Socorro, Pueblo Alguero Lago Argentino Yacutinga Rainforest Reserve Esteros del Iberá Despite its isolation – or maybe because Some 30 minutes drive outside El Calafate Set in 250,000 hectares of primary This 12,000-hectare former cattle of it – this is a special place, a family en route to Perito Moreno glacier, this sub-tropical rainforest, whose constant ranch on the edge of the wetlands has property that attracts only those deluxe estancia-style lodge is located on warmth and humidity creates the perfect been transformed into a private nature interested in its wildlife. Six comfortable a 3,000 hectare estate with fine views conditions for some 320 bird species, reserve. The small eco-lodge consists of seafront cottages are just a few steps over Lago Argentino and the Anita Valley; the lodge’s 40 idiosyncratic, comfortable the main house with six rooms, a living away from the shore, so you fall asleep on a clear day you can see Torres del rooms have private facilities and great room, verandah, indoor and outdoor to the soothing sound of ocean; another Paine over the border in Chile. It has 17 views. The main building houses a dining areas, and a pool, plus three five cottages are set 200 metres higher modern comfortable and classy rooms, restaurant and bar, while outside there adjacent bungalows with a living room with views of the Patagonian steppe. a restaurant, bar, small indoor pool and are lush gardens, a pool and a canopy and small kitchen; all rooms have private Attentive resident staff will welcome you gym. Activities include wildlife and bird walkway. Built on environmental bathrooms. Meals are prepared using and cosset you during your stay. Much of watching, star gazing, walking, mountain principles, the lodge employs local organic fruit and vegetables and free- the excellent food is produced locally – biking, and – at additional cost – horse people, reintroduces endangered range meats, served with good Argentine including organic produce and algae from riding, plus excursions to nearby places of plant species, uses natural resources wines. Wildlife activities include boat the estancia itself. interest. A Relais & Chateaux property. sustainably, and offers an exciting and trips, nature walks, horse riding and stimulating eco-experience. night safaris.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 111 The Falkland Islands

This remote and unspoilt British archipelago in the South Atlantic consists The islands are also renowned for their birds and marine mammals, and of two main islands, East and West Falkland, plus another 776 smaller so a veritable paradise for birdwatchers – more than 200 species include islands, most of which are unpopulated. Tall tussock grass lines the sandy seabirds such as black-browed albatross and giant petrel, plus six species beaches, which are home to elephant seal, sealion and fur seal – a delight of penguin including king, gentoo, rockhopper, Magellanic and macaroni. for nature lovers and photographers.

Key species Diary notes Carcass  Killer whale (orca) Pebble  Island Island January: most penguin eggs Saunders have hatched by this time  Commerson’s dolphin Island  March: black-browed  Southern sea lion albatross chicks fledge on west EAST  South American fur seal faLKLAND faLKLAND Saunders Island Stanley  Mid September to late October:  Southern elephant seal Mt Pleasant elephant seals give birth International  Gentoo penguin Airport  Early November: fur seals  Rockhopper penguin start breeding Bleaker  November and February: best Island  Black-browed albatross time to see orca off Sealion  Southern giant petrel Sealion Island Island  December: sealion breeding  Falkland flightless steamer starts duck

Some geography 4-wheel drive vehicle is essential. tin roofs. A scattering of red telephone in a hundred years. As they avoided The two main islands are separated Walking is inevitably the only way to boxes and six pubs give it a distinctly introducing rats and cats, its wildlife by the Falkland Sound. Only see some parts of the islands. Boat British feel. It’s a pleasant place to has no predators and are therefore another 30 or so smaller islands trips to some wildlife sites operate relax for a few days – exploring the approachable. Known for its colonies are inhabited, generally by farmers. intermittently, dependent on demand. town and visiting nearby attractions. of Magellanic and gentoo penguin, Wildlife sites and reserves are There are several places you can walk it also has striated caracaras, king scattered across the islands. Stanley to, and local guides offer trips to both cormorants, night herons and elephant The islands’ capital is located on wildlife and battlefield sites. seals. Take a boat excursion to nearby Getting around East Falkland around a picturesque West Point to see the Devil’s Nose, The government air service (FIGAS) harbour. 80%of the total population of Carcass Island home to 2,000 breeding pairs of black- operates a small fleet of aircraft from around 2,500 lives in this small, tidy, Named after the survey vessel on browed albatross plus 500 pairs of Stanley to the outlying islands. Outside historic cathedral town, many of whose which a young Horatio Nelson served, rockhopper penguins, one of the most Stanley most roads are gravel, so a wooden buildings have brightly painted this island has had only three owners amazing sights in the Falklands.

112 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip FALKLANDS THE :: THE AMERICAS

Pebble Island TAILOR-MADE This 38 kilometre long island is one Highlights of the Falklands of the largest in the West Falkland This itinerary gives you a comprehensive overview of the highlights of group. The grassy plains, ponds and the Falklands, and takes you to the islands that are open to visitors – wetlands on its east side contrast with the moorlands and mountains we have found over the years that most of our naturalist clients want to of the west. Its sandy beaches and visit them all! rocky cliffs provide shelter to sealions Suggested Itinerary and thousands of penguins. It is the only place in the Falklands where the Day 1 Depart UK via Santiago Day 2 Fly to Punta Arenas (Chile), 1-night. erect-crested penguin has been seen. Day 3 Fly to Stanley, 1-night Day 4 Carcass Island, 2-nights Carcass In addition to the usual five species. As Bleaker Island Settlement. Optional boat trip to West Point Day 6 Saunders Island, well as its 42 resident bird species, the A 30 minute flight from Stanley, off 2-nights Saunders Settlement. Visit The Neck Day 8 Pebble Island, island attracts occasional visitors from the south-east coast of East Falkland, 2-nights Pebble Island Hotel. Excursion to see sealions, penguins and mainland South America, such as the this isolated, low-lying island with resident birds Day 10 Bleaker Island, 2-nights Bleaker Settlement. See black-necked swan. wide sandy bays and sheltered coves rockhopper penguins Day 12 Sea Lion Island, 3-nights Sea Lion Lodge. is of interest for its large colony of See elephant seals Day 15 Stanley, 2-nights Malvina House Hotel. Day rockhopper penguin, in addition to their trip to Volunteer Point Day 17 Fly back to Punta Arenas, 1-night Magellanic and gentoo cousins. There is a large group of king cormorants, and Day 18 Depart via Santiago Day 19 Arrive UK striated caracaras are often seen. The Departures Thursdays only, October to March many pools are home to large numbers of waterfowl, including white-tufted and silver grebes, and black-necked swans. The island is small and flat, so off West Falkland, is home to a Other species include southern giant Sea Lion Island walking between bird colonies is easy. staggering amount of wildlife. Here you petrel, rock shag, king shag and striated The most southerly inhabited island, can see a colony of 11,000 breeding caracara. The north of the island consists whose spectacular scenery and wildlife Saunders Island pairs of black-browed albatross and of two peaks divided by a thin strip of feature in many prize-winning photos, The second largest island, an hour’s all five penguin species – including sand known as The Neck, which is one is a 40 minute flight from Stanley. It is flight from Stanley and five kilometres a growing colony of king penguins! of the best wildlife sites in the Falklands. only eight kilometres long, so easy to explore on your own. Much is covered For a full range of accommodation visit with tussock grass, creating a perfect Accommodation ideas www.wildlifeworldwide.com habitat for colonies of elephant seal and the inevitable sealions. Orca are sometimes seen offshore, as are leopard seal and the occasional whale. The dazzling white sand beaches, cliffs, freshwater ponds and heathland are home to 47 bird species.

Carcass Island Homestay, Sea Lion Lodge, Malvina House Hotel, Carcass Island Sea Lion Island Port Stanley Accommodation is in the owner’s house The only purpose-built tourist lodge in The premier hotel in Stanley has 36 which has one double and three twin the Falklands archipelago, consists of rooms with en-suite facilities. There is a rooms, all with en-suite bathrooms; meals six twin rooms and one double room large bar-lounge area, a spa and sauna, are taken with the family. Within easy with en-suite facilities. The modern and the original conservatory houses the walking distance of the house you will accommodation offers a level of comfort restaurant, which with a Michelin-starred find Magellanic penguins and striated and amenity you might not altogether chef is considered the best in town. caracaras, elephant seals and a colony of expect in such a remote location. gentoo penguins.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 113 Expedition Voyages

Expedition voyages are a key part of our programme. There is a trip to suit everyone from the first-timer to the regular cruise traveller.

We know that when you step aboard one of our carefully selected vessels, it is not to soak up the sun and sample the midnight buffet, but to discover the world, reach places inaccessible by any other means, enjoy the company of like-minded travellers and learn about the landscapes, wildlife and cultures of our amazing planet, so these are active trips to engage both body and mind. You’ll land on remote beaches and in hidden coves to get close to nature, and explore on foot or by zodiac inflatable.

The vessels we select are just right in terms of size, speed, stability, comfort and (crucially) safety, for exploring remote regions – vessels that are perfect for venturing into the world’s wildest areas. They’ll move you quickly and efficiently from bay to island to ice-choked channel, and provide a comfortable base at the end of a day’s exploring. Whatever your taste, we’re confident you will enjoy an excellent blend of experiences and activities, both on and off the water.

Frequently Asked Questions... An expedition voyage is different. You’ll of guides and experts who play a major Before you head off on your first expedition voyage, we know you will be on a small ship (those that we work role in making your trip special. have a lot of questions – so we thought we would answer some before with accommodate anything from How does it start, and what is it like you even make a booking! This isn’t exhaustive by any means, but will around 12 to 100 passengers), so you on board? help set the scene and give you an insight into how things work. If you can meet new people and get to know would like to know more, just call or email one of our expert consultants. your fellow passengers. There aren’t so Boarding generally takes place in the many of these that each time you see a afternoon to allow you time to arrive. face it seems to be a new one! However we always recommend you Is it a cruise or a voyage? spend the previous night in a hotel near A bit of both, in fact. The word ‘cruise’ The vessel will be specially adapted the port to avoid flight delays – after may conjure up an image of a giant for the conditions you’re likely to all, we wouldn’t like you to (literally) ship disgorging hundreds (if not encounter – either purpose-built miss the boat! thousands!) of passengers into a or refitted accordingly. Many were scientific research vessels in a former After settling in to your cabin, you may port to rush around on a brief shore life, and have been refurbished to be welcomed with a glass of something excursion, buy souvenirs, and then accommodate passengers. fizzy and a snack. Once the ship is return to sit by the pool in the sun under way, you’ll meet the captain and reading a book! A ‘voyage’, on the During your trip there will almost expedition team. On many vessels you other hand, suggests some degree certainly be a programme of illustrated are free to visit the bridge at any time, of hardship – such as Christopher talks and presentations. These cover and can see how the course is plotted Columbus’ voyage to discover America a range of topics from birds and and conditions are monitored by the in 1492, or Charles Darwin’s voyage mammals to geography, history and watch-keepers. with HMS Beagle. astronomy, and are given by the team

114 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip EXPEDITION VOYAGES

How about the food? Are the days at sea boring? zodiacs are being lowered, and then Food on board is both plentiful and Not at all! A lecture programme is don lifejackets and go ashore in groups delicious, and surprisingly varied. usually arranged for sea days, and in of ten to 12 people. You may spend Fresh fruit and vegetables are normally the evening there’s often a film or a anything from two to four hours ashore provided throughout the trip. In addition preparatory talk for the next day. Talks – depending on what there is to see. to breakfast, a three-course lunch and generally last around 45 minutes, and There are generally at least two dinner are generally prepared. Cake there’s always time to get out on deck landings per day, and the ship may sail and biscuits are served each afternoon, to see whatever wildlife is around – on to the second landing site while you and tea, coffee and juice are available there’s invariably something to see. have lunch. Landing sites are many and throughout the day. Some trips may Cruising days offer opportunities to What special clothing do I need? varied, and depend on the voyage that even include all alcoholic drinks in the watch birdlife or passing islands, and Larger vessels that operate in the Arctic you have selected. You will normally price. Where feasible, the ship will visit keen eyes are always scanning the or Antarctic carry a supply of rubber receive more information about these local markets to pick up supplies and horizon for something of interest. Any boots with thermal inserts that are once you’ve made your booking. regional specialities. Vegetarians and sightings of note may be announced loaned to passengers for shore landings. However the actual sites visited may most special diets can be catered for – over the tannoy system, so you’ll never A few loan out expedition parkas, or have change depending on weather and sea as long as we know in advance. miss out. them available for purchase. In addition, conditions – circumstances outside the some vessels offer facilities to hire or control of the crew. What are the weather and sea How about the landings? purchase clothing before you travel. conditions going to be like? The main objective of any voyage is to Increasingly, there are options to do The temperature on-board ship is Weather and sea conditions are highly explore – so you’ll disembark as often specialist activities such as kayaking, invariably high, and the dress code is variable, and whether you’re in the as possible to see and photograph the ski mountaineering, ice diving etc, very casual. However to go ashore or tropics or a polar region there’s never wildlife, scenery or culture, and learn or perfect your photography skills as even out on deck, you need to be able any guarantee of good weather. All about it from the expert on-board part of some trips. These activities are to cope with cold and windy conditions. ships give regular updates on the guides. On arrival at a landing site, invariably open to a limited number of The best way is by layering clothing so weather forecast. you’ll have a final briefing while the participants, so are booked on a first- you can adjust to the temperature e.g. come, first-served basis, and involve a thermal base layer plus a thin fleece, payment of a supplement. Not all are a thicker fleece, then a warm, wind and suitable for beginners, so you may waterproof outer layer such as a parka – need to produce a qualification or proof or a combination of a down jacket or ski of previous experience before you are jacket plus a waterproof cagoule. Warm accepted; some may require you to trousers, such as ski trousers, and – if bring specialist equipment. these are not waterproof – waterproof Do I need to be fit? over-trousers, plus a warm hat, gloves and a scarf are all essential. You certainly don’t need to be super fit, however you should be in good health, as many voyages visit remote locations without sophisticated medical facilities. Most shore excursions involve climbing in and out of a moving zodiac, which calls for a degree of agility, so these voyages may not be suitable if you have mobility issues.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 115 Antarctica

Antarctic voyages during the austral summer echo the journeys of the great explorers. Follow in the footsteps of Shackleton, Scott and others as you view some of the world’s most exciting wildlife. Vast colonies of penguins, seals and seabirds live in a white wilderness with soaring glaciers, cliffs and icebergs. Humpback, minke, southern right, blue, fin, sei, orca, pilot and sperm whales are all regularly seen in these waters. The smaller vessels we prefer allow more time with the experts while on board, and more time off the ship to explore. For many people, this may be a once-in-a-lifetime experience, while others will return to revisit this unique continent.

Frequently Asked Questions...

Which trip should I do? If you have a few days longer, you can This depends on when you can travel, choose a trip that ventures further how long you can be away, your budget south along the Antarctic Peninsula and interests. to cross the Polar Circle, or one that heads into the Weddell Sea on the east We strongly advise spending a night A few trips start or finish in the If time is limited, a Classic Antarctica side of the peninsula. here before your voyage departs – to Falkland Islands, while longer and trip includes some five days sailing avoid any problems with delayed more expensive voyages to the less- With three weeks, you can enjoy the along the Antarctic Peninsula. flights. However if you spend a few visited Ross Sea region of Antarctica, astonishing wildlife of the Falklands days In Ushuaia, you can visit Tierra generally start from either Hobart in If that’s too long, on a Fly-Cruise you and South Georgia en-route to del Fuego National Park, the nearby Tasmania, or Lyttelton or Bluff in New can fly from the mainland of Chile to Antarctica, or take a more specialised glaciers or an historic estancia, or Zealand. board your vessel at King George Island trip to see a colony of emperor penguins. enjoy a boat trip to the islands of the in the South Shetlands, then fly back What are the weather and sea The duration and route may vary Beagle Channel. again at the end. This cuts out four conditions like? slightly according to the ship, time days of sailing, and the infamous Drake Any trip that involves flying to or from of year, and local conditions, but on This is the most frequently asked Passage (see below) –- but comes at a Antarctica will start from Punta Arenas, any voyage you’ll see the Antarctic’s question – and there is no easy price. A few trips offer the compromise capital of Chile’s most southerly magnificent landscapes and unique answer! Both weather and sea of flying one way and sailing the other. region, on the north side of the Strait of wildlife. conditions are highly variable, and Magellan. This has the only airport that there’s no guarantee of good weather – Where do Antarctic trips leave from? serves the Antarctic. even in the height of summer. Most voyages depart from Ushuaia, on Either of these start or end points The two day crossing of the Drake the island of Tierra del Fuego, at the opens up the possibility of extending Passage from Ushuaia en-route to southern tip of Argentina. Standing on your trip to visit Patagonia – or from the Antarctic Peninsula is the Beagle Channel, with spectacular Calafate and the Parque Nacional infamous for its roughness – but if views across to Chile and the Andes de los Glaciares in Argentina, or the you have good sea legs, there’s lots of as they reach the sea, it was originally incomparable mountains of Torres del wildlife to see. a pioneer town but has increased Paine in Chile. Depending on where you dramatically in size over the last 20 embark/disembark, you can also break years – due mainly to the growth in your journey en-route in Buenos Aires See our website travel to Antarctica. or in Santiago. for dates and prices

116 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ANTARCTICA :: EXPEDITION VOYAGES EXPEDITION VOYAGES

Climate Crossing the Southern Ocean can be easy, and severe storms are infrequent during the southern summer. Although bad weather can occur at any time in the Antarctic Peninsula, the narrow waterways are quite protected. Sunny days are common in Greater Antarctica, and the sun shines even in the sub- Antarctic islands and the Antarctic Peninsula. Although the average summer temperature is near freezing and you should be prepared for cold weather, it’s surprising how often it seems almost too warm to wear a parka.

Diary notes October/November – late spring/early summer  The landing sites are at their most clean and pristine I’ve heard a lot about scientific you can warm up in the geothermally-  Pack ice begins to melt and break up bases in the Antarctic – will I be heated waters of the pool (40°C). If  Penguin and seabird courtship is at its height able to visit one? you want to try it, don’t forget your  Wildflowers bloom in the Falklands and South Georgia swimmers! Your vessel will make at least one  Elephant seals establish their breeding territories stop at an international scientific base. As researchers show you around, What activities are available? December/January – height of summer they’ll explain how they cope with Apart from daily shore excursions  Warmest weather and longest daylight the weather, and talk about their – sometimes as many as three or  Penguin chicks hatch – in the Falklands first and Antarctica last work. Antarctica has a long history four in a day if conditions permit –  Seal pups are visible in the Falklands and on South Georgia of scientific research, so many bases some vessels offer activities such as  Whale sightings are on the increase have interesting museums dedicated to camping, kayaking, snowshoeing, ski science or exploration. trekking, mountaineering and even February/March diving, accompanied by qualified  The end of the Antarctic summer Can I swim in Antarctica? guides. These must be booked in  Receding ice allows easier access Amazingly, you can – but it’s not for advance on a first-come, first-served the faint-hearted! Many ships stop at basis, as numbers are limited. All  Best whale sightings – minke and orca are often seen Deception Island, where the expedition necessary equipment is generally  Adult penguins moult; chicks fledge and leave their colony personnel will dig a pool in the volcanic provided. Some activities require proof  Fur seals are visible on the Antarctic Peninsula sand. After a brief dip in the bay (1°C!), of previous experience.  Elephant seals haul out onto the beaches and start to moult

Wildlife The following list is not exhaustive, but may well whet your appetite!

Whales Other mammals Minkes are found in the ice floes around the Antarctic Peninsula, Reindeer are found on South Georgia, where they were introduced by while humpback, beaked, fin, sei, southern right and blue whales may sealers and whalers many years ago. be found in the Southern Ocean. Orcas are regularly sighted among the ice floes as far north as the Falkland Islands. Penguins King penguins are seen in massive numbers on South Georgia (there Birds are some in the Falklands too). They breed over a two year cycle, so Sooty shearwaters and numerous gulls are common around whenever you travel you’ll see all stages of maturation – from eggs continental South America. Albatrosses, petrels and prions are seen being incubated, to scrawny newly-hatched chicks, and bedraggled, out in the Southern Ocean. The South Georgia pipit can be spotted moulting sub-adults. There are significant concentrations of macaroni amid the tussock grass on South Georgia, and a variety of endemic birds may be seen in the Falkland Islands. penguins on South Georgia too. Rockhopper and magallenic penguins are Falklands ‘specials’, while Seals the Antarctic Peninsula is the place to see chinstrap and gentoo Weddell seals are the most southerly of the Antarctic seals, and penguins. Adélie penguins breed further south than any other are generally seen near ice. Leopard seals are common around the species, and are found all around the continent. If you want to see Antarctic Peninsula, especially near penguin colonies. Crabeater emperor penguins, choose a trip to the Ross Sea, where the only seals are found around pack ice throughout the region. Antarctic fur known rookery on the Antarctic Peninsula is at Snow Hill Island, or seal are found mainly near the Antarctic Peninsula and South Georgia, join a land-based trip to the remote Weddell Sea coast. while elephant seals occur over much of the Southern Ocean.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 117 Classic Antarctica Incredible voyages aboard comfortable expedition vessels, visiting prime wildlife sites along the Antarctic Peninsula and in the nearby South Shetland islands. A perfect introduction to the Antarctic!

of topics relating to the Antarctic, from its thriving colonies of penguins and its wildlife, to the great explorers, and a former British base that now serves the future of the Antarctic. as one of the world’s most isolated museums; and Petermann Island, with You sail on southward to the Antarctic Adélie and gentoo penguins, skuas and Peninsula, where you will have ample blue-eyed shags. time to experience the special magic of this awe-inspiring wilderness. Finally, you head north across the Visit immense rookeries of gentoo, Drake Passage to round Cape Horn and chinstrap and Adélie penguins, and arrive back in Ushuaia. see blue-eyed shags, kelp gulls, Cape petrels, snowy sheathbills and many other birds. You are also likely to see Weddell, crabeater and leopard seals, and may encounter orca, humpback and minke whales at close range.

Depending on the conditions en- The Antarctic Peninsula is the most here you set out across the infamous route, your voyage may include visits accessible part of the white continent, Drake Passage (an experience in to: Paradise Harbour, filled with a with some of its best wildlife and itself!), accompanied by albatrosses mind-boggling array of icebergs; the scenery. All the voyages we feature and other seabirds, watching whales Neumayer and Lemaire Channels, on our website include as much time and dolphins along the way. beautiful ice-choked waterways as possible to watch wildlife, while overlooked by towering rock faces and Your first stop is in the South Shetland still allowing ample opportunity to spectacular glaciers; Port Lockroy, with enjoy the breathtaking scenery of Islands where you’ll visit vast rookeries ice-choked waterways, sculpted of penguins, land on beaches ruled icebergs, imposing glaciers and rugged by Antarctic fur seals and watch SMALL GROUP Itinerary mountains along the way. wallowing elephant seals. One highlight will be sailing into the flooded Day 1 Embark in Ushuaia, Argentina Day 2 Cross the Drake Passage; talks by There are more whales and dolphins volcanic caldera of Deception Island, naturalists Day 4 Visit South Shetland Islands – shore excursions by Zodiac here than anywhere else on earth, and and perhaps even taking a dip in its inflatable. Continue to the Antarctic Peninsula for fantastic wildlife encounters and as you sail you may be accompanied geo-thermally heated water. awesome scenery Day 9 Back across the Drake Passage Day 11 Disembark in by a school of boisterous hourglass Ushuaia Your on-board team of naturalists and dolphins, follow a pod of orca as they The itinerary shown is typical of a Classic Antarctica voyage. The exact itinerary will depend hunt among the ice floes, or watch experienced expedition personnel, on your chosen vessel, departure date and weather, sea and ice conditions. in coordination with the captain and humpback whales breaching in front of While most departures follow the above itinerary, we reserve the right to change this to ensure a successful trip. a wilderness of icebergs. officers, will attempt an average of two landings each day, though factors such Duration: Mostly 11 days – voyage only (if flying one way, 7 days) Your voyage begins and ends in the as weather, sea and ice conditions, Activities: Camping, photography, kayaking, snowshoeing, ski trekking, world’s southernmost city, Ushuaia, and not least wildlife behaviour, will mountaineering and diving on some trips in Tierra del Fuego, Argentina, which influence the programme. They will Departures: November to March nestles between the snow-capped also keep you entertained with a series Embark/Disembark: Ushuaia / Ushuaia (or Punta Arenas / Punta Arenas if flying) Andes and the Beagle Channel. From of talks and presentations on a range

118 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip And for the even more adventurous...

The aim of this voyage is to reach as far south as weather and ice ANTARCTICA :: conditions will permit, and cross the Antarctic Circle, a feat that only a few will ever accomplish. The route takes you further down the western Crossing the side of the Antarctic Peninsula than a Classic Antarctica trip, and you’ll feel an added sense of excitement as you push south towards the Circle.

Navigate some of the white continent’s most scenic waterways through awe-inspiring terrain, littered with giant icebergs. The steep glacial walls Polar Circle EXPEDITION VOYAGES of narrow Lemaire Channel tower above the vessel on both sides, leading to a jigsaw of jewel-like islands that are home to penguin rookeries, whales and elephant seals – a paradise for photographers!

As you cross the Polar Circle at 66˚ 33’ south and enter the rarely visited waters beyond, the temperature drops. You’ll attempt a landing on the continent and may visit a research station. There will be time to explore, or you can just sit and watch penguin antics!

Please note this route is dependent on weather, sea and ice conditions. Some departures may sail directly to the Polar Circle exploring the Peninsula on the northward leg of the voyage.

Duration: around 12 days – voyage only Departures: late December to March

Activities in Antarctica

Some of our trips offer opportunities to engage in other activities (at an additional At least one vessel offers dedicated activity trips where, rather than sailing, the cost). As the numbers for each activity are generally limited, activities are available vessel anchors in one spot for a period to maximise the opportunity for the full on a first-come, first-served basis and must usually be booked in advance. In most range of activities. Please contact us to find out which departures offer this option. cases all the specialist equipment you require is provided.

Camping Ski trekking Camping on the Antarctic ice is an unforgettable There are no ski-trails in the Antarctic, so if you choose experience. All equipment is provided, whether you this option you’ll be breaking new ground – real choose to sleep in a tent or a snowhole. All you need is exploration! a sense of adventure!

Snowshoeing Mountaineering Modern snowshoes are remarkably easy to use and Climbing in Antarctica is an exhilarating experience allow you to access areas with deep snow that would with ancient rock and challenging ice-covered slopes. otherwise be very difficult to reach. No previous All levels of expertise are catered for. experience required.

Photography Ice diving Some vessels offer dedicated photography workshops For experienced divers only. Dive sites vary from which will teach you techniques to take stunning shallow ice diving, diving along a wall, from a beach or photos in polar conditions, and to manipulate your from a zodiac. Maximum depth around 20 metres. The images digitally to produce the best results. sunlight and ice formations create a spectrum of colours.

Sea-kayaking Note Kayakers experience polar waters at their most serene Certain activities, such as sea-kayaking and and tranquil, allowing you to get remarkably close to mountaineering, require you to demonstrate that you amazing wildlife and towering icebergs. i have previous experience; to dive you must show proof of certification.

Air-sail option If you’re pushed for time, or a nervous sailor, a few vessels avoid crossing the Drake Passage in one, or both, directions, by sailing from King George Island in the South Shetlands. This reduces the duration by two, or four, days, but is more expensive due to the logistics involved in flying from the mainland to King George Island and vice versa.

These trips start and end in Punta Arenas, on the Strait of Magellan in Chile, which has the only airport that serves the Antarctic. If you choose a trip that flies only one way, your trip will start in Punta Arenas and end in Ushuaia, or vice versa.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 119 Great Antarctic Voyage The ultimate Antarctic experience marries the phenomenal wildlife of the sub-Antarctic islands of the Falklands and South Georgia to the pristine beauty of the Antarctic Peninsula

On arrival at the Antarctic Peninsula, you will explore penguin rookeries, visit a research station, encounter marine mammals in the many channels, and come face-to-face with icebergs. The sightings and encounters vary from trip to trip, and although it is impossible to guarantee exactly what you will see, we are confident that you will not be disappointed on this voyage of a lifetime! Select departures offer optional activities such as camping and kayaking. Among the many species that breed here are wandering albatross, southern giant petrel and fur seal. A hike over the heavily glaciated terrain to a hilltop affords magnificent views of rookeries This comprehensive voyage through You will receive a warm welcome in the of king penguins. The island played the Southern Atlantic explores its Falkland Islands, where you visit some a major role in the epic journey of Sir most dramatic wilderness areas and of the privately-owned outlying islands. Ernest Shackleton after his ship, the visits the region’s wildlife hotspots. Flightless steamer ducks, and magellanic Endurance, sank, and you can visit his There is plenty to keep you occupied: and gentoo penguins are just some of grave at the abandoned whaling station sailing days are taken up with lectures the highlights of Carcass Island, while of Grytviken. on all manner of topics, from bird nearby West Point boasts large colonies identification to Antarctic geology, of rockhopper penguin. You can often see SMALL GROUP delivered by the expert naturalists and Peale’s and Commerson’s dolphins along ITINERARY experienced personnel who make up the coast, or riding the bow wave as you the expedition team. Yet there is still sail the Southern Ocean. Day 1 Embark in Ushuaia, Argentina Day 2 At sea Days 3-4 The Falkland Islands: visit Stanley and outlying islands Days 5-6 At sea Days 7-10 South Georgia: ample time to relax and soak up the a glacier-covered island with stunning landscapes, fantastic wildlife, imposing atmosphere. With the odd wandering albatross wheeling overhead as company, you mountains and a haunting history Days 11-12 At sea Days 13-16 Explore the Antarctic Peninsula, a wonderful world of icebergs, mountains and wildlife – a cross the Arctic Convergence to remote, perfect finale to your adventure! Days 17-18 Cross the infamous Drake Passage rugged and hauntingly beautiful South Day 19 Disembark in Ushuaia Georgia. This sub-Antarctic island has astonishing concentrations of wildlife, The above is typical of an expedition voyage. However, the exact itinerary and duration will depend on your chosen vessel, departure date and local conditions. and its awesome scenery ranges from impressive mountains and mighty While most departures follow the above itinerary, we reserve the right to change this to ensure a successful trip. glaciers to deep fjords and low-lying Duration: Around 19 days (voyage only) grassland. Renowned as a destination Activities: Camping, kayaking, photography, snowshoeing for birdwatchers, South Georgia is an Departures: Nov to March inspiring place with more wildlife than Embark/Disembark: Ushuaia – some voyages start and/or end at Stanley, in the Falkland Islands virtually anywhere else on the planet.

120 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip ANTARCTICA :: EXPEDITION VOYAGES EXPEDITION VOYAGES

Other trips to the Antarctic Antarctic extensions As travel to the southernmost region of the world continues to grow, the range of As most Antarctic voyages start from Ushuaia in the south of trips is constantly increasing and the focus becoming more specialised. Argentina, why not make the most of your trip by spending some time on mainland South America to see some of its attractions? Here are two of our favourite trips to areas that may appeal to second or third-time Argentina and its neighbour, Chile, are countries of immense Antarctic travellers. contrasts, with varied experiences that make a fitting addition to any Antarctic voyage. The possibilities are virtually endless – limited only Weddell Sea by the time you have at your disposal and your imagination – and you can add any of the following outstanding locations to either the The remote eastern side of the the Weddell Sea, the increase in the start or the end of your Antarctic voyage… Antarctic Peninsula is one of the white number of icebergs and quantity of continent’s hidden gems. A deeply sea ice is striking. As you sail you will Torres del Paine incised, 2,000-kilometre wide bay learn about Sir Ernest Shackleton’s Why not finish on a high note with a short visit to Chilean Patagonia? takes its name from British sailor, remarkable escape to South Georgia Just a couple of hours from Punta Arenas, the exquisite scenery of this James Weddell, who in 1823 reached once his ship, the Endurance, became national park is dominated by the magnificent jagged granite peaks latitude 74° South while hunting seals. trapped in the sea ice. of the Paine Massif. Prolific wildlife includes Andean deer, guanaco, Famed for its huge ice shelves and puma, skunk and hare, plus a host of birds such as Andean condor, lesser rhea, Chilean flamingo, black-faced ibis, black-necked swan, flat-topped icebergs, the Weddell Sea Wildlife encounters may include Weddell kelp goose and torrent duck. If you enjoy walking, this is a perfect spot is the site of an upwelling of cold water and elephant seals, seabirds, plus an to stretch your legs for a few days on the network of trails. from the ocean depths that provides abundance of penguins. Humpbacks food for any creature hardy enough to feed in the nutrient-rich waters, so there Peninsula Valdés withstand the intense cold. are opportunities to see whales, as well On the Argentinean side of the border, you could break your trip back as the Antarctic’s largest predator, the to Buenos Aires to visit the country’s foremost protected area. This After crossing the Drake Passage solitary leopard seal. wildlife reserve is the only place on the mainland of South America from Ushuaia you make landfall at where you can see elephant seals, and depending on the time of the Antarctic Peninsula and start to Duration: 12 days – voyage only year, you can also see orca and/or southern right whale. explore. On rounding its tip to enter Departures: Late December to March Iguazu Falls first the Antarctic Sound, and then Head north from Buenos Aires for a taste of sub-tropical splendour at one of the world’s great waterfalls. Iguazu Falls, on the Argentina- Ross Sea Brazil-Paraguay border, is a magnificent three-kilometre long horseshoe of some 275 separate waterfalls. Each side of the river is If you have a hankering to see while crabeater seal are found on floes a national park, with walking trails and lush forest that contains an emperor penguins, the largest species at the edge of the pack ice where they abundance of flora and fauna, including over 500 species of butterfly, of penguin, which is rarely found can get to open water easily. 400 species of bird and 2,000 species of plant. outside the High Antarctic, this is the Buenos Aires trip. Around one third of the world’s Due to Antarctica’s geography, the Alternatively, if you enjoy city culture, take a few days out to explore population of emperors (maybe as easiest way to visit this region is on a Argentina’s capital, the home of tango and known as the Paris of many as 40,000 pairs) breed in the voyage that starts from New Zealand. South America. This atmospheric city has an abundance of museums Ross Sea area. Roughly half the world’s and art galleries, fine eateries and street cafés to enjoy after the Adélie penguin live there too, plus large Duration: 28 days – voyage only relative privations of your voyage in the South Atlantic. numbers of Antarctic and snow petrel, Departures: January to March

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 121 The Arctic

The arrival of summer in the northern The vast area of fjords, jagged peaks, wild regions, whose only inhabitants easy to reach, so may involve a charter hemisphere heralds the start of frozen glaciers and icebergs is one are those creatures that have adapted flight. voyages to the Arctic region. This of the planet’s last pristine regions. to the extreme conditions, such as the Once you are aboard ship, expert consists of the Arctic Ocean, bordered Shared between Canada, Denmark island of Spitsbergen (otherwise known expedition leaders give lectures on (Greenland), Finland, Iceland, Norway by the northern extremities of mainland by its Norwegian name, Svalbard), all aspects of the areas you visit, and (Svalbard), Russia (Siberia), Sweden North America and Eurasia, plus while other wider-ranging trips take lead daily shore excursions. You’ll learn and the USA (Alaska), the Arctic is outlying islands such as Greenland, in Greenland, Iceland and even the about the hardy races that settled nevertheless home to several million Baffin and Wrangel. Whereas the North-west Passage. The routes and these regions, visit ancient Norse sites people, many of whom are indigenous. Antarctic is a continent surrounded by places visited are constantly evolving, and former trapping communities, and a frozen ocean, the Arctic is a frozen It is a land of seasonal hibernation, and some ports of embarkation/ see and hear about the culture and ocean surrounded by continents. and these fascinating voyages explore disembarkation are remote and not history of the Inuit.

122 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip THE ARCTIC :: EXPEDITION VOYAGES EXPEDITION VOYAGES

Climate Flora In the Arctic cool summers are followed by long, very cold winters, and the In the tundra regions vegetation flourishes during the short spring and ice never disappears totally. This extreme climate produces typical scenery summer. The further north you go, the more restrictive the environment is of tundra (where, even in the warmest month, the average temperature rarely for plantlife, and dwarf trees give way to grasses, mosses, lichens, sedges, rises more than a few degrees above 0°C) and permanent ice cap. There is and some flowering plants. This plant cover gradually thins out as you approach the permanent snow line. little precipitation – especially in winter when low temperatures prevent the air from holding water vapour. However strong winds whip up fallen snow to create an illusion of continual snowfall. Wildlife Around 20 species of land mammals inhabit the Arctic, including polar bear, During the short summer, the snow melts and the land is covered with musk ox, moose, caribou, wolf, fox, lemming and squirrel, and some six heathers, mosses and flowers. However below the surface it remains frozen, species of marine mammal such as walrus, seal, and various whales – the so meltwater cannot drain and the ground stays waterlogged. Permafrost most notable of which is the narwhal. Most are year-round inhabitants that prevents roots from growing deep which, along with the strong winds, stunts migrate to the region’s southern margins as winter approaches. Although plant growth. most are present in large numbers, some species, especially the polar bear, are in danger of extinction. The oceans have a moderating influence, and along the coast temperatures are higher and the snowfall heavier than in the cold, dry interior. The Arctic The bird population increases massively each spring with the arrival of Ocean remains frozen throughout the year, except along its fringes, although migratory birds for the breeding season – these include snow geese, in recent times the area of summer ice has shrunk significantly. peregrine falcons, snowy owls, and many seabirds. During this brief warm season, when the plants are in bloom, large numbers of insects breed in the The length of the day varies with the season, and north of the Arctic Circle tundra marshlands. ranges from constant darkness to round-the-clock daylight ( “midnight sun”), but there is little warmth in the sun’s rays due to its low angle above the horizon. Even when sunny, sudden storms with cold winds and snow flurries can occur any time, so you must be prepared for unpredictable changes in weather and dress accordingly.

The most famous natural phenomenon is the Aurora Borealis, or Northern Lights, whose magical fluorescent effect in the night sky is caused by electrically charged particles driven by solar winds colliding with molecules of oxygen and nitrogen in the upper atmosphere.

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 123 Around Spitsbergen

Spitsbergen means ‘jagged peaks’ – a name befitting this remarkable land. Opportunities to watch wildlife are exceptional – from the impressive Monaco Glacier, a favourite feeding spot for thousands of kittiwakes, to spectacular cliffs with colonies of more than 200,000 little auks. Opportunistic Arctic foxes patrol in the hope of chicks falling from ledges, while bearded seals cruise the fjords. You may sight beluga or narwhal, and there’s always the possibility of the ultimate encounter with a mighty polar bear.

Highlights

 See the mighty polar bear – a favourite wildlife encounter  Sail through a wonderland of mountain and glacial scenery  Spectacular wildlife encounters from the comfort of your vessel  A birdwatchers’ paradise – from Arctic terns to little auks

Your voyage begins in Longyearbyen, slopes are peppered with delicate SMALL GROUP the largest community in Svalbard (the wildflowers, while large numbers of ITINERARY Norwegian name for Spitsbergen), with kittiwakes and Brunnich’s guillemots around 1,800 inhabitants. The first stop nest on the nearby cliffs. Day 1 Embark at Longyearbyen Days 2-9 The aim is to circumnavigate Spitsbergen. With no open ocean to cross, the sea is often calm even beyond the Arctic Circle. is not far away and next morning you Within the archipelago distances are relatively short, so there is ample time to enjoy board a zodiac for an exhilarating ride Near the former mining village of the scenery, hike on shore, or cruise in zodiac inflatables. Each spring the returning Ny Ålesund, now an Arctic research along the sculpted front of the 14th of seals attract polar bears – the chances of sighting one depend on when you travel. station, birdwatchers will relish visiting July Glacier. On either flank the green At the start of the season, there is a large amount of sea ice, which is great for the breeding grounds of barnacle, sightings but may restrict where you can go Day 10 Disembark at Longyearbyen. pink-footed geese and Arctic terns. At Moffen Island walrus are often The above is typical of an expedition voyage to Spitsbergen. However, the exact itinerary and duration will depend on your chosen vessel, departure date and local conditions. seen hauled out on the shore. If ice conditions permit, the northern- Duration: Around 10 days (voyage only) most point of your trip is likely to be Guide: Expert naturalists and experienced expedition personnel Phippsøya at 80° North in the Seven Departures: May to October Islands, just 870 kilometres from the Embark/Disembark: Longyearbyen, Spitsbergen geographic North Pole.

124 Talk to an expert on 0845 130 6982 to plan your perfect trip THE ARCTIC Spitsbergen, ::

Greenland & Iceland EXPEDITION VOYAGES

High above the Arctic Circle lies the remarkable archipelago known in Norwegian as Svalbard. The main island of Spitsbergen has a spectacular coastline: at Hornsund 14 glaciers flow into the sea and seabirds, and bearded and ringed seals are numerous. The wild, rugged and often ice-bound east coast of Greenland provides an excellent habitat for walruses and polar bears. Finally, the volcanic Vestmann Islands, off Iceland’s south coast are among the youngest in the world – the result of submarine eruption.

is an opportunity to land at one of the Highlights world’s northernmost settlements, the research station at Ny Ålesund.  See polar bears on sea ice – a wonderful wildlife encounter Designated as a UNESCO Biosphere  Sail amid the awe-inspiring Reserve, Northeast Greenland National scenery of fjords and glaciers Park is the world’s largest. Up to 40%  Spot walrus lazing around at of the world’s population of musk ox their haul-out sites live near its coastline, so sightings are highly likely. Before leaving Greenland,  Sight musk ox in the world’s if the pack ice allows, you will attempt largest national park to reach the breathtaking Kaiser Franz Josef Fjord and Scoresbysund, the With a few days to explore Spitsbergen, world’s largest fjord. The glaciers that calve here are the birthplace of SMALL GROUP the largest island in Svalbard, you ITINERARY may reach as far as 81˚ North and Greenland’s giant icebergs. visit the walrus sanctuary at Moffen Day 1 Embark at Longyearbyen Days 2-3 Sail up Spitsbergen’s west coast Days Island, where these tusked creatures 4-5 Head south-west across the Greenland Sea, watching for seabirds, whales and are often seen hauled out on shore or the pack ice that stretches across the Arctic Ocean to the North Pole Days 6-10 If conditions permit, attempt to reach Kaiser Franz Josef Fjord and Scoresby Sund swimming in the protected waters. The on Greenland’s west coast Days 11-12 Explore the east coast of Greenland Day stunning Monaco Glacier and 14th of 13 Cross Denmark Strait, sailing over submarine canyons that enrich the feeding July Glacier lie on your route, and there grounds off north-west Iceland Day 14 Disembark at Keflavik, Iceland The above is typical of an expedition voyage to Spitsbergen, Greenland and Iceland. However, exact itinerary/duration will depend on your chosen vessel, departure date and local conditions.

Duration: 14 days (voyage only) Guide: Expert naturalists and experienced expedition personnel Departures: July and August Embark/Disembark: Longyearbyen, Spitsbergen / Keflavik, Iceland

For dates and prices visit www.wildlifeworldwide.com 125 Visas, Vaccinations & Insurance Passports & Visas

All British Citizens aged 16 years and over require a ten-year passport for travel abroad, and all those under the age of 16, including infants, require a five-year passport. British passport holders travelling to or via the USA are required to have either a machine-readable or biometric passport. Your passport should be valid for at least six months after the date of your return to the UK and have at least one blank visa page for each country you plan to enter during your trip. Passengers without the cor- rect documentation may be refused carriage or entry into any country. A specialist visa agency can provide detailed up-to-date information re- garding visa requirements for countries overseas and their embassies within the UK, and assist you to obtain any visa(s) you need, however it is your responsibility to obtain any visa(s) required for your trip prior to travel. The following agencies will be able to help you: • CIBT Visa Agency – uk.cibt.com/wildlifeworldwide • UK Foreign & Commonwealth Office – www.fco.gov.uk • UK Identity & Passport Service – www.homeoffice.gov.uk/agencies- public-bodies/ips/ • Directgov – www.direct.gov.uk/en/TravelAndTransport/Passports Note: passport and visa regulations can change at any time, so you should check with the relevant embassy well in advance of travel. It can take some time to obtain a visa, so you are advised to apply in plenty of time. South Pacific Learning to dive & snorkelling Offering tropical islands, towering You don’t have to be an experienced Vaccinations mountain ranges covered with diver to enjoy the underwater world. rainforest, and spectacular active Our expert team will happily advise Anyone travelling outside the UK may need to be vaccinated against volcanoes on land, the underwater on your options for snorkelling trips, some of the diseases found in other parts of the world. This can protect worlds of Papua New Guinea, a Discover Scuba dive or a four day you against becoming infected with a range of serious diseases such Micronesia, the Solomon Islands, Fiji, learn to dive course. All of our team as yellow fever. You can find out which vaccinations are necessary or Tonga and Vanuatu offer reefs, coral are qualified divers and can assist walls, sheer drops, atolls, lagoons and an you in choosing the right course recommended for the areas you plan to visit on specialist websites incredible number of wrecks. and destination for your first diving such as: experience. • NHS Fit for Travel – www.fitfortravel.nhs.uk While Wildlife Worldwide focuses on • National Travel Health Network and Centre – www.nathnac.org Africa wildlife that can be seen ‘topside’, there is Extend your safari Some countries require you to produce an International Certificate of Africa’s underwater treasures offer If you have some extra days available, Vaccination or Prophylaxis (ICVP) before allowing you to enter. Many something for everyone. Stunning corals, why not extend your stay with a few an amazing and intriguing world waiting to tropical countries in Africa and South America will not accept travel- wrecks and drift dives to the big pelagics days diving or snorkelling? Between be discovered underwater. such as whale sharks, manta rays and Wildlife Worldwide and Dive Worldwide lers arriving from an area where there is yellow fever, unless they can humpback whales. From the relatively we are superbly equipped to offer you provide proof that they have been vaccinated against it. untouched and unexplored waters of the ultimate land and marine safari. If possible, see your GP at least eight weeks before you are due to Mozambique to the more established travel, because some vaccinations need to be given well in advance. At Dive Worldwide we have been creating marine parks of South Africa, Tanzania and Kenya – exploring underwater Africa Not all vaccinations are available through the NHS - your GP surgery innovative and unique diving holidays since is an absolute must! can give details of your local private travel clinic. early 2000. Our experienced team have Borneo Liveaboards Insurance travelled, worked and dived all over the Borneo offers superb golden beaches There are many advantages of joining and one of the richest marine a liveaboard diving holiday – from the Extensive travel insurance is a vital part of your holiday and it is a world and our in-depth knowledge enables environments in the Indo-Pacific opportunity to reach remote and often condition of travelling with us that you have such cover. Please note Basin. Just below the glassy surface, otherwise inaccessible areas of the that we will not send your departure documents until we have received us to provide you with a personal service magnificent coral reefs fringe the world, to maximising the number of proof that you are covered (i.e. your policy details). shoreline, while further out you can find dives you do… and for single travellers and to tailor your holiday to your needs. groupers, hammerhead sharks, manta they are the best way of meeting like- If you have not organised travel insurance yet, or your existing policy is rays, and barracudas to name a few. minded companions and avoiding due to expire before departure, we recommend you make the neces- Sipadan Island is famed for its turtles and single supplements. We have over 90 to sary arrangements to ensure your cover, immediately. huge schooling fish. choose from. There are many travel insurance companies you can be covered with, and we recommend specialist insurance brokers Campbell Irvine, a company who have insured many of our customers, since we began in 1992. Their personal service and thorough knowledge of our product

and the travel industry will provide you with the peace of mind, to enjoy 0845 130 6980 your holiday with us without worry. For a quote : e: [email protected] Telephone: 0844 826 2722 Apply online: www.campbellirvine.com w: www.diveworldwide.com Ask by email: [email protected] Visas, Vaccinations & Insurance Passports & Visas

All British Citizens aged 16 years and over require a ten-year passport for travel abroad, and all those under the age of 16, including infants, require a five-year passport. British passport holders travelling to or via the USA are required to have either a machine-readable or biometric passport. Your passport should be valid for at least six months after the date of your return to the UK and have at least one blank visa page for each country you plan to enter during your trip. Passengers without the cor- rect documentation may be refused carriage or entry into any country. A specialist visa agency can provide detailed up-to-date information re- garding visa requirements for countries overseas and their embassies within the UK, and assist you to obtain any visa(s) you need, however it is your responsibility to obtain any visa(s) required for your trip prior to travel. The following agencies will be able to help you: • CIBT Visa Agency – uk.cibt.com/wildlifeworldwide • UK Foreign & Commonwealth Office – www.fco.gov.uk • UK Identity & Passport Service – www.homeoffice.gov.uk/agencies- public-bodies/ips/ • Directgov – www.direct.gov.uk/en/TravelAndTransport/Passports Note: passport and visa regulations can change at any time, so you should check with the relevant embassy well in advance of travel. It can take some time to obtain a visa, so you are advised to apply in plenty of time. South Pacific Learning to dive & snorkelling Offering tropical islands, towering You don’t have to be an experienced Vaccinations mountain ranges covered with diver to enjoy the underwater world. rainforest, and spectacular active Our expert team will happily advise Anyone travelling outside the UK may need to be vaccinated against volcanoes on land, the underwater on your options for snorkelling trips, some of the diseases found in other parts of the world. This can protect worlds of Papua New Guinea, a Discover Scuba dive or a four day you against becoming infected with a range of serious diseases such Micronesia, the Solomon Islands, Fiji, learn to dive course. All of our team as yellow fever. You can find out which vaccinations are necessary or Tonga and Vanuatu offer reefs, coral are qualified divers and can assist walls, sheer drops, atolls, lagoons and an you in choosing the right course recommended for the areas you plan to visit on specialist websites incredible number of wrecks. and destination for your first diving such as: experience. • NHS Fit for Travel – www.fitfortravel.nhs.uk While Wildlife Worldwide focuses on • National Travel Health Network and Centre – www.nathnac.org Africa wildlife that can be seen ‘topside’, there is Extend your safari Some countries require you to produce an International Certificate of Africa’s underwater treasures offer If you have some extra days available, Vaccination or Prophylaxis (ICVP) before allowing you to enter. Many something for everyone. Stunning corals, why not extend your stay with a few an amazing and intriguing world waiting to tropical countries in Africa and South America will not accept travel- wrecks and drift dives to the big pelagics days diving or snorkelling? Between be discovered underwater. such as whale sharks, manta rays and Wildlife Worldwide and Dive Worldwide lers arriving from an area where there is yellow fever, unless they can humpback whales. From the relatively we are superbly equipped to offer you provide proof that they have been vaccinated against it. untouched and unexplored waters of the ultimate land and marine safari. If possible, see your GP at least eight weeks before you are due to Mozambique to the more established travel, because some vaccinations need to be given well in advance. At Dive Worldwide we have been creating marine parks of South Africa, Tanzania and Kenya – exploring underwater Africa Not all vaccinations are available through the NHS - your GP surgery innovative and unique diving holidays since is an absolute must! can give details of your local private travel clinic. early 2000. Our experienced team have Borneo Liveaboards Insurance travelled, worked and dived all over the Borneo offers superb golden beaches There are many advantages of joining and one of the richest marine a liveaboard diving holiday – from the Extensive travel insurance is a vital part of your holiday and it is a world and our in-depth knowledge enables environments in the Indo-Pacific opportunity to reach remote and often condition of travelling with us that you have such cover. Please note Basin. Just below the glassy surface, otherwise inaccessible areas of the that we will not send your departure documents until we have received us to provide you with a personal service magnificent coral reefs fringe the world, to maximising the number of proof that you are covered (i.e. your policy details). shoreline, while further out you can find dives you do… and for single travellers and to tailor your holiday to your needs. groupers, hammerhead sharks, manta they are the best way of meeting like- If you have not organised travel insurance yet, or your existing policy is rays, and barracudas to name a few. minded companions and avoiding due to expire before departure, we recommend you make the neces- Sipadan Island is famed for its turtles and single supplements. We have over 90 to sary arrangements to ensure your cover, immediately. huge schooling fish. choose from. There are many travel insurance companies you can be covered with, and we recommend specialist insurance brokers Campbell Irvine, a company who have insured many of our customers, since we began in 1992. Their personal service and thorough knowledge of our product

and the travel industry will provide you with the peace of mind, to enjoy 0845 130 6980 your holiday with us without worry. For a quote : e: [email protected] Telephone: 0844 826 2722 Apply online: www.campbellirvine.com w: www.diveworldwide.com Ask by email: [email protected] Talk to our specialist consultants:

0845 130 6982 The natural choice for wildlife holidays Calls charged at local rate Overseas tel: +44 (0) 1962 302 086 Email: [email protected] Web: www.wildlifeworldwide.com Fax: 0845 130 6984 Wildlife Worldwide Capitol House 12-13 Bridge Street Winchester SO23 0HL United Kingdom

facebook.com/wildlifeworldwide

twitter.com/wildlifeww

wildlifeworldwide.blogspot.co.uk

Superb diving opportunities for the beginner who wants to learn, through to the experienced diver wishing to explore new areas Call Dive Worldwide on 0845 130 6980 for a brochure

Wildlife Worldwide is part of The Natural Travel Collection Ltd, a small independent and privately owned travel company that places a special emphasis on sustainable tailor-made holidays www.thenaturaltravelcollection.com

Cover design and typesetting: Talk Design & Print

Photographs courtesy of: Marina Albornoz, Cherry Alexander, Dana Allen, Heather Angel, Isabel Ashworth, David Back, Nina Bailey, Franco Banfi, J Belgers, Rob & Michelle Bolton, Chris Breen, Per Breiehagen, Giles Breton, Sarah Burns, Nick Caddick, Mark Carwardine, Gillian Day, Greg & Yvonne Dean, © Wildlife Worldwide Richard Denyer, Ray Doan, Oliver Dreike, Martin Enckell, Patrick Endres, Sara Evans, Jeff Foot, Kjell No portion of this brochure may be reproduced Fredriksen, Nick Garbutt, Raul Gil, Carlos Julio Gonzalez, Dave Humphreys, Jason Hosking, Tony Heald, without the prior written consent of Wildlife Worldwide. Anna Henly, LH Herroros, Rajan Jolly, Charles Kinsey, Aaron Lawton, S. Lee, Roger Litton, Mike Myers, ww.v1.2012 Andrew Main Wilson, George McCallum, Rob McDowell, Chris McLennan, Colin McNulty, R. van Meurs,

Steve Morello, Chris Osborn, Paul Oxford, Rosanne Pennella, Michael Poliza, Simon Rogerson, Rodney Russ, David Rootes, Sabah Tourism, Jamie Scarrow, Tiu Simila, Kevin Schafer, Nico Schossleitner, Tom Schandy, Paul Stanbury, Guy Standen, Dennis Stephan, Georgina Strange, Julian Thomas, Claudio Vidal, Sara Wennerqvist, Sandy Westwood, Walter Wust. With our apologies for any omissions.